BarBend https://barbend.com The Online Home for Strength Sports Tue, 11 Jun 2024 12:04:50 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.3.1 https://barbend.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/BarBend-ios-152-50x50.png BarBend https://barbend.com 32 32 The 7 Best CrossFit Jump Ropes of 2024, Handpicked by CrossFit Trainers https://barbend.com/best-crossfit-jump-ropes/ Sun, 09 Jun 2024 19:22:03 +0000 https://barbend.com/?p=260750 While certified kids have known about the benefits of the best jump ropes for years, certified CrossFit grown-ups are increasingly wising up to the cardio and coordination these simple pieces of equipment offer up. Whether you want to start practicing singles and crossovers or beat your box’s highest double-under PR, the best CrossFit jump ropes are designed to...

The post The 7 Best CrossFit Jump Ropes of 2024, Handpicked by CrossFit Trainers appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
While certified kids have known about the benefits of the best jump ropes for years, certified CrossFit grown-ups are increasingly wising up to the cardio and coordination these simple pieces of equipment offer up. Whether you want to start practicing singles and crossovers or beat your box’s highest double-under PR, the best CrossFit jump ropes are designed to improve your coordination, cardiovascular health, and muscular power. (1)(2)

After spinning over 30 jump ropes, our team of CrossFit coaches and personal trainers handpicked their go-to ropes, along with new favorites to match a wide variety of experience levels and budgets. We think these options are ideal for newbies and seasoned CrossFitters looking to improve both their technique and their overall fitness. Check out our list of the best CrossFit jump ropes to see if one of our faves can earn a spot in your gym bag.

The 7 Best CrossFit Jump Ropes of 2024

About Our Expert

This article has been reviewed by Kate Meier, NASM-CPT, USAW-L1, CF-L1, a personal trainer, CrossFit Level-1 coach, and gym owner. Along with personally using several of these CrossFit jump ropes, she reviewed the research we cite to help ensure we’re providing helpful, accurate descriptions and recommendations.

How We Tested and Chose the Best CrossFit Jump Ropes

The BarBend roster of fitness professionals is stacked with CrossFit coaches, certified personal trainers, and gym owners who know the ins and outs of the CrossFit community. We’ve tested over 30 jump ropes to see which weights, grips, and materials can help you dominate your next WOD. 

Jake doing a jump rope workout in the gym.
Jake Herod jumping rope in the BarBend gym.

After setting a few PRs ourselves, we assigned ratings of 1 (lowest) to 5 (highest) across 13 categories, from sizing and adjustment to handle material and rotation system. Read on to see which options made the cut for the best CrossFit jump ropes. For information about how we test products, check out BarBend’s equipment testing methodology.

  • Cable Sizing and Adjustment: For every rope we got our hands on, we noted how easy or difficult it was to adjust the length of the cable. Some options use the common “size-and-cut” method, while others utilize systems that allow users of different heights to adjust the length of the cable.
  • Handle Grip: As your only point of contact with the jump rope, the grip is vital. We included ropes with contoured rubber designs, as well as knurled aluminum and the classic plastic shell.
  • Cable Weight: The picks on our list range from lightweight, speedy cables to heavier, slower ropes. While experienced CrossFitters may need a faster spin to set a new double-under PR, newcomers may want to hone their technique with a heavy cable.
  • Rotation Mechanism: Most CrossFit jump ropes utilize either a ball bearing or bushing rotation system. Ball bearings allow smooth, 360-degree rotation, but tend to be more expensive. While a bushing system’s range is limited, these ropes are typically more affordable.
  • Packability: Whether you’re taking your jump rope on the road or just to and from your CrossFit box, they can easily become tangled if they are stuffed in a gym bag or the trunk of your car. We prioritized ropes that come with their own travel cases or easily coil without tangling.

Best CrossFit Jump Rope Overall: Rogue Fitness SR-2 3.0 Speed Rope

Rogue Fitness SR-2 3.0 Speed Rope
Rogue Fitness SR-2 3.0 Speed Rope
Rogue Fitness SR-2 3.0 Speed Rope

With lightweight, knurled aircraft-grade aluminum handles encouraging super fast rotation, this rope was built for speed.

Specs

  • Price: $46.50
  • Product Weight: 0.35lbs
  • Handle Length: 5.25” or 6.75”
  • Cable Length: 10’; size and cut

Pros

  • Lightweight, knurled aircraft-grade aluminum handles
  • Super fast rotation
  • Weighs 0.35 pounds
  • Two handle sizes available

Cons

  • Its thin cables can become warped without proper care
  • The tiny adjustment screws are difficult to tighten and loosen
  • Should only be used on indoor and non-abrasive surfaces

If you’re looking for a jump rope to help you master the classic CrossFit double-under (or, heck, even a single-under), we think the Rogue SR-2 3.0 has everything you need. Between the knurling on the aluminum handles and its smooth, quick rotation, it easily earned its place among the best CrossFit equipment we’ve used. Our tester — a CrossFit Level-1 trainer — even used this rope to set a new PR. “New PR! After trying out multiple other ropes, this is the one that got me to 137 dubs,” they said, rating both its handle and knurling material a 5 out of 5.

With an overall weight of just 0.35 pounds and a high-speed bearing rotation system, this rope quickly earned the affection of our tester after they started using it at their box. “Even as a trainer, I never paid much attention to the rotation system on ropes like this,” they noted, rating the system on the SR-2 3.0 a 5 out of 5. “But the bearing rotation system lets it spin seamlessly in every direction.”

Another of our testers —a certified personal trainer — also felt that this is a solid option for newbies. “This is the rope I used when I learned how to do double-unders, so I think it would be good for new CrossFitters, too,” they said. At just under $50, it lands just at the bottom of the average range of $50 to $100 for CrossFit jump ropes, which may make it a bit more palatable for newcomers.

It earned a 4 out of 5 for value, though our tester admitted those unfamiliar with CrossFit may balk at the price. “It will probably seem expensive to anyone unfamiliar with these types of ropes,” they said. “But it helped a certified CrossFit coach hit their PR, so I am sold.”

Make sure that you either take it to your CrossFit box — or that your space is outfitted with one of the best home gym flooring options, like rubber or turf. Ropes like these are typically recommended for indoor use, so it only scored a 3 out of 5 for outdoor use. “If you use it on concrete or asphalt, the cable will start to rip apart,” said our tester.

Best High-End CrossFit Jump Rope: RX Smart Gear EVO G2

RX Smart Gear EVO G2
RX Smart Gear EVO G2
RX Smart Gear EVO G2

The ergonomic aerospace-grade aluminum handles on the EVO G2 feature a unique “pinch point” silhouette with diamond-pattern knurling. Its dual-bearing swivel rotation system also enables incredibly smooth rotation.

Specs

  • Price: $165
  • Product Weight: 1.3, 1.8, 2.6, 3.4oz.
  • Handle Length: 6”
  • Cable Length: 7’10” to 9’4”

Pros

  • Ergonomic aerospace-grade aluminum handles
  • Unique “pinch point” silhouette with diamond-pattern knurling 
  • Dual-bearing swivel rotation system is incredibly smooth 

Cons

  • At $165, it far exceeds the average range for CrossFit ropes — $50 to $100
  • Should only be used on indoor and non-abrasive surfaces

High-end. Luxury. Bougie. These were a few of the words thrown around by our testers when they laid eyes on the RX Smart Gear EVO G2. But by the end of our workouts, even our most experienced gear junkies, like certified CrossFit Level-1 trainer and BarBend editorial member Kate Meier, were head over heels. “When I saw the price tag, I wanted to hate on this rope so much,” she admitted. “But during my first reps I actually said, ‘Wowww,’ out loud. The instant it started spinning, I could tell I was going to love it.”

Our tester gripping the handle on the RX Smart Gear EVO G2.

It’s probably no wonder that she scored it at least a 4 out of 5 in 11 of 13 categories, including a 4.5 for her overall workout experience. “You can tell just how much attention to detail they put into this rope,” she said, wishing she had gone with a lighter option. “I only knocked it a half point because I tend to prefer really thin speed ropes.” The 2.6-ounce version of the EVO G2 that Meier used is one of four available weights: 1.3, 1.8, 2.6, and 3.4 ounces.

Our tester holding the handles of the RX Smart Gear EVO G2.

For another of our testers (a certified personal trainer), the unique design of the handle was what most set it apart from other (more affordable) CrossFit jump ropes. “I absolutely loved this design. Each of the three notches has raised rings, then between the notches are sections of knurling,” she explained. “Holding the handle at the bottom let me spin it faster. With knurling between each notch, I could hold it all the way at the end and still have some to pinch.”

The RX Smart Gear EVO G2 in its included carrying case.

The biggest and most obvious drawback among our testers was the price, which was the culprit behind its 3 out of 5 rating for value. “For $165, you could get so much home gym equipment, but I’ll be the first to admit it’s an incredible rope,” Meier said. 

Best CrossFit Jump Rope for Speed: RPM Comp 4

RPM Comp4
RPM Comp4
RPM Comp4

Need a quick, efficient jump rope for your next workout? The RPM Comp4 features a lightweight cable-style rope for fast rotations, and the Dual-Axis Rotation technology eliminates potential torque at the handles for seamless turnover no matter your training intensity.

Specs

  • Price: $70
  • Product Weight: 0.27lbs
  • Handle Length: 5.5”
  • Cable Length: 10’; size and cut

Pros

  • Dual-axis rotation system creates incredible speed
  • Aggressive knurling along entire handle for grip
  • Comes with its own travel case

Cons

  • The 5.5-inch handles may be small for some users
  • Length adjustment screws are tiny
  • Misjumps may hurt or leave small welts

Like Lightning McQueen, the RPM Comp 4 was built for speed. The dual-axis rotation system is engineered to eliminate any “slop” (RPM’s word, not ours) in the system, meaning that it can avoid twisting and torque build-up in your cable. Speaking of it, the 12-foot bare cable is one of the fastest we’ve tested, making it ideal for jumpers interested in high-intensity work. 

“If you’re new to jump ropes in general, I would not start out with a speed rope like this. You’ll definitely be whipping yourself and end up with welts — just like I did,” said our tester (a certified personal trainer). A big part of that speed is the dual-bearing rotation system that earned a 5 out of 5 from our tester. “The dual-axis rotation in the handles generates a ton of speed and opens up training like HIIT cardio workouts. The bushing system is well-oiled, which again, just makes it even faster.”

RPM Comp4 Jump Rope
RPM Comp4 Jump Rope

With a bare cable flying this fast, we don’t think this rope is suited for double-under rookies. After earning a few welts of their own, our tester highlighted who this speed jump rope is geared towards. “This rope is totally not for anyone learning double-unders,” they noted. “It’s definitely better for people who are already proficient in stuff like crossovers, double-unders, or triple-unders who want to get even faster.”

Another of our testers — also a certified personal trainer — rated the grip in the handles a 5 out of 5, saying, “I loved the full-length aggressive knurling and even with sweaty hands had zero issue.” However, issues did soon arise for this tester. “I don’t know what happened, but this rope was an absolute dream before it broke on me,” they said. “After five sessions, one of the ball bearings popped out.”

A person adjusting the RPM Comp jump rope.
A BarBend tester adjusting the RPM Comp jump rope.

After struggling with the tiny adjustment screws, our tester walked away feeling they may have been cursed by the jump rope gods. “I so badly want to give this rope a high rating, but getting these little bitty screws in was extremely frustrating.”

Best CrossFit Jump Rope for Learning Double-Unders: CrossRope Get Lean Jump Rope Set

CrossRope Get Lean Jump Rope Set
CrossRope Get Lean Jump Rope Set
CrossRope Get Lean Jump Rope Set

This heavy rope provides the feedback needed when learning double-unders. Its ceramic ball bearings create smooth rotation, plus the connected app offers metrics tracking and jump rope workouts. If you're not satisfied, you can return your jump rope within 60 days — no questions asked.

Specs

  • Price: $129 to $149
  • Product Weight: 0.25
  • Handle Length: Unlisted
  • Cable Length: 7’0” to 9’6”

Pros

  • Provides the feedback needed when learning double-unders
  • Ceramic ball bearings create smooth rotation
  • Connected app offers metrics tracking and jump rope workouts
  • Can return within 60 days — no questions asked

Cons

  • Access to CrossRope app costs $99 annually
  • Handles may feel heavy

For any newcomers to CrossFit or jump rope WODs, mastering the double-under is a must. Of course, single-unders can get your heart pumping and are a great starting point. But during double-unders, the rapid rotation of the rope raises the intensity by forcing you to perform quicker jumps. That intensity is what makes this classic CrossFit movement so effective and efficient for helping with weight loss. (3

The similar CrossRope AMP Jump Rope set.

As our tester (a CrossFit Level-1 trainer) noted, “When you’re first learning double-unders, you need feedback from the rope,” they explained. “Feedback means you can feel where the rope is, which heavier ropes make much easier.” Enter the CrossRope Get Lean Jump Rope Set. Not only can the two included cables provide that feedback, the ceramic ball-bearing rotation system earned a 5 out of 5 from our other tester, a certified personal trainer. 

“It’s not just ad-speak,” they said. “The rotation is buttery-smooth.” They also appreciated being able to progress to the lighter of the two cable weights as they improved, which prompted another 5 out of 5 for rope weight and width. “I love having the two cables and both felt great. Plus, they were so easy to change out.” Before locking in your purchase, they also recommend checking out CrossRope’s sizing chart to help pick the right length for you.

The similar CrossRope AMP Jump Rope set.

That’s great, but $129 just for a heavy rope? Our tester rated its value a 3 out of 5, and was skeptical they were worth the above-average price. “There is an app that has workouts, but you also have to pay another $99 for a year subscription,” they said. “The cables are definitely nice with no kinks or tangles, but I don’t know if they are $129 nice.”

Best CrossFit Jump Rope for Grip: WOD Nation Atlas Weighted Jump Rope

WOD Nation Atlas Weighted Jump Rope
WOD Nation Atlas Weighted Jump Rope
WOD Nation Atlas Weighted Jump Rope

The contoured and thick rubber handles provide a secure grip, while each handle also holds 0.5 pounds of removable weight. Its cable length is also adjustable without needing to be cut.

Specs

  • Price: $40
  • Product Weight: 1lb. handles
  • Handle Length: Unlisted
  • Cable Length: Adjustable

Pros

  • Contoured and thick rubber handles provide a secure grip 
  • Each handle holds 0.5 pounds of removable weight
  • Cable length is adjustable without cutting

Cons

  • Cable is simply attached to handle without any kind of rotation system
  • Its weighted rope makes it less portable than lighter options

Whether you’re going for a new double-under PR or your hands tend to sweat more than you care to admit (talking to myself), a comfortable grip is one of a CrossFit jump rope’s most important qualities. Our tester, a CrossFit Level-1 trainer, is one of those people, so the contoured rubber handles on the WOD Nation Atlas Weighted Jump Rope were an easy 5 out of 5 for handle padding.

“As someone who has (more than once) launched a jump rope across my CrossFit box, I absolutely love these handles,” they said. “They were so grippy, they almost felt sticky. The diameter is about 1 inch, so someone with really small hands may find them too thick. But for people like me, whose hands get sweaty and slippery, I can’t recommend them enough.” 

Beneath the rubber grip is a plastic handle, but the actual material isn’t listed, so our tester scored the handle’s material a 4 out of 5. “Honestly, all you need to know is that they won’t go flying during your set.” Beyond the grip itself, the handles also feature removable half-pound weights to work in some upper body exercise, along with forcing you to engage your core to stay balanced.

The rope itself kept the high marks coming. “I liked that I didn’t have to ‘cut and size’ the PVC-coated cable and could just use the little adjustment screw,” they explained, rating its sizing and adjustment 5 out of 5. It earned two more 5 out of 5 scores for the rope’s weight and its overall value. “You get a speed cable and a 4-millimeter heavy rope, which makes it super versatile for a $40 rope.” 

Compared to the ball bearing systems and packability of pricier ropes, a rope around this price — $10 less than the average range for CrossFit jump ropes — won’t feel as luxurious, but our tester found it a high-quality pick nonetheless. “I mean, there’s no fancy rotation system — just a rope in a hole,” they said. “It also won’t pack very well, but as long as you don’t need to take it on a trip, it’s a great option.”

Best Beaded CrossFit Jump Rope: Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope

Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope
Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope
Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope

The sound of the beads provides feedback to develop rhythm and cadence while you jump. Plus, its size-and-cut cable can suit athletes up to 6 feet 4 inches. The one-inch plastic beads also protect the cable during outdoor use.

Specs

  • Price: $22.97
  • Product Weight: 0.35lbs
  • Handle Length: 5”
  • Cable Length: 10’; size and cut

Pros

  • Sound of the beads provides feedback to develop rhythm and cadence
  • The size-and-cut cable can suit athletes up to 6 feet 4 inches.
  • One-inch plastic beads protect the cable, allowing outdoor use

Cons

  • Some customers have experienced fraying ropes under the beads
  • Rotates slower than ropes with rotation systems like ball bearings

If the click-clack of beads on a sidewalk takes you back to your childhood days of double dutch or skipping rope, the Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope may help you mix a bit of nostalgia into your workouts. While we haven’t had the chance to put this exact rope to the test, beaded ropes are good options for working on your technique outdoors. The 1-inch plastic beads help to protect the cable underneath while providing the audible feedback that can help you develop a consistent jumping rhythm.

You may get some side eyes if you bring it to your box, but for just under $23, you can spice up outdoor training sessions without worrying about damaging your speed rope. Some customers highlighted that while the cable may rotate slower than ropes with ball-bearing systems, that may be ideal for beginners or for anyone practicing CrossFit favorites like double-unders or crossovers. “I bought this specifically to work on crossover jumps,” reads one five-star review. “I am 5 feet 4 inches and removed 20 beads, and it works fantastic.” 

The 10-foot cable should suit athletes up to 6 feet 4 inches, but much like pricier ropes, you can measure and cut the cable yourself to match your height. After measuring the rope, any good pair of scissors or wire cutters should be able to handle the job.

A handful of users were dubious about the Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope’s longevity, including this customer who noticed some fraying. “I spent the extra money thinking this rope would be a high-quality beaded jump rope, but after four sessions at 10 minutes each, I noticed the end of the rope is starting to fray,” reads this two-star review. “The performance of the rope is good, I just wish the quality was better.”

Best Budget CrossFit Jump Rope: WOD Nation Speed Jump Rope

WOD Nation Speed Jump Rope
WOD Nation Speed Jump Rope
WOD Nation Speed Jump Rope

At $32.67, this durable, lightweight jump rope costs around $17 below the average range for CrossFit ropes. Both included cables spin quickly and smoothly.

Specs

  • Price: $32.67
  • Product Weight: 0.41lbs
  • Handle Length: 6.75”
  • Cable Length: 10’; size and cut

Pros

  • At $32.67, it’s around $17 below the average range for CrossFit jump ropes
  • Durable and lightweight
  • Two cables included
  • Smooth and fast spin

Cons

  • Handles are plastic
  • Nuts holding cable in place can occasionally come loose

If you’re looking for the rope the pros use, the WOD Nation Speed Jump Rope has been our expert reviewer Kate Meier’s go-to CrossFit jump rope for five years. As she points out, you’ll get a back-up cable in case you ignore the manufacturer’s instructions (like she did…) “This thing is just incredible. I’ve used it regularly for five years. I replaced the first cable after three and a half years because I (foolishly) used it on pavement,” she explained, rating both its value and her workout experience 5 out of 5.

[Related: Best Budget Home Gym Equipment]

The bearing rotation system is reminiscent of much more expensive ropes and also earned a 5 out of 5 from Meier. “It spins super quick and can rotate 360 degrees,” she said. “The cable itself is 2.5 millimeters and fast as heck. It’s definitely the thinnest and lightest jump rope I’ve used.” It’s perhaps no wonder that the rope’s width and weight also garnered a rating of (wait for it…) 5 out of 5.

Our tester holding the handles of the WOD Nation Speed Jump Rope.

As she learned through experience, this speed rope should only be used on soft and smooth surfaces, like typical rubber gym flooring. “After seeing how quickly the cable coating can wear down, I bring out a few rubber squares from my home gym if I want to use it outside,” Meier explained, scoring our outdoor use category just 2.5 out of 5.

The WOD Nation Speed Jump Rope.

The basic plastic handles may not impress when stacked up against the padding and knurling of pricier CrossFit jump ropes, but Meier rated both their material and feel 3 out of 5. “They are just run-of-the-mill plastic handles, but I think they’re comfortable,” she said. “I am definitely not nice to these handles. I toss them in my car, on the floor, or across the gym in the midst of a double-under tantrum, but I’ve never seen a crack.”

Benefits of the Best CrossFit Jump Ropes

BarBend expert reviewer Kate Meier points out that even a short jump rope session can be a worthwhile cardio workout at home or your box. Jump roping is a fantastic, full-body exercise for those looking to elevate their heart rate and work up a sweat in a short amount of time,” she says. “Even just 10 minutes of jump-roping can burn around 100 calories, depending on your intensity.” (4) Check out a few other benefits these efficient pieces of equipment bring to the table.

  • Practice Double-Unders: While singles and crossovers are challenging in their own right, the double-under is a CrossFit classic for a reason. The double-under requires a more explosive jump than singles, as well as increased coordination. Finding a jump rope designed with this movement in mind could be the key to setting your next PR.
  • Improved Cardiovascular Endurance: Regular cardio exercise (thus elevating your heart rate) can improve circulation, endurance, and overall cardiovascular health. (1) In one Harvard study, jump-rope workouts were shown to burn as many calories in 10 minutes as did running for 30 minutes. (4)
  • Enhanced Coordination: Along with boosting their cardio, Meier incorporates jump ropes into workout plans for her clients looking to improve their overall balance. “In general, I love prescribing any kind of jumps to my clients as they progress working through balance and coordination exercises,” she says.Jumping rope is an excellent way to get the mind and body in sync. You have to concentrate on timing your jump as well as getting your upper body to coordinate with your lower body.” (2)
  • Accessibility and Portability: Often weighing just a few pounds, jump ropes also conveniently coil up and can fit in most gym bags or backpacks. Being able to easily take your CrossFit jump rope on a trip or back and forth from your box makes them some of the best compact exercise equipment available.

How Much Do the Best CrossFit Jump Ropes Cost?

If you thought every CrossFit jump rope was just a simple 10-foot rope, think again. The options on our list range from $22.97 to $165. These jump ropes run the gamut of plastic handles with plastic beads to Bluetooth-connected smart ropes. Take a look to see which option may be best fit in your budget.

How To Measure a Jump Rope

After you take your shiny new CrossFit jump rope out of its package, you may need to size and cut the cable to suit your height. If you’re clueless about how to measure a jump rope, our expert reviewer Kate Meier breaks it down. 

A BarBend tester adjusting the cable length of the RPM Comp 4.

“Finding the right rope length is simple. Step on the rope with one foot and pull the handles up toward your shoulders. The base of both handles should hit you at your armpits,” she explains. “If the handles are lower than that, you need a longer rope. If they are above your shoulders, you should shorten your rope a little.”

What to Consider Before Buying the Best CrossFit Jump Ropes

From HIIT workouts to steady-state cardio, consider how adding a CrossFit jump rope will fit in your regimen. Also pay attention to the rope itself. How long of a cable do you need? Why would I want a heavy rope instead of a thin one? Check out a few of the key factors to consider before buying a new jump rope.

Intended Workouts 

As you peruse our list, imagine how each rope might fit the workouts you want to take on. If you already have experience with the CrossFit darling, the double-under, and just want to get faster, check out a speed rope.

A BarBend tester holding the WOD Nation Speed Jump Rope.

For newcomers or those still figuring out how to start CrossFit, a heavier rope that will rotate more slowly may be better for learning common movements like singles, crossovers, and dubs.

Cable Length

Most brands will feature some sort of sizing guide for their jump ropes and, as our expert reviewer Kate Meier points out, it’s one of the most important details to look for. “Before you start jumping, getting the right size rope length is imperative,” she says.

Our tester holding the RX Smart Gear EVO G2.

“Too short of a rope means you’ll be whipping yourself in the legs entirely too often; too long of a rope means the rope will hit the ground way out in front of you, affecting your timing and likely causing you to miss your jump.”

Weight 

The weight of the cable should match two things: the movement you’re attempting and your experience level. As some of our testers learned the hard way, when you’re learning advanced movements, like double-unders or crossovers, a thin speed rope can leave welts if you mistime your jump. Beginners may be better off with a heavier rope that provides plenty of feedback as you practice.

Training Surface 

Before you commit to a new rope, consider the surface it’s going to come into contact with. If your cable is exposed and subject to repeated contact with a hard or abrasive surface, like concrete or asphalt, it won’t take long for it to fray.

A BarBend tester holding the bearing of the WOD Nation Speed Jump Rope.

Most CrossFit jump ropes are designed to stay indoors and be used at your gym or on rubber flooring. Consider whether you’ll be able to keep your rope intact by sticking to a more forgiving surface.

Jump Rope Sizing Chart

As a rule of thumb, your jump rope cable should be around 3 feet longer than your height. If the option you choose uses the size-and-cut method, follow Kate Meier’s recommendation above. Also consult the brand’s sizing chart. For a general idea of the ideal length to match your height, take a look at our sizing chart.

Best CrossFit Jump Ropes FAQs

What is the best CrossFit jump rope?

Our top CrossFit jump rope is the Rogue SR-2 3.0 Jump Rope. Between the knurling on the lightweight, aircraft-grade aluminum handles and its speedy rotation, it was an easy choice for our team.

What jump rope do pro CrossFitters use?

While athletes at the CrossFit Games may have their own personal preferences, many favor the thin cables and fast rotation of speed ropes, like the RPM Comp 4. For lightning-fast double-unders, speed ropes generally use ball-bearing systems that allow for 360-degree rotation and quick spins.

How do I choose a jump rope for CrossFit?

First consider your experience level. As some of our testers learned, you don’t want to be learning double-unders with a thin, welt-inducing speed rope. CrossFit jump rope workouts for beginners may call for a heavier rope that provides more feedback and slower rotation, while experienced CrossFitters might prioritize the speed that can help set new PR’s.

What is the most effective jump rope style?

It may depend on your experience level, but bouncing on the balls of both feet can provide more of a challenge than the one-foot-at-a-time “skipping” style we may have learned as kids. While any style is better than no style, learning to use the balls of your feet to perform quick jumps can raise the intensity of your workout.

References

  1. Baker, J. A. (1968). Comparison of Rope Skipping and Jogging as Methods of Improving Cardiovascular Efficiency of College Men. Research Quarterly. American Association for Health, Physical Education and Recreation, 39(2), 240–243. 
  2. Ozer, D., Duzgun, I., Baltaci, G., Karacan, S., & Colakoglu, F. (2011). The effects of rope or weighted rope jump training on strength, coordination and proprioception in adolescent female volleyball players. The Journal of sports medicine and physical fitness, 51(2), 211–219.
  3. Knighton, C. (2024, February 27). What exactly are double unders? the mystery solved. WODprep. https://wodprep.com/blog/what-are-double-unders/
  4. Harvard Health Publishing. (2021, March 8). Calories burned in 30 minutes for people of three different weights. https://www.health.harvard.edu/diet-and-weight-loss/calories-burned-in-30-minutes-for-people-of-three-different-weights

The post The 7 Best CrossFit Jump Ropes of 2024, Handpicked by CrossFit Trainers appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
The 14 Best Trail Running Shoes in 2024, Tried and Tested by Our Experts https://barbend.com/best-trail-running-shoes/ Wed, 29 May 2024 15:18:19 +0000 https://barbend.com/?p=258418 There’s no denying that the best running shoes can help you conquer a variety of workout environments, from the treadmill to the track, city streets, race day courses, and more. However, there’s one area where these road-centric sneakers can begin to falter — the trails. To help you maintain traction and comfort while traversing through winding hills, root-riddled...

The post The 14 Best Trail Running Shoes in 2024, Tried and Tested by Our Experts appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
There’s no denying that the best running shoes can help you conquer a variety of workout environments, from the treadmill to the track, city streets, race day courses, and more. However, there’s one area where these road-centric sneakers can begin to falter — the trails. To help you maintain traction and comfort while traversing through winding hills, root-riddled turns, muddy bogs, and other obstacles, the best trail running shoes can be perfect additions to your running shoe rotation.

Purchasing trail running shoes can be a lot like searching for all-terrain tires for your vehicle, meaning you want a good sense of tread and protection without sacrificing ride comfort and overall weight. To help you take your training into the wild outdoors, we’ve run in dozens of popular silhouettes and consulted with our team of experts to curate this list of our favorite trail running shoes available today.

The 14 Best Trail Running Shoes of 2024

About Our Expert

This article has been reviewed by Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, a certified personal trainer and CrossFit Level 1 instructor. She reviewed the research we cite and the trail running shoes we listed to help ensure we’re providing helpful, accurate descriptions and recommendations.

How We Tested and Chose the Best Trail Running Shoes

The BarBend team is made up of competitive athletes, certified personal trainers, and lifelong fitness enthusiasts. To make our list of the best trail shoes, we got hands-on with 30 different shoe profiles from top brands, using a multi-point methodology to rate each profile on a scale of 1 (lowest) to 5 (highest) to determine our top picks. Below are some of the categories and components we looked at to make our list.

For further information on how we trial and test the products chosen for this guide and more, be sure to read the BarBend Equipment Testing Methodology page.

  • Traction: Naturally, trail running shoes should feature a more aggressive outsole that can retain grip over uneven and loose terrain. We ran these tested sneakers through multiple trail conditions, including mud, rain, and packed trailways, to determine how grippy each silhouette was and where traction could potentially be compromised.
  • Durability: With debris like sticks and gravel aplenty along the trail, as well as the potential for scrapes and scuffs when traversing different obstacles, it’s imperative to look for a trail shoe that can withstand the rigors of the discipline. We examined how resilient each profile was through multiple wears, highlighting any potential weak points that could be an issue when taking these kicks out for a run.
  • Breathability: Given that the uppers of trail shoes need to be durable enough for the training conditions, breathability can oftentimes be compromised for the sake of better protection and sturdiness. That said, the trait is still desirable for an added layer of comfort, so we did our best to find some profiles that featured some ventilation to help keep our feet cozy and sweat-free.
  • Over-Foot Protection: You’re going to be tackling different obstacles when out on the trail from jutting roots to large rocks, and more. These structures can potentially wreak havoc on your shoe’s upper as well as your feet, so we made note of trail shoes featuring protective overlays in key areas like the toe box and midfoot.
  • Comfort: Regardless of your workout discipline, it can be beneficial to have a sneaker that’s comfortable enough for regular wear. We looked closely at each trail running shoe’s midsole design, making note of which components provided a plush ride through testing and which featured a more rigid structure designed more so for responsiveness or protection.

Best Trail Running Shoes Overall: HOKA Speedgoat 5

HOKA Speedgoat 5
HOKA Speedgoat 5
HOKA Speedgoat 5

The HOKA Speedgoat 5s feature a tough and grippy Vibram Megagrip outsole that can be suitable for a variety of trail conditions. Additionally, the midsole foam is plush and comfortable, giving you a cozy ride that’s similar to the brand’s on-road offerings.

Specs

  • Price: $155
  • Weight: 10.3oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 4mm
  • Available Colorways: 10
  • Available Sizes: 7-15

Pros

  • Vibram Megarip outsole provides great traction across multiple terrains
  • Mesh upper is comfortable yet durable enough for trails
  • Protective toe rand for extra security across the forefoot

Cons

  • Midsole cushioning may be too plush for more technical trails
  • Not as water-resistant as other trail shoes
  • Style may not be best for daily wear

It’s fitting that the best shoe for trail runners has ‘GOAT’ in the product name. The 5th iteration of this classic HOKA silhouette (formerly known as HOKA One One) has all the trimmings of a proper outdoor-ready sneaker. The Vibram outsole is plenty grippy for the uneven terrain you’d experience on a run, and the double-layered jacquard engineered mesh has a good mix of durability and breathability.

I’ve logged plenty of miles in my Speedgoat 5s and routinely turn to them when tackling new trails and routes. I’m confident in each step thanks to the Vibram Megagrip outsole, which features a solid lug pattern that can carry me through multiple scenarios. I rated the outsole design at 5 out of 5.

While there’s a good bit to love underfoot with these trail runners — I also scored the midsole at 4 out of 5 thanks to its comfortable ride through each step — the upper is a pleasant treat. The engineered jacquard mesh upper is durable enough for moderate trails, yet remains breathable enough that you won’t completely sweat through your running socks. Plus, there are neutral and vibrant colorways alike across the roster, allowing you to find the right hue to match your personality when on the trail.

HOKA Speedgoat 5
HOKA Speedgoat 5

In terms of fit, I rated the Speedgoat 5s at 4.5 out of 5. I’ve never had an issue with rubbing or hot spots, but the toe box does have a slight taper to it that can potentially irritate those with larger feet. Thankfully, though, HOKA does offer these trail-ready kicks in wide sizing.

Of course, these shoes do have their limits in terms of where they can perform best. The midsole, while comfortable, can be too thick at times when trying to focus on your footing over jagged rocks or more technical throughways. In my experience, I prefer to have as much ground feel as possible in these situations. Additionally, if you plan on running in the rain, be sure to purchase the GORE-TEX-lined version — there’s not a lot of water protection across the engineered mesh upper.

Best Road-to-Trail Trail Running Shoes: Nike Pegasus Trail 4 GORE-TEX

Nike Pegasus Trail 4 GORE-TEX
Nike Pegasus Trail 4 GORE-TEX
Nike Pegasus Trail 4 GORE-TEX

Thanks to its redesigned outsole tread pattern, the Nike Pegasus Trail 4 GTX can be an excellent trail shoe for more packed trailways and road-to-trail scenarios. The partial GORE-TEX lining also helps with water resistance, and the raised ankle collar can be effective for keeping debris out from your shoe’s interior.

Specs

  • Price: $160
  • Weight: 10.18oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 9.5mm 
  • Available Colorways: 6
  • Available Sizes: 6-15

Pros

  • Improved tread pattern is ideal for packed trailways and concrete
  • Partial GORE-TEX liner for improved water resistance
  • Raised collar helps keep debris out of the shoe

Cons

  • GORE-TEX membrane only protects the lower half of the sneaker
  • Higher ankle collar may compromise maneuverability for some
  • Tread pattern is too shallow for muddier, more technical routes

Not every “trail run” needs to be this exciting off-road excursion — there are plenty of packed trailways that can still warrant a more rugged silhouette than your typical road running shoe. For these milder terrain conditions, we recommend the Nike Pegasus Trail 4 GORE-TEXs thanks to their less aggressive outsole that’s suitable for medium-grade terrain like gravel or wood chips yet still performs well on paved pathways, too.

The Peg Trail 4 GTXs are a regular go-to when I need a pair of shoes for walking through developed trails, or when I know my routes will feature more than one road crossing. The tread is grippy enough for graveled throughways, yet the depth still keeps the noise factor down while pacing overtop asphalt. I’ve even used these as hiking shoes for quick weekend jaunts across beginner-friendly parks and nature preserves with little issues. As such, I rated the outsole at 4 out of 5.

Another reason these can be an ideal pair of shoes for road-to-trail needs is the React foam cushioning across the midsole. Like other Nike running silhouettes, each step has a comfy sense of plush while still retaining some responsiveness when paces call for it. Plus, I scored the cushioning at 4 out of 5 because you can get a decent feel for the ground beneath you on the trail, which can be beneficial when trying to get your bearings over uneven terrain.

Nike Pegasus Trail 4 GORE-TEX
Nike Pegasus Trail 4 GORE-TEX

These Nike trail running shoes also feature a partial GORE-TEX membrane, which can be helpful for trekking through shallow puddles along your routes. I say shallow, though, as the membrane does not encompass the entire shoe profile. Any puddle that gets into the raised ankle collar could lead to some sopping socks mid-run. This partial GORE-TEX membrane was also the reason behind my 3.75 out of 5 breathability score — GORE-TEX can keep water in just as easily as it keeps water out of your sneakers.

Best Budget Trail Running Shoes: Merrell Morphlite

Merrell Morphlite
Merrell Morphlite
Merrell Morphlite

These Morphlites from Merrell can be an excellent option for beginner trail running enthusiasts thanks to their supportive FloatPro midsole and rockered geometry for smooth transitions. Plus, the $100 price tag keeps these kicks affordable, meaning you don’t need to invest a ton into the discipline if you’re just testing the waters.

Specs

  • Price: $100
  • Weight: 8.46oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 6.5mm
  • Available Colorways: 7
  • Available Sizes: 7-15

Pros

  • Available for roughly $75 less than the average trail running shoe
  • FloatPro foam midsole provides a light, comfortable ride
  • Cleansport NXT treatment for added odor control

Cons

  • Loose upper can lead to some stability issues
  • Midsole and outsole can wear down quickly
  • Protective overlays are less pronounced than other trail shoes

Given the specialized needs of the discipline, trail running shoes can be more expensive than your typical runner with the average price tag hovering around $175. However, there are some budget-friendly options that can be worthwhile, including the Morphlites from Merrell. At $100, these are well below the median price yet can still provide you with enough traction and comfort for tackling a range of trail conditions.

I’ve been running in these Morphlites for a few weeks now and think they can be an excellent introduction to trail running sneakers. The tread is more pronounced than a road-centric profile, yet not so aggressive that you’ll be sitting high atop the trailway with a disconnected feel for the ground. Plus, I scored the overall ride of these Merrell trail runners at 4 out of 5 thanks to the lightweight feel of the FloatPro cushioning, which pairs nicely to the midsole’s rocker geometry for easy transitions across lighter, more packed routes.

Merrell Morphlite
Merrell Morphlite

The upper is also comfy enough for regular wear with a good sense of breathability through the engineered mesh. Plus, I like how Merrell treated the shoe with a Cleansport NXT coating, which can help prevent any unwanted odors from developing over time. I’ve had a number of trail running shoes ruined by stench alone (mud and perspiration don’t mix well), so any odor defense is a definite perk, in my opinion.

However, I do wish there was some added structure across this upper design, particularly along the midfoot. I did notice that my feet could move around easily inside the sneaker, which compromised my sense of stability at times. I rated the Morphlites at 3.75 out of 5 for stability, and recommend looking elsewhere if you need the extra support of more dedicated stability running shoes.

The Merrell Morphlites are less protective than other trail runners, too. There isn’t an exterior toe cap or pronounced rock plate, leading to my 3.5 out of 5 rating in the category. However, at $100, you can’t be asking for much more than what’s at play with these beginner-friendly, wallet-friendly kicks.

Best Cushioned Trail Running Shoes: Brooks Caldera 7

Brooks Caldera 7
Brooks Caldera 7
Brooks Caldera 7

If you’re looking for a well-cushioned ride through the hills and valleys, the Caldera 7s from Brooks can deliver. In addition to this sneaker’s high-stack nitrogen-infused midsole foam, the Caldera 7s also utilize a rugged toe cap that can keep you well-protected from any harsh obstacles or jutting roots along your path.

Specs

  • Price: $150
  • Weight: 10.6oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 6mm
  • Available Colorways: 2
  • Available Sizes: 7-15

Pros

  • Nitrogen-injected midsole provides a plush ride for longer distances
  • TrailTack rubber outsole grips on packed and loose ground
  • Rugged toe cap protects against rocks and debris

Cons

  • Higher stack height can feel clunky at longer distances
  • Fewer available colorways than other trail runners
  • Cushioning is less responsive than previous iterations

Sure, trail running can be a fun way to intensify your running workouts … but that doesn’t mean your feet need to be deprived of in-training comfort. Well-cushioned trail shoes can make those longer treks through the backcountry a pleasant treat rather than a grueling endeavor. For our money, the Caldera 7s from Brooks are the perfect vessel for these needs.

In addition to these Caldera 7s, I’ve also logged a heap of miles in this shoe’s predecessor — the Caldera 6 — and do feel Brooks nailed the DNA Loft v3 midsole foam with this iteration. It feels plush and comfy, and you don’t need to put a lot of effort into your steps to achieve that desirable soft landing. 

I did rate the cushioning at 4 out of 5, though, due to this sneaker’s lack of responsiveness. The Caldera 6s felt a little bouncier at certain paces with better energy return, which I haven’t experienced in these updated kicks. However, the resolution was quickly found as I fine-tuned my speeds to get the most out of the Caldera 7s.

Of course, with this amount of cushioning, you can expect to clunk up your running gait if you extend your mileage. It takes a while to learn how to use the higher stack height to your advantage on long-distance trails. As such, if I, a mere fitness writer, can do it, you surely can, too.

Brooks Caldera 7
Brooks Caldera 7

Durability-wise, I rated the Caldera 7s at 4.5 out of 5. I appreciated the more pronounced toe cap that was a great shield against any overgrown roots or jagged rocks during trials. While this does sacrifice some style points (I scored the Caldera 7s at 3.75 out of 5 in that category) I feel it’s worth the price when it comes to real-world use.

Finally, the TrailTack outsole is a nice mix of grip and durability. I’ve taken these shoes through loose and packed terrain with little issues when it comes to underfoot traction. Plus, the lugs seemed to have held up nicely, but only time will tell if that holds true.

Best Trail Running Shoes for Daily Training: Saucony Peregrine 14

Saucony Peregrine 14
Saucony Peregrine 14
Saucony Peregrine 14

With a PWRTRAC outsole featuring 5-millimeter lugs, the Peregrine 14s can be a grippy, effective trail shoe for those daily miles. The 9.4-ounce weight of this sneaker also opens up the possibility of tempo running — less heft to put the brakes on your speed.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Weight: 9.4oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 4mm
  • Available Colorways: 6
  • Available Sizes: 7-15

Pros

  • PWRRUN midsole creates great cushioning for everyday routes
  • Deeper 5-millimeter lugs can be effective on loose terrain
  • Added midsole stack height great for road-to-trail conditions

Cons

  • Higher stack height can compromise ground feel
  • Heel counter sits lower across Achilles than in previous iterations
  • Toe box tapers inward, potentially leading to hot spots

Need a trail shoe that can be trusted enough for your daily jaunts? The Saucony Peregrine 14s feature a comfortable PWRRUN midsole that can be plush enough for everyday mileage, while the higher stack height can be excellent for hitting the pavement en route to your wild pathways.

I also like the PWRTRAC outsole design that features deep lugs 5 millimeters. This can help the shoes stay versatile enough for packed and soft terrain, which can be more of an occurrence than you’d think when hitting the trails daily. I scored the outsole at 4 out of 5, because I appreciate this sense of traction, especially when weather is less impactful on my decision to hit the outdoors.

Speaking of versatility, I rated the ride of these Peregrine 14s at 4.5 out of 5. They performed well in shorter, slower workouts, but the lighter 9.4-ounce profile also gave room to open up my paces at times. This can be ideal for athletes looking to improve their average running speed through interval training, although I’d still opt for a lighter road shoe if tempo work is your main goal.

The Peregrine 14s from Saucony also feature a higher midsole stack height than previous iterations. Comparing them to my previous Saucony trail shoes — the Peregrine 13s — I noticed a higher heel (28 millimeters) and forefoot (24 millimeters). This can help create a comfy ride, especially for those brief on-road situations in-between trailheads, but I do feel you lose a bit of ground feel from the thicker slab of foam.

Fit-wise, these Sauconys fit true to size, and are available in wide sizing for larger-footed athletes. I do recommend investigating those options if you routinely max out your shoe interior — the toe box features a slight taper due to the toe cap, which can lead to unwanted rubbing and hot spots.

I also rated the fit at 4.5 out of 5 due to the lower heel counter. While this wasn’t a comfort issue for me per se, I could see how this lower placement could be awkward for some.

Best Trail Running Shoes for Speedwork: HOKA Tecton X 2

HOKA Tecton X 2
HOKA Tecton X 2
HOKA Tecton X 2

The Tecton X 2s from HOKA are a unique silhouette thanks to the parallel carbon plates sandwiched into the midsole that operate like the suspension system in your car. The plates operate independently from one another, ensuring you get a great energy return and pop in your take-off regardless of how uneven the underfoot terrain is.

Specs

  • Price: $225
  • Weight: 8.8oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 5mm
  • Available Colorways: 6
  • Available Sizes: 7-14

Pros

  • Parallel carbon plates in midsole for excellent energy return
  • New Matryx upper for added durability and water resistance
  • Lightweight frame is easy to pick up for faster paces

Cons

  • Shorter lugs are less ideal for technical terrain
  • Limited colorways compared to other HOKA silhouettes
  • Not available in wide or GORE-TEX options

If your pursuits call for a pace beyond the average walking speed, a faster trail running shoe could be just up your alley. The Tecton X 2s from HOKA serve as a rugged workhorse that can also fall in-line with some marathon running shoes thanks to the innovative parallel carbon plates that sit nestled in the midsole for explosive energy return without compromised traction and balance across uneven terrain.

Admittedly, the original Tecton X is what sparked my love affair with trail running. I’m happy to report that this latest iteration only improved on that impactful profile, most notably in the new Matryx upper. I rated this component at 4.5 out of 5 thanks to its hydrophobic qualities that make bursting through shallow puddles and short mud bogs a breeze.

Of course, though, the main reason these HOKA kicks can be excellent for speedwork lies in the midsole design and the parallel carbon plates. Rather than your typical running shoe shank, these plates work sort of like tectonic plates — hence the product name — shifting and adjusting independently to help propel you forward regardless of your underfoot conditions.

I love the zip these shoes provide to my paces and have routinely set trail PRs in them, which I credit highly to the innovative design. As such, I rated the energy return and midsole at 5 out of 5.

HOKA Tecton X 2
HOKA Tecton X 2

Like other popular HOKA trail running shoes (looking at you, Speedgoats), the Tecton X 2s employ a Vibram Megagrip outsole for excellent traction across a slew of conditions. However, the shorter tread depth of 4 millimeters does limit the grip you can experience on more technical terrain. I’d recommend shifting down a few gears before traversing wet rocks or thick mud, and score the traction at 4 out of 5.

Finally, the fit of these Tecton X 2s is true to size, and I do appreciate the roomy toe box that easily accommodates toe splays for intense push-offs. However, these sneakers aren’t available in wide sizing options (or GORE-TEX, for that matter) so larger-footed athletes may need to size up.

Best Trail Running Shoes for Muddy Conditions: Inov-8 Mudtalon

Inov-8 Mudtalon
Inov-8 Mudtalon
Inov-8 Mudtalon

If you’re in need of a mud-ready sneaker to combat the bogs and puddles of your trail route, the Mudtalons from Inov-8 should be your shoe of choice. The long 8-millimeter lugs placed optimally across the STICKYGRIP rubber outsole help ensure traction across the looser environments, leading to less slipping and sliding and more forward progress from trailhead to trail’s end.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Weight: 9.35oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 8mm
  • Available Colorways: 2
  • Available Sizes: 7-15

Pros

  • Longer 8-millimeter lugs for improved traction through softer terrain
  • Anatomical last for a more contoured, snug fit
  • Added ROCK-PLATE underfoot helps protect against jagged rocks and debris

Cons

  • Minimal cushioning can be less ideal for everyday training
  • Can run small — we recommend sizing ½-size up
  • Stiff heel counter can cause blisters for some

Mud isn’t just a quirky obstacle you’ll encounter at your local obstacle course race — it can be a serious factor to consider when running through the wilderness. For athletes that know conditions are, shall we say, dirtier than others, we recommend the aptly-named Mudtalons from Inov-8 thanks to their 8-millimeter aggressive lugs that can grab hold of any terrain you throw at them.

I’ve run in these rugged kicks before and truly feel they are the mud tires of the footwear realm. I’ve traversed washed-out trails and swampy valleys with zero underfoot issues, which I credit to the deeper lug pattern across the STICKYGRIP rubber outsole. For these reasons, I rated the outsole traction at 5 out of 5.

[Related: 7 Reasons Strength Athletes Should Try Obstacle Course Racing]

The Mudtalons also feature a locked-in, contoured fit, which can be helpful when trying to navigate through loose terrain. You’ll already be thinking about sliding and sloshing across the ground, so there’s no need to add to the sensation with a sloppy fitment.

However, I rated the overall fit and comfort at 3.75 out of 5 because the snug sizing may be too much for some footprints. Do not expect a wide toe box with these trail shoes, and I’ve found that the foot shape last, while secure, does leave room for hot spots and blisters as you learn to run with these aggressive sneakers. Additionally, it may be wise to size up one half size for an optimal fit, or even peruse the brand’s wide-sizing options.

Despite the fitment issues, I still feel these can serve a purpose within your running shoe rotation, even if you rarely encounter mud-filled routes. The ROCK-PLATE shank across the midfoot does provide excellent security and protection against jagged boulders or sharp roots, so you can pace along your trailways with little concern over the safety of your toes and soles.

I rated the security at 4 out of 5, too, given the thicker upper material and protective overlays that can do wonders for preventing any scuffs, scrapes, or piercings during training.

Best Stability Trail Running Shoes: Brooks Cascadia 17

Brooks Cascadia 17
Brooks Cascadia 17
Brooks Cascadia 17

Trail running has you traversing over varied terrain with each twist and turn, so having a stable underfoot sensation is practically required. The Brooks Cascadia 17s utilize a Trail Adapt System, which employs multiple components including soft cushioning, outsole pods, and an integrated plate to help ensure each step feels natural and unhindered.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Weight: 11oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 8mm
  • Available Colorways: 6
  • Available Sizes: 7-15

Pros

  • Trail Adapt System creates a balanced, stable ride
  • Sturdy TPU toe cap helps keep your feet protected
  • Knit lacing allows for a comfortable yet secure lockdown

Cons

  • Can run hot in warm conditions
  • Heavier than other trail shoes on the market
  • Dense construction makes for a less lively ride

Trail running can be a nightmare for athletes with stability issues since the terrain is so uneven. Thankfully, though, there are some trail shoes that cater to these needs, like the Cascadia 17s from Brooks. These sneakers feature a unique Trail Adapt System across the midsole and outsole to help create balanced landings in each stride for better confidence (and comfort) on the trail.

I’ve been trialing these updated shoes in tandem with their predecessors — the Brooks Cascadia 16 profile — and feel the brand has really taken a step forward in terms of in-training stability. I like the segmented outsole that can easily adapt to uneven terrain, and the protective shank across the middle gives the shoe some structure without feeling too rigid. Plus, DNA Loft v2 foam across the midsole is excellent for keeping steps cozy through the wilderness. I rated the stability at 4.5 out of 5.

The Cascadia 17s are also simple to lock down thanks to the lacing system and flexible upper. The shoes run true to size, so there’s not a ton of play already, but the laces cinch down easily to help secure your foot for traversing rugged trailways. The upper is also well built — I’ve yet to notice a scrape or scuff — and features a sturdy TPU toe cap that runs the entire sidewall of the forefoot for added protection.

Brooks Cascadia 17
Brooks Cascadia 17

While I rated the protection offered in the Cascadia 17s at 4 out of 5, these levels of defense do compromise the breathability of the shoe. I rated the upper’s breathability at 3.75 out of 5 as they can begin to run hot when taking on a workout in warmer conditions.

The Brooks Cascadia 17s weigh in at 11 ounces, which is on the heavier side of trail shoes. Combine that notion with the fact that these shoes lack a certain responsiveness, and you can quickly confirm that these are not for tempo runs. For cruising through throughways with a heightened confidence and stability, though, they can be a fine sneaker.

Best Trail Running Shoes for Long Distances: Topo Athletic Ultraventure 3

Topo Athletic Ultraventure 3
Topo Athletic Ultraventure 3
Topo Athletic Ultraventure 3

With their anatomical design for a more natural fit and snappy yet comfortable ZipFoam midsole foam, the Ultraventure 3s from Topo Athletic can be a suitable trail shoe for a wide range of needs. A Vibram XS Trek EVO tread pattern also keeps these kicks grippy enough for moderate terrain, although mud and muck may be too much for the 5-millimeter lugs.

Specs

  • Price: $150
  • Weight: 10.2oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 5mm
  • Available Colorways: 4
  • Available Sizes: 7-15

Pros

  • ZipFoam midsole is comfortable without sacrificing responsiveness during long runs
  • Anatomical design can help limit rubbing and blister build-up
  • Vibram outsole provides grip and flexibility underfoot

Cons

  • Roomier toe box can be to spacious for narrow feet
  • Curved heel collar can rub or pinch the Achilles
  • Less aggressive tread pattern than other trail shoes

For those longer jaunts through the trees and hills, you want a trail running shoe that can maintain a comfortable underfoot without clunking up your running gait once mileage enters double digits. Utilizing a ZipFoam midsole that delivers comfort, support, and even some responsiveness, the Topo Athletic Ultraventure 3s can be a nice addition to your running ensemble.

In testing, my strides felt natural in this shoe, and I appreciated everything the midsole design brought to the table. The stack height of 35 millimeters at the heel and 30 millimeters at the forefoot provided enough protection without compromising my sense of ground feel. Plus, I scored the cushioning at 4.5 out of 5 thanks to its soft cradling in each landing with enough energy return to keep me moving forward toward the trail’s end.

The upper of the Ultraventure 3s is also worthwhile, providing solid breathability to help prevent unwanted perspiration. The anatomical design, too, can be a blessing for your feet, as there’s no pinching or rubbing along the midfoot and toe box meaning there’s less of a chance of blisters.

However, I rated the fit at 4 out of 5 due to the curved heel counter. On occasions, I could feel this component digging into my Achilles, particularly on hill climbs.

In terms of traction, I’m a sucker for a Vibram outsole. The Ultraventure 3’s Vibram XS Trek EVO tread pattern showcased good durability and flex during trials, and I liked how these shoes felt natural when traversing different obstacles, graveled turns, and more. That said, though, I wouldn’t recommend these kicks for technical or advanced routes as the 5-millimeter lugs aren’t grippy enough for loose rocks or mud. Overall, I rated the traction at 3.75 out of 5.

Despite this outsole callout, I still think the Ultraventure 3s can be worthwhile for those that routinely enjoy maxing out their fitness tracker’s distance data. The ride is natural, there’s enough cushioning underfoot, and (provided you stay on regular terrain) you can get to wherever you’re going at a decent pace.

Best Trail Running Shoes for Winter Conditions: Icebug NewRun BUGrip GTX

Icebug NewRun BUGrip GTX
Icebug NewRun BUGrip GTX
Icebug NewRun BUGrip GTX

Looking to hit the trails in the middle of winter? The NewRun BUGrip GTXs from Icebug feature a GORE-TEX membrane for improved weather resistance as well as an outsole with dynamic steel studs which can help you maintain your balance and running form even when pacing over ice-riddled trailways.

Specs

  • Price: $229.95
  • Weight: 11.64oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 7mm
  • Available Colorways: 2
  • Available Sizes: 7-13

Pros

  • BUGrip outsole features steel studs for traction over ice
  • Polyester upper and GORE-TEX membrane improve water resistance
  • BOA Fit system for quicklace convenience

Cons

  • Steel studs can be loud at times
  • Wider fit may deter narrow-footed athletes
  • GORE-TEX membrane limits breathability, making for a hot interior

If you think about it, running every day implies you’re running year-round. Try as we might, though, winter trail conditions can seriously stall your training streak if you’re ill-equipped with the wrong footwear. The NewRun BUGrip GTXs from Icebug feature a durable, studded outsole for better traction on ice, as well as a polyester and GORE-TEX-lined upper that can help put the freeze on any invading water or precipitation.

Admittedly, I’ve reserved these wintertime runners for packed trails and some road-to-trail throughways, and I don’t feel the outsole pattern is deep enough to take on snow-filled technical terrain. However, I rated the outsole at 4.5 out of 5 thanks to the dynamic steel studs that can help you stay balanced and confident in your strides, especially when pacing across ice. Yes, the steel studs can be loud over asphalt, but I’m willing to deal with the noise for the sake of better footing.

Moving up the shoe, these Icebug profiles feature a rigid polyester upper and GORE-TEX membrane. This can help you stay dry and protected from the elements during outdoor workouts — a definite must when running in lower temps. Of course, though, the inclusion of a water-resistant membrane does compromise the shoe’s breathability, so I scored the upper at 4 out of 5. In my experience, the added warmth is actually a plus in winter, but be smart and don’t sweat out your sneakers if you don’t have to.

The dynamic steel spikes of the Icebug NewRun BUGrip GTX's outsole
The dynamic steel spikes of the Icebug NewRun BUGrip GTX’s outsole

I also like the BOA Fit lacing system across the midfoot that can be ideal when trying to achieve a lockdown with your running gloves and layers on. Rather than your typical bunny knot, the quicklace system operates via turnstile toggle that tightens or loosens thin cords across your shoe.

You can really dial in your fit, which may be necessary more often than not. I rated the Icebugs at 3.5 out of 5 for fit since the design is wider than other sneakers and there’s less flexibility across the upper. Oh well, if you’re trail running in winter, a thicker sock isn’t the craziest idea.

Best Trail Running Shoes for Rocky Conditions: La Sportiva Bushido III

La Sportiva Bushido III
La Sportiva Bushido III
La Sportiva Bushido III

The third iteration of this iconic La Sportiva trail running shoe features a sticky rubber compound across the center of the outsole, improving grip and control in each step. Plus, the lug pattern extends upward along the edge of the midsole, helping you maintain traction even in off-kilter steps over rocks and obstacles.

Specs

  • Price: $145
  • Weight: 10.5oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 6mm
  • Available Colorways: 3
  • Available Sizes: 6-14.5

Pros

  • Outsole features a stickier rubber center that improves grip on tough terrain
  • Thick toe cap for added protection
  • Lugs carry into midsole for better traction in off-camber steps

Cons

  • Lugs, while grippy, aren’t deep enough for muddy trails
  • Only available in 3 colorways
  • Cushioning can dwindle during longer runs

Naturally, trail running is going to involve uneven terrain, but if you’re more of a “cut your own path” type of athlete, odds are that your routes will be less pristine with jutting rocks and large boulders abound. For workouts involving these crags and obstacles, we recommend the La Sportiva Bushido IIIs thanks to their grippy, sticky outsole and pronounced lugs along the midsole for stable traction even when your steps are, say, more off-kilter than your proper running form.

Now, I’ve yet to trial these rock-ready trail shoes, but I have logged plenty of hill climbs in the previous Bushido iteration — the Bushido IIs. From what I can tell, the only true updates are a restyling along the outsole, some added mesh panels for better breathability (a big concern of mine in the Bushido IIs), and available wide sizing.

Regardless, I’ve always appreciated the Bi-Compound FriXion XT 2.0 V-Groove3 outsole of this trail shoe. The lugs are tacky enough that you can easily get over rocky terrain. My one go-to route, for example, treks through the base of an old quarry, and I’ve yet to have any missteps due to traction loss. I’d rate the Bushido III’s traction at 5 out of 5, and the overall outsole design at 4 out of 5 since the 4-millimeter lugs are still somewhat shallow for muddier conditions.

The Bushido IIIs also feature a thick TPU toe cap that can be excellent for keeping your feet secure during runs. If you’re traveling over less-groomed terrain, I always appreciate as much protection as possible.

Cushioning wise, this sneaker uses the same EVA midsole design as its predecessor. I’ve felt supported enough for backcountry excursions, but I wouldn’t necessarily call it a plush experience. I rated the cushioning at 4 out of 5 as you need a little rigidity to create that stable, rock-ready platform. So, as long as you understand the purpose of this sneaker and don’t take it on lengthy runs, you should feel a similar sensation.

Most Durable Trail Running Shoes: Norda 002

Norda 002
Norda 002
Norda 002

This impressive 002 silhouette from Norda is made with Dyneema, which is one of the strongest fibers on earth. While the price is heavy upfront, these kicks are designed to be a stalwart in your shoe rotation — you don’t need to replace a shoe if it can take the abuse and bounce back day in and day out.

Specs

  • Price: $295
  • Weight: 7.73oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 4mm
  • Available Colorways: 3
  • Available Sizes: 8-14

Pros

  • Upper is made from Dyneema, one of the world’s strongest fibers (1)
  • Vibram Megagrip outsole retains its traction and sense of grip
  • Clean aesthetics that can be worn with normal attire

Cons

  • One of the most expensive trail running shoes available
  • Practically no breathability through the Dyneema upper
  • Laces can come undone with lighter knots

If you’re really invested in trail running, it can be beneficial to have a pair of shoes that will last you multiple seasons. While the price may be jarring at first, the Norda 002s showcase exceptional value thanks to their rugged durability. While the Vibram outsole is more sturdy than other rubbers, the real highlight of the profile is the Dyneema upper.

Dyneema is one of the strongest, lightest fibers on the planet and is trusted for ballistic helmets, crane ropes, and parachutes. (1) If it can withstand these stresses, what do you think it can do in the footwear space?

I’ve run in Norda’s other silhouette, the Norda 001, and can attest to the strength of the Dyneema design. I scored the Norda 002’s upper at 4 out of 5, though, given that Dyneema, while durable, is not breathable at all. If you’re training under the hot sun, expect to sweat through your socks.

[Related: What Does It Take To Get Into Trail Running? An Ultrarunner Shares His Secrets]

The laces also contain Dyneema fibers, which can be great for durability and structure across an often forgotten shoe component. However, the strength of the fabric does limit its stretch. I’ve found that the knots can come undone easily, especially if you don’t cinch down the laces tightly.

I also like the Norda 002s simply for the style at play. Unlike other trail shoes that feature vibrant patterns and bright colorways, the 002s are more neutral. This can lend itself to more versatile wear, even with normal attire. I scored the style at 4 out of 5 as I think this is the best example of athletic pursuits meeting the gorpcore style trend (look it up).

Of course, the price cannot be ignored — nearly $300 for a single pair of shoes is pricey for any budget. However, I still scored the value at 4 out of 5 as I feel the Norda 002s can easily last multiple years on the trail. It’s a steep upfront investment, but the kicks can pay for themselves in no time.

Best Trail Running Shoes for Wide Feet: Altra Lone Peak 8

Altra Lone Peak 8
Altra Lone Peak 8
Altra Lone Peak 8

The Lone Peak 8s are Altra’s trail-ready silhouette crafted with many of the brand’s signature components including a minimalist 0-millimeter heel-to-toe drop and anatomical FootShape profile for better fitment. The Lone Peak 8s also feature a more resilient ripstop nylon upper that can be sturdy enough for the wear and tear of trail running while still retaining some breathability along the design.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Weight: 10.7oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 0mm
  • Available Colorways: 5
  • Available Sizes: 7-16

Pros

  • FootShape fit features a roomy toe box
  • New ripstop nylon upper for better durability
  • EGO midsole foam provides comfort without compromising ground feel

Cons

  • MaxTrac outsole can be slippery in wet conditions
  • Zero drop, minimalist design is not for everyone
  • Midsole foam can compress at the heel, especially during descents

Wider-footed athletes can sometimes struggle to find proper-fitting trail shoes. However, there are some silhouettes that naturally cater to these foot sizes like the Lone Peak 8s from Altra. These trail shoes utilize the brand’s signature FootShape design to create an anatomical footprint that’s roomy across the midfoot and spacious enough in the toe box to eliminate any unwanted rubbing.

I also rated the fit of the Lone Peak 8s at 4.5 out of 5 thanks to the Ghillie-style lacing that allows for a customized lockdown across the top of the foot. You feel locked into the sneaker, but it’s not a constricting fit that could otherwise compromise the comfort level.

The Lone Peak 8s also feature a new ripstop nylon upper, which I scored at 4 out of 5 and feel is a great addition to this Altra profile’s makeup. The previous Lone Peak 7s had a mesh upper that was breathable and cozy yet lacked a certain sense of sturdiness. The new ripstop nylon improves the overall protection while still giving you some ventilation for those extra-hot days on the trail.

Altra Lone Peak 7
The Lone Peak 8s share a similar build with their predecessor — the Altra Lone Peak 7s — shown here.

Unfortunately, though, Altra is still using the MaxTrac outsole in this sneaker. In my experience with multiple trail running silhouettes, this is my least favorite outsole pattern. The lugs are too shallow for muddy conditions, and the material itself wears down easily and can lead to slippery steps even when on packed trailways.

I also rated the overall ride at 3.75 out of 5 given this shoe’s zero-drop design. Barefoot running, according to studies (and lore), is designed to help you achieve a more natural running gait and may be more beneficial for your body. (2) However, it takes some foot strength to hop from a higher drop shoe directly into a minimalist silhouette. If you’re curious about these sneakers, I suggest taking your time and getting used to the underfoot sensation — it’s not for every footprint.

Best Customizable Trail Running Shoes: Speedland GS:PGH

Speedland GS:PGH
Speedland GS:PGH
Speedland GS:PGH

With a unique drop-in midsole that’s compatible with Carbitex GearFlex plates for added energy return, the GS:PGHs from Speedland can be an ideal pick for athletes wanting to mix up their training between comfortable jaunts and speed-focused runs. The dual BOA Li2 dials along the upper also allow for a fine-tuned fit that can be easily loosened or tightened with the simple turn of the toggle.

Specs

  • Price: $275
  • Weight: 10.5oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 7mm
  • Available Colorways: 1
  • Available Sizes: 5-14

Pros

  • Drop-in midsole pairs with Carbitex GearFlex plates for added responsiveness
  • Dual BOA Li2 dials for micro-adjustments across the upper
  • Lightweight PerformFit wrap provides security and breathability

Cons

  • Shoes often sell out due to limited batches
  • More expensive than other trail running shoes
  • Weight can begin to alter performance at longer distances

Having the ability to customize your trail running footwear can help create an optimized ride and training experience that caters to your wants and needs. The GS:PGHs from Speedland offer a heightened sense of customization thanks to their dual BOA Li2 lacing system for micro adjustments across the lockdown, as well as a unique drop-in midsole that can pair with compatible carbon fiber plates for more or less energy return.

I’ve had multiple pairs of GS variations over the years and really enjoy the versatility across the drop-in midsole. The component operates like a traditional drop-in insole and I like how easy it is to add the Carbitex GearFlex plates for days where tempo and speed are desired. I rated the midsole at 4.5 out of 5, too, because the cupped sidewalls create a comfortable cradle for your foot for added security.

Speedland GS:PGH
Speedland GS:PGH

The BOA Li2 toggles also deserve some praise thanks to their quick and intuitive operation. Rather than popping the turnstiles to loosen the attached cables, you can simply turn the dials one way or another to achieve your desired fit. Given this ability to micro adjust your comfort, as well as the anatomical layout of the shoe itself, I rated the fit at 5 out of 5.

[Related: How Many Calories Are Burned Running a Mile?]

As impressive as this shoe is, though, I couldn’t score the value any higher than 3.5 out of 5. The $275 price tag is above the average trail shoe, and the Carbitex GearFlex plates are sold separately meaning an extra purchase is required to unlock the full customizability of the profile. Additionally, the GS lineup is sold in limited batches — don’t be surprised to find your specific size out of stock.

Thankfully, though, if you do find that the GS:PGHs are out of stock, the GS:PDX, GS:OAK, and GS:TAM silhouettes are all virtually the same sneaker with slight differences in weight. You’ll just need to compromise on the colorway.

Benefits of Trail Running Shoes

According to Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, your footwear can be one of the most important pieces in your fitness regimen, “especially if you follow an exercise protocol that requires versatile shoes.” As such, a proper pair of trail running shoes can vastly improve your experiences through the exciting and adventurous training discipline. Below are some of the perks that can come with adding trail running shoes to your workout arsenal.

  • Improved Traction: Trail running shoes feature a more aggressive outsole than road running sneakers, which can be beneficial for maintaining traction along the uneven and loose terrain. Think of it like putting all-terrain tires on your car — the deeper lugs and more aggressive tread pattern can easily grip mud, rocks, and dirt for a better ride.
  • Protection from Terrain: Trail running also involves you scaling over obstacles like roots, logs, and boulders which, on occasion, can lead to unwanted impacts that leave you feeling sore across your feet. Shoes designed for trail running feature harder, more durable overlays in key areas like the toe box to help you stay protected as you pace through your outdoor-minded workouts.
  • Limits Footwear Overuse: Having a pair of trail running sneakers can also be a benefit for your other running shoes, too. Having footwear for each terrain can help preserve each silhouette’s integrity and prevent overuse while also allowing the midsole foams to fully rebound in-between workouts.

How Much Do Trail Running Shoes Cost?

As with other specialized footwear for ultramarathons, race day, stability, and even shoes for treadmill running, you can expect to pay a little more for trail running shoes than your average pair of loafers. In our years of testing and reviewing footwear, though, we’ve determined that roughly $175 can be a good median price to start with when looking at the category. Read below to compare the prices of trail running shoes featured in this round-up.

What to Consider Before Buying Trail Running Shoes

Like any piece of fitness equipment, there are a few factors to consider before deciding on a pair of trail running shoes. From your typical trail conditions to the shoe’s cushioning, fit, price, and more, here are the components we recommend thinking through as you work through the purchasing process.

Terrain Conditions

Naturally, your trail running shoes should feature a more aggressive outsole that’s designed for running on uneven and loose ground. However, it can be beneficial to also consider the specific conditions of your intended trails, as certain tread patterns can cater to different terrains.

HOKA Tecton X 2 outsole
HOKA Tecton X 2 outsole

For example, if you know your trail is filled with mud puddles or bogs, it can be wise to opt for a tread featuring deeper lugs to accommodate the wet, mucky conditions. If you routinely train atop packed trailways or paved hiking routes, you may be better off with a less aggressive outsole.

Brooks Caldera 7 TrailTack rubber outsole
Brooks Caldera 7 TrailTack rubber outsole

While this awareness may call for a field trip to your trails before purchase, you can also use technology to see what you’re likely up against before getting out into the wild. Some running apps offer descriptions for specific trails, with condition reports and photos to better gauge your terrain.

Cushioning

Finding the right cushioning for trail running is a little different than searching for cushioning in other running shoes. Yes, you want to opt for a comfortable ride that keeps your feet cozy through landings and toe-offs, but you also want to preserve a sense of ground feel that can allow you to adjust your steps in accordance with the terrain.

HOKA Speedgoat 5 midsole
HOKA Speedgoat 5 midsole

In my experience, a trail shoe that’s too plush can leave you disconnected from the path underfoot, which can result in errant strides over looser ground and unwanted slips and spills. That said, however, there’s no need to feel every pebble you trek over. It’s a give and take, so look for a midsole design that gives you a mix of both comfort and feel that matches your needs best.

Over-Foot Protection 

The rough terrain of trail running can put your feet through a lot, so having a protective design can be beneficial when taking on a route filled with obstacles. Typically, it can be wise to opt for a trail shoe with a pronounced toe cap, since this is an area that can be most exposed to impacts with jutting roots and large rocks. Other protective components include midsole rock plates, side wall shields, and higher ankle collars to help keep pebbles and debris from getting inside your shoe.

Brooks Cascadia 17 toe cap
Brooks Cascadia 17 toe cap

If you’re tackling more groomed trailways, you can likely get away with just a stable toe cap and a resilient upper. For more advanced paths, though, I recommend erring on the side of caution. Be mindful, though, that extra overlays can compromise your shoe’s breathability, so be prepared to sweat if your profile is decked out with multiple defense mechanisms.

[Related: Running on a Treadmill Vs. Running Outside — Which Is Best for Your Goals?]

Fit

Of course, your trail shoes should accordingly. Be sure to look for profiles offered in your foot size and look at the brand’s specific size guide to see if you need to size up or down for an ideal fitment. For larger-footed athletes, it can be wise to look for trail running shoes offered in wide sizing, too.

Price

On average, trail running shoes cost roughly $175, although you can find many top-performing silhouettes for prices between $140 and $150. The median price tag is skewed higher given that some trail shoes can cost upwards of $300 due to their durable fabrics, carbon-plated midsoles, and convenient lacing systems.

The higher ankle collar of the Nike Pegasus Trail 4 GORE-TEX
The higher ankle collar of the Nike Pegasus Trail 4 GORE-TEX

In the end, though, the best trail running shoe for your training preferences is the one that fits your budget best. Crunch some numbers and determine how much you’re willing to spend on a pair of outdoor-ready kicks and begin your search there.

Best Trail Running Shoes FAQs

What are the best trail running shoes?

Classifying the best trail running shoes can be subjective from athlete to athlete. In our opinion, though, the HOKA Speedgoat 5s are the top-performing trail runners thanks to their comfortable and breathable engineered jacquard mesh upper, cozy midsole, and durable Vibram Megragrip outsole that can easily provide traction across a variety of terrain conditions.

Can you use trail running shoes for regular running?

In theory, yes, but it comes down to using the right tools for the trade. The tread pattern featured across trail running shoes is designed for looser terrain, whereas the flatter outsole of a road running sneaker is optimized for flat asphalt and treadmill belts. The differences in running experience can be minimal, but you can likely expect more audio feedback and compromised traction, similar to what you’d experience when putting all-terrain tires on your vehicle versus street tires.

How much do trail running shoes cost?

While a majority of trail running shoes can be found between $140 and $150, the average cost of trail running shoes sits at roughly $175. This is due to some silhouettes costing upwards of nearly $300, thus skewing the median price tag.

Are trail running shoes uncomfortable?

Whether a shoe is uncomfortable or not can be subjective. However, trail running shoes are intended to provide traction and protection against uneven terrain and varying obstacles, which limits their breathability and flexibility when compared to more plush road running profiles. There are plenty of cozy trail shoes available, though, so don’t feel as if comfort is always compromised within the category.

References

  1. Sanborn, B., DiLeonardi, A. M., & Weerasooriya, T. (2014, December 24). Tensile properties of Dyneema SK76 single fibers at multiple loading rates using a direct gripping method – journal of dynamic behavior of materials. SpringerLink. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s40870-014-0001-3
  2. Cleveland Clinic. (2024, April 30). The benefits of barefoot running. https://health.clevelandclinic.org/barefoot-running 

The post The 14 Best Trail Running Shoes in 2024, Tried and Tested by Our Experts appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
The 9 Best Running Vests of 2024 (Personally Tested) https://barbend.com/best-running-vests/ Fri, 24 May 2024 03:33:13 +0000 https://barbend.com/?p=257610 Running is one of the most accessible forms of cardio, and you don’t need much to reap its benefits, which can include a stronger heart and lifted spirits. (1) Whether you’re hitting your miles on outdoor trails or squeezing in your training on one of the best treadmills for running, staying comfortable is key. Once you’ve laced up...

The post The 9 Best Running Vests of 2024 (Personally Tested) appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
Running is one of the most accessible forms of cardio, and you don’t need much to reap its benefits, which can include a stronger heart and lifted spirits. (1) Whether you’re hitting your miles on outdoor trails or squeezing in your training on one of the best treadmills for running, staying comfortable is key. Once you’ve laced up your sneakers, figured out your route, and queued up your tunes, slipping on one of the best running vests can help support your training by keeping you cool, adding some warmth, providing security for your valuables, and even keeping you hydrated.

Our team has tried and tested nearly 20 of the most popular vests for running, and I’ve personally put 10 of them through the paces. While navigating our recommendations, you’ll want to consider the type of training you’re looking to support. Do you need a hydration sleeve for ultramarathon efforts? How much gear and goodies do you want to carry with you? Do you want to keep cool or heat things up? Whether you’re looking to tackle the high elevation of Colorado’s 14ers or need some extra visibility while cruising the busy streets of Los Angeles, our top picks below have you covered.

The 9 Best Running Vests of 2024

About Our Expert

This article has been expert reviewed by Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, a certified personal trainer and CrossFit Level-1 instructor. She researched our products and carefully read our content to help ensure we’re providing helpful, accurate descriptions and recommendations.

How We Tested and Chose the Best Running Vests

The BarBend team includes marathon runners, certified personal trainers, and “I go running because it helps with my mental health” athletes —  aka, me — and we’ve personally tested nearly 20 running vests in our search for the best gear for your long-distance and sprint-training sessions. 

The BarBend equipment testing methodology is simple. We scored each profile in categories such as comfort, fit, and adjustability on a scale from 1 (not great) to 5 (awesome). We focused on the following areas of interest when testing and selecting the top vests.

  • Comfort: “I look at the seams and feel of the textiles and how much irritation they can cause once I start to sweat,” says trail runner and BarBend editorial member Ben Emminger about what he looks for in a running vest. “I’ve had past vests that turned my shoulders into giant hot spots.” We prioritized vests made from nylon and polyester for their stretchiness, breathability, and water-resistant qualities.
  • Adjustability: “Having the ability to adjust the vest means you can cater an already-well-sized piece of clothing even more to properly fit the specifics of your body,” notes marathon runner Kate Meier NASM-CPT, USAW-L1, CF-L1. We opted for vests with adjustable front fasteners and easy-to-use side pulls to help users find the right fit.
  • Price: To accommodate a wide range of users, we’ve included options that range from $25 up to $230.99. While lower-priced vests can lack storage and versatility, higher-priced models tend to offer a wider range of pockets and lighter overall weights. We also included a weighted vest that can assist with HIIT workouts or CrossFit WODs.
  • Features: When making our picks, we looked for zipper pockets, breathable fabrics, insulated panels, whistles, bladder pouches, soft flasks, and more. Our picks tout a variety of features to support your training, regardless of the weather, mileage, or training intensity.

Best Running Vest Overall: Patagonia Slope Runner Vest

Patagonia Slope Runner Vest
Patagonia Slope Runner Vest
Patagonia Slope Runner Vest

This hydration running vest includes two 500-ml HydraPak flasks and a bladder pouch in the back to help keep water at the ready during your runs. There's also ample storage, including a secure zipper pocket in the back, and trekking pole loops on the back and front.

Specs

  • Price: $169
  • Material: 100% recycled polyester stretch-woven ripstop, nylon, spandex
  • Sizes: XS to L
  • Wash Instructions: Hand wash cold, hang dry
  • Reservoir Compatible: Yes

Pros

  • Breathable, lightweight fabric
  • Two included HydraPak flasks
  • Lots of storage and trekking pole holders
  • Patagonia will repair damages for free (with a small shipping fee)

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Not the most durable vest
  • Front fasteners can be hard to hook

The Patagonia Slope Runner Vest looks like a simple hydration running vest, but it’s super adjustable and has tons of storage so you’re comfortable and equipped during running workouts through the city or on a backcountry trail. I took this vest out on three separate weekends to see how I liked it compared to the competition, and while I think it’s best suited for long expeditions, it ended up being my favorite companion on my jogs. Functionality, comfort, and workout experience scored a 5 out of 5.

Front of the The Patagonia Slope Runner Vest.
Front of the The Patagonia Slope Runner Vest.

Made from polyester, nylon, and spandex, it’s lightweight at just 6.9 ounces. I also liked the breathability provided by the mesh shoulders, back, and sides. You get two 500-milliliter HydraPak flasks with this vest, both of which fit securely on the front of the pouch. If you’ve never used these before, once they’re filled up, all you have to do is bite on the mouthpiece to drink. 

Let’s talk about storage, because this vest isn’t playing around. There are four front pockets: two hold your HydraPak flasks, and the other two are perfect for keeping snacks at the ready or even stowing a phone — my iPhone 12 Pro Max fits entirely within all of these pockets. Loops on the back and front of the vest can also hold your trekking poles. Functionality scored a 5 out of 5.

On the back of the vest, there’s a zipper compartment to keep your valuables. I also really like that there’s a key clip to save you from that dreaded moment when you get back to your car after a long run and start frantically patting down every pocket, thinking “I guess I live here now.” You’ll also find a bladder pouch on the back for your longer expeditions and a large stash pouch for jackets, which we found reachable mid-stride in a pair of our best running shoes.

Back of the Patagonia Slope Runner Vest.
Back of the Patagonia Slope Runner Vest.

Compared to other hydration vests I’ve tried, this doesn’t feel as durable, which is wild considering the $169 price tag — almost $50 to $90 more than others on the market. Durability scored a 4 out of 5. However, Patagonia does mend damaged gear for free (plus a small shipping fee). 

My biggest gripe with this vest is the front fasteners. It took me six attempts to try and get the lower plastic hook to link to the bungee cord when fastening the vest shut. 

Best Cold Weather Running Vest: Nike Therma-FIT Swift

Nike Therma-FIT Swift Vest
Nike Therma-FIT Swift Vest
Nike Therma-FIT Swift Vest

This vest features side zip pockets to keep your valuables secure and Nike's double-brushed microfiber Therma fleece which helps to keep body heat in and cold weather out.

Specs

  • Price: $115
  • Material: Polyester
  • Sizes: XXS to XXL
  • Wash Instructions: Machine wash
  • Reservoir Compatible: No

Pros

  • Double-brushed microfiber fleece keeps body heat in 
  • Zippered side pockets
  • Works for running and for everyday wear
  • Loose fit for layering

Cons

  • No locker loop for easy hanging
  • Multiple steps for washing
  • Fabric stains easily

The Nike Therma-FIT Swift running vest is cool — like, I look really cool in this vest, thank you for noticing — and warm. The double-brushed microfiber fleece helps to keep your body heat in, and the loose-fitting design provides a slight androgynous fit that can still be cinched at the waist if you want to trap more heat in or show off ‘dem curves! Functionality, feel, and comfort scored a 5 out of 5.

Our tester shows off the front of the Nike Therma-FIT Swift.
Beach volleyball player, Megann Delgado, shows off the front of the Nike Therma-FIT Swift.

I wear this vest every weekend (and daily just around the house) for chilly early morning beach volleyball sessions. I’m in Southern California, and I’ve found this vest is best when it’s around 55 degrees and I’m at the beach before the sun’s up. 

It’s ideal for chilly weather, but not something that’s going to protect you from a heavy downpour, snow, or harsh winds. Its loose fit is great for layering, so it’s a nice accessory to have on chilly mornings that turn into hot afternoons. I also like that it gives me enough freedom of movement to support my running warm-ups. Comfort scored a 5 out of 5.

The zippered side pockets are large enough to hold my iPhone 12 Pro Max, keys, and wallet. And I like the reflective details for night visibility on the bottom back of the vest and where the Nike swoosh is on the front. There’s also a waist cinch, which is useful to help trap in even more heat, but I didn’t love the placement of this near my belly button since it accentuates the hips and chest when cinched.

Back of the Nike Therma-FIT Swift Running Jacket.
Back of the Nike Therma-FIT Swift Running Jacket.

I found it lightweight and compact — I could even stuff it in my gym bag. However, when doing this I got sunscreen on the back of it, and the steps to wash it had me worried that this vest wouldn’t prove to be durable. I needed to zip up all the closures, turn it inside out, machine wash it cold, and hang it to dry. 

It’s also worth noting that the garment shouldn’t be laid on itself when wet. After the wash, the sunscreen was still on the vest — I blame myself, but you’ve been warned. Durability scored a 3 out of 5. 

Also, while I absolutely love this vest, I do wish that they would have included a locker loop so I don’t have to break out a hanger whenever I’m not using it.

[Related: The Best Gym Bags]

Best Lightweight Running Vest for Women: Columbia Women’s Endless Trail Running Vest

Columbia Women's Endless Trail Running Vest
Columbia Women's Endless Trail Running Vest
Columbia Women's Endless Trail Running Vest

This lightweight running vest can be packed into a pocket for easy transport. It also features Omni-Shield coating, which helps to repel water and stains.

Specs

  • Price: $110
  • Material: Nylon, polyester, and elastane
  • Sizes: XS to XXL
  • Wash instructions: Machine wash cold and gentle
  • Reservoir Compatible: No

Pros

  • Women’s vest with added room in hips and chest
  • Lightweight and packable into interior pocket
  • Omni-Shield is water and stain-resistant
  • Locker hanger loop

Cons

  • The reflective material is minimal
  • Stains easily

The Columbia Women’s Endless Trail Running Vest is our choice for the best lightweight running vest for women as it provides more space in the chest and hips than many unisex vests. While this vest provides a lot of warmth, it’s lightweight and compact, and can be stuffed inside an interior pocket for easy storage. Functionality, comfort, and adjustability scored a 5 out of 5. I wore this vest for early morning jogs, layered on top of a long-sleeve shirt, and it felt light and warm (not hot) when the weather was around 50 degrees.

Front of the Columbia Women’s Endless Trail Running Vest
Front of the Columbia Women’s Endless Trail Running Vest

The shell is made from nylon, a lightweight and durable material that won’t bog you down when teaching yourself how to run faster. (2) This shell also features Omni-Shield, a water and stain-resistant technology that helps make this vest quick-drying, so you can hit the trail day after day, even in wet conditions. 

When I wore this vest, it reminded me of the Nike FIT Swift vest. It’s fairly warm, not too tight on the body, and has zipper side pockets. However, it wins out for practicality due to the inclusion of internal drop pockets, the ability to pack this vest into a pocket for easy storage, and a locker loop that lets me hang it up by the front door. 

I also like that there’s a waist drawstring at the very bottom of the vest, unlike the Swift’s central waist cinch. Adjustability scored a 5 out of 5.

There is some reflective material on the front and back of this vest, but it’s not going to give you a ton of visibility in low-light conditions. Additionally, the reflective detail on the back is smaller than a quarter and placed below the collar, so my ponytail could easily hide it from view — so you may need to split your attention between watching traffic and practicing proper running form.

Our tester climbing a rock wall with the Columbia Women’s Endless Trail Running Vest.
Our tester climbing a rock wall with the Columbia Women’s Endless Trail Running Vest.

And while this vest is machine washable (cold), washing it didn’t remove the chalk stains I had from wearing this while rock climbing. As such, you’ll want to be careful about what comes in contact with this vest, as stains may not be easily removed. Durability scored  4 out of 5.

Best Weighted Vest for Running: Hyperwear Hyper Vest ELITE

Hyperwear Hyper Vest Elite
Hyperwear Hyper Vest Elite
Hyperwear Hyper Vest Elite

The Hyper Vest Elite features a contoured design and lightweight Cordura makeup that almost feels like you’re wearing your favorite training shirt instead of a weight vest. Depending on your chosen size, you can achieve added resistance of up to 25 pounds, more than enough to help bolster your next sweat session.

Specs

  • Price: Starting at $230.99
  • Material: CORDURA fabric, galvanized steel weights
  • Sizes: SM to XL
  • Wash instructions: Hand and machine washable with non-abrasive detergent
  • Reservoir Compatible: No

Pros

  • Can add between 10 and 20 pounds to your workouts
  • Individual weights weigh 2.25 ounces for incremental adjustments
  • Side lacing creates a bounce-free run
  • Thin and breathable profile allows for mobility and comfort

Cons

  • Limited max weight between 15 and 20 pounds, depending on size
  • Beginning at $230.99, this is a pricey vest
  • Annoying to take out or adjust the individual weights

The Hyperwear Hyper Vest ELITE is one of the best weighted vests we’ve tested. It comes with bite-sized steel weights that you can distribute throughout the vest to intensify runs, sprints, plyometric training, or CrossFit WODs. All told, you can add up to 20 pounds of weight to the vest — depending on the size — though each weight weighs just 2.25 ounces to allow for incremental adjustments. Movement freedom scored a 4.5 out of 5, while adjustability, breathability, and security scored a 4 out of 5.

The side lacing allows for a unisex adjustable fit, suitable for all body types. “Adjusting the sides only takes a moment,” noted our tester, who scored adjustability a 4 out of 5.  “While it’s easy to adjust and I was able to create a nice, snug fit, I’m a little concerned about it stretching out over time.” Durability scored a 4 out of 5. 

“Unlike other weight vests that have weight distributed awkwardly, this vest feels like a t-shirt,” added our tester, who gave movement freedom a 4.5 out of 5. “Running in this vest felt super comfortable.” They credit the use of thin CORDURA fabric — a material also found in some of the best cross-training shoes — which can help keep mobility unrestricted.

Each vest comes with 10 pounds of weight pre-loaded into the vest, but there are options to add an additional 5 to 10 pounds for an additional cost. The chart below shows each vest’s weight capacity and height recommendation.

While we appreciate the ability to micro-adjust the amount of weight on each vest, our tester found making these adjustments to be a pain. “The little weight plates are tricky to get in and out of the vest,” they said. “I wouldn’t want to adjust this vest often.” 

Additionally, the max weight capacity on the Hyperwear ELITE here isn’t as high as other weight vests we’ve tested, which can provide up to 50 or 60 pounds of weighted resistance.

Best Hydration Running Vest: The North Face Sunriser Run Vest 8

​​

The North Face Sunriser Run Vest 8
The North Face Sunriser Run Vest 8
The North Face Sunriser Run Vest 8

This hydration running vest comes with two HydraPak soft flasks and has a bladder pouch in the back, so you can stay hydrated while on the trail. The deep back zipper compartment can hold onto your valuables, plus keep a jacket on hand for when the weather shifts.

Specs

  • Price: $89
  • Material: Nylon ripstop, polyester, and elastane
  • Sizes: XS to XL
  • Wash instructions: Hand wash
  • Reservoir Compatible: Yes

Pros

  • Bladder pocket with internal routing for hose
  • Two included 500-milliliter HydraPak soft flasks
  • Trekking pole holder and lots of storage

Cons

  • Front pockets aren’t very deep
  • Thin fabric fastener may not keep your hydration bladder secure

Staying hydrated while logging miles is essential, and the North Face Sunriser Run Vest 8 aims to keep you sucking down H2O without fail throughout your training. This running hydration vest comes with two 500-milliliter HydraPak soft flasks, plus a 2-liter hydration reservoir in the back with internal routing to give you easy access to the straw when you need it. 

Front of the North Face Sunriser Run Vest 8
Front of the North Face Sunriser Run Vest 8

I wore this on a little 5-mile loop and I don’t think I’ve ever felt so inclined to stay on top of my hydration. Workout experience scored a 5 out of 5.

The last race I did was in Japan for the Senshuu International Marathon, and in the last 5 kilometers, my entire body started to cramp up. If I could do it all over again, I would have thrown this vest on, filled up a bladder with water, and packed the HydraPak flasks with the best electrolyte supplements

One qualm with this vest is the fabric fastener that’s supposed to keep your bladder pack secure. The fastener is weak, even when brand new, and this can lead to the bladder pouch sloshing around unrestrained in the back pocket.

There’s tons of storage on this vest. Five front pockets, a bladder pouch, a trekking pole holder, and a deep, secure main compartment in the back. Unlike some other hydration running vests, my phone could only fit in the sleeves where the HydraPak flasks fit, so if you want your phone nearby, you may need to swap out one of these flasks. Additionally, the lower pockets for snacks are shallow, and I couldn’t fully relax into my run for fear that my watermelon-flavored peach rings would pop out. Functionality scored a 4 out of 5.

Back of the North Face Sunriser Run Vest 8
Back of the North Face Sunriser Run Vest 8

I preferred the fit and adjustments on this vest to others I’ve tested. The front closure buckles were easy to snap together, and side adjustments could be made to tighten or loosen the fit. Adjustability scored a 5 out of 5.

Best Luxury Running Vest: Lululemon Down For it All Vest

Lululemon Down for it All Vest
Lululemon Down for it All Vest
Lululemon Down for it All Vest

This cold-weather vest has goose-down and PrimaLoft insulation to keep you warm as temperatures drop. Keep your valuables secure in the zipper pockets, and stash some snacks or other goodies in the deep side drop pockets. Constructed with Glyde fabric, this vest is water-resistant and windproof.

Specs

  • Price: $168
  • Material: Goose down, PrimaLoft, nylon, polyester, and elastane
  • Sizes: 0 to 14
  • Wash instructions: Machine wash cold
  • Reservoir Compatible: No

Pros

  • Luxurious goose down and PrimaLoft insulation keeps you warm
  • Lots of pocket space
  • Sleek, form-fitting design

Cons

  • Hip-skimming length bunches up when seated
  • Zipper and collar rub against chin
  • Sizing is confusing

The Lululemon Down for it All vest is our choice for the best luxury running vest due to its goose-down fill and sleek form-fitting design. I’m a little (a lot) obsessed with Lululemon, and I have spent more than I’m willing to admit on leggings, shirts, tank tops, bras, the best booty shorts… it’s a problem. This vest is on par with all of my favorites from the brand and keeps me warm whether I’m on a late-night jog or hanging with friends beside a bonfire.

Warmth scored a 5 out of 5, not just for the comfort provided by the goose feathers and stretchy fleece, but also by how the PrimaLoft insulation on the collar stays warm even when wet. 

While I don’t love the fit of this vest, I’m evolved enough to admit that’s probably just a personal preference — this vest highlights my chest and hips while dipping in on my waist, and that’s not a look I like. Granted, I’m not a luxury gal — I regularly eat cold soup straight from the can — and this is a luxury product.

Front of the Lululemon Down for it All Vest.
Front of the Lululemon Down for it All Vest.

Storage scored a 5 out of 5. There are zipper pockets on the front and large drop pockets on the sides, all of which can easily fit my iPhone 12 Pro Max. I don’t usually trust drop pockets, but they have an elastic band on top that makes it tough for my gear to fall out. 

When I wore this during a run, the zipper and collar were annoying. When zipped up, the collar hits the bottom of my chin. The only viable way for me to wear this vest is if I’m running in the winter and have a neck gaiter on underneath. Otherwise, I’m doomed to suffer chin chafing. Comfort scored a 3 out of 5.

The length of this vest hits below the hips, which can help keep you warm. However, when seated, this causes the front to bunch up. Perhaps I picked the wrong size, but, to be honest, I could write a dissertation on my problems with Lululemon sizing. It’s all over the place. Typically, I wear a size 2 and a small top, but I wear a size 6 to 12 from Lululemon, depending on the product. I’d recommend trying this vest on in stores if you’re interested.

Best Lightweight Running Vest for Men: REI Co-op Swiftland Running Vest

REI Co-op Swiftland Running Vest - Men's
REI Co-op Swiftland Running Vest - Men's
REI Co-op Swiftland Running Vest - Men's

Lightweight, breathable, and packable — this running vest can add a touch of warmth while helping to keep wind and light rain off you. Keep your valuables secure with the zippered chest pocket which doubles as the pouch you can stuff this vest into.

Specs

  • Price: $69.95
  • Material: Nylon, spandex
  • Sizes: S to XXXL
  • Wash instructions: Machine wash cold
  • Reservoir Compatible: No

Pros

  • Men’s vest weighs only 2.9 ounces
  • Packs up into a small carrying case
  • Mesh upper back keeps things breezy

Cons

  • Reflective details are just in two small spots
  • Only one chest pocket

From running on one of the best treadmills to navigating outdoor trails, the minimalist REI Co-op Swiftland Running Vest is our choice for the best lightweight running vest for men due to its airy, barely-there feel and a shape specifically crafted for men. This vest weighs 2.9 ounces — about half as heavy as a billiard ball — and I hardly noticed I had it on during climbs and jogs. (3) Comfort, durability, and overall experience scored a 5 out of 5.

If you’re looking for something that you can stuff in your bag and have with you when you need it, this may be the right vest for you. My climbing bag is filled to the brim, but I had no problem stuffing this inside. While you can pack it up into the chest zip pocket, you can also just smoosh it down — when smooshed, it fits inside my cupped hands. Packability scored a 5 out of 5.

This is a men’s vest, but I loved the silhouette on my frame. For reference, I wear a size small in women’s vests but sized up to a medium here so the lowest part of the vest didn’t get stuck on my hips. There’s also a slight amount of stretch to the fabric, which makes sizing a little more forgiving. Fit scored a 5 out of 5.

Our tester using a pocket on the REI Co-op Swiftland Running Vest.
Our tester using a pocket on the REI Co-op Swiftland Running Vest.

This vest is fairly simple, but there is a locker hook for hanging and a drawstring cinch on the bottom to keep the vest more fitted to your body. There isn’t much storage on this vest, but there is a zippered chest pocket to hold some of your valuables. I was impressed that my iPhone 12 Max Pro fit into this pocket, although running with my phone there pulls awkwardly on the vest, so you may want to store your phone elsewhere. Optionality scored a 3 out of 5.

While there are reflective details on this vest, they’re fairly small so they won’t be too helpful for training sessions in low visibility. It’s also treated with a durable water repellent to help keep water off you while running in the rain.

I’d recommend this vest for those looking for a little extra coverage on breezy days, or those wanting to add extra layers without bogging themselves down. I gave my overall experience with this vest a 5 out of 5.

Best Trail-Running Vest: Nathan Pinnacle FeatherLite 1.5-Liter Hydration Vest

Nathan Pinnacle FeatherLite 1.5 Liter Hydration Vest
Nathan Pinnacle FeatherLite 1.5 Liter Hydration Vest
Nathan Pinnacle FeatherLite 1.5 Liter Hydration Vest

This ultra-light and breathable running vest comes with a soft flask to keep you hydrated, velcro pockets on the front for your snacks, and a secure zippered pouch in the back.

Specs

  • Price: $110
  • Material: Polyester, spandex, nylon
  • Sizes: XXS to XXL
  • Wash instructions: Hand wash cold
  • Reservoir Compatible: No

Pros

  • Mesh shoulder and back panels keep you cool on the trail
  • Large reflective lettering on front and back
  • Includes a HydraPak soft flask

Cons

  • Chest straps are long and flap around
  • No bladder pouch
  • No zipper pocket for dedicated valuables

When hitting the trails, you’ll want a race vest that keeps you hydrated, with enough storage to stash a jacket, stow your valuables, and keep snacks within reach. The Nathan Pinnacle FeatherLite 1.5-Liter Hydration Vest is light, breathable, and ready to support your LISS cardio trail runs with a water flask, a secure zippered back pouch, and multiple pockets to hide away mid-mile fuel. Fit and comfort scored a 5 out of 5, while the storage capacity scored a 4 out of 5.

Twin pockets on the front can hold 20-ounce water flasks, and you’ll also get one HydraPak 500-milliliter soft flask to keep you hydrated during long loops. Even as the sun beats down on you, the power mesh shoulder and back panels can help keep you cool, allowing for more air flow between your sweaty body and the vest. Comfort scored a 5 out of 5.

Front of the Nathan Pinnacle FeatherLite 1.5-Liter Hydration Vest.
Front of the Nathan Pinnacle FeatherLite 1.5-Liter Hydration Vest.

The rear pouch features a side zip that can be used to hold onto your valuables. When I used this vest, I liked that I was able to reach into this pocket to pull out my jacket without having to take the vest off. Plus, I didn’t have a problem keeping my keys and wallet in one of the front pouches thanks to the fabric fastener. 

However, pockets scored a 3 out of 5. I knocked this down two points because I would have preferred to have a more secure zipper pocket dedicated exclusively for keys or a wallet.

If your run takes you longer than expected and you’re heading back to your car at dusk, the large reflective lettering on the front and back can help keep you visible to traffic. Compared to the best hydration packs I tried, this one was the most visible at night.

The mesh shoulder straps felt comfortable thanks to the lightweight 4.4-ounce build. However, this lighter weight comes at the cost of an included bladder pouch on the running pack, so those looking to tackle some serious miles may want to consider if that’s something they need. Hydration scored a 3 out of 5.

Back of the Nathan Pinnacle FeatherLite 1.5-Liter Hydration Vest.
Back of the Nathan Pinnacle FeatherLite 1.5-Liter Hydration Vest.

[Related: How Much Water Do You Really Need to Drink a Day?]

Lastly, I didn’t love how long the chest straps were when I had everything tightened. The excess material on the sternum strap dangled down in front of me and swooshed back and forth throughout my run. 

Best Reflective Running Vest: Nathan Sports Vibe Reflective Vest

Nathan Sports Vibe Reflective Vest
Nathan Sports Vibe Reflective Vest
Nathan Sports Vibe Reflective Vest

Stand out in low-light settings with this elastic reflective vest, providing 360 degrees of visibility.

Specs

  • Price: $25
  • Material: Elastic, reflective material
  • Sizes: One size fits most
  • Wash instructions: Hand wash
  • Reservoir Compatible: No

Pros

  • 360-degree reflectivity for added visibility
  • Lightweight at just 2.96 ounces
  • Easy fabric fastener attachment on front

Cons

  • “One size fits most” sizing may not fit all
  • There isn’t a tidy way to store this vest

The Nathan Sports Vibe Reflective Vest really does just one thing, but it does that one thing well. This vest is our choice for the best reflective running vest because it’s affordable at just $25 and can provide 360 degrees of reflectivity in low-light scenarios. Value, portability, and price scored a 5 out of 5.

While I’m not the biggest runner anymore — I did two marathons and then switched my training to sprints for more explosive speed — I am an avid cyclist and this vest will now have a home  in my bike bag. 

There isn’t a neat way to fold this vest up, but when folded (crumpled) up, it takes up about the size of a hamburger patty. I hate riding at night on the streets of Los Angeles, and this vest’s visibility helps give me some peace of mind when I get caught rushing home before the sun sets. Portability scored a 5 out of 5.

Our tester shows off the reflectivity of the Nathan Sports Vibe Reflective Vest.
Our tester shows off the reflectivity of the Nathan Sports Vibe Reflective Vest.

[Related: How Long is a Marathon?]

The vest is made from elastic bands that wrap over your shoulders and around your waist. You secure them in the front with a fabric fastener. The length over the shoulders and width around the waist can be easily adjusted, creating a secure fit for most bodies. However, since this is a one size fits most vest, it may not suit all body types. Runners who are extra large around the waist or have been graced with NBA height may find these adjustments just aren’t enough. Adjustability scored a 4 out of 5.

I like how lightweight it is. I’m easily able to toss it on over running gear, but the best part about it is its versatility. I’ve used this vest during running and biking outings, and I’m already thinking about getting one for my mom for some added visibility when she walks her dog. Versatility scored a 4 out of 5.

Benefits of Running Vests

Running vests can help keep your body temperature regulated in hot, rainy, or chilly conditions, though some options also come with hydration packs, slots for weights, and plenty of pockets. Check out the benefits of these vests below, which can support your quest for the benefits of cardio whether you’re running on the street, on trails, or at the gym.

Our tester with the Patagonia Slope Runner Vest.
Our tester with the Patagonia Slope Runner Vest.
  • Storage: “I like a running vest with a ton of pockets to hold gel, keys — even my iPhone and a packable jacket for cold starts,” said marathon runner Mykee Del Mundo. While some running vests don’t offer storage, many vests have a variety of drop, zip, and fabric pockets and bladder pouches to hold the gear you need.
  • Hydration: When you’re out on longer trail runs, a hydration vest can help you replenish the water your body’s lost through sweat. (4) Hydration running vests often include 1- to 2-liter bladder pouches on the back or pockets on the front to store soft water bottle flasks.
  • Stay Warm, Cool, or Dry: The materials and coating of these vests are chosen for their ability to heat you up, cool you down, or repel water when you’re caught in a downpour. Commonly-used materials include warm polyester, water-resistant polypropylene, and nylon, which is breathable, sweat-wicking, and stretchy. 
  • Distraction-Free: Running vests are often designed to be adjustable to your frame. This way, you can keep everything you need within reach and adjust fits to limit bounce, ensuring distraction-free runs.

How Much Do Running Vests Cost?

Our picks for the best running vests range in price from $25 to $230.99. Keep in mind that not all vests are created equal. The most expensive options on our list are weighted vests to increase intensity during your training and race vests with hydration capabilities. The most affordable option doesn’t have any pockets, and is purely just meant to add some visibility to your run for evening or early morning workouts.

What to Consider Before Buying a Running Vest

Whether you’re gearing up to hit the trails or curious how to stay hydrated while working out, slipping on one of the best running vests can help support your efforts. Consider the following areas before making a purchase.

Hydration Vests Vs. Other Vests

Your first step in figuring out which vest is right for you and your needs is figuring out what you want from your gear. If you want to stay hydrated, look for vests with flask pockets or hydration bladders. “When I’m training for a triathlon, especially the running portion, hydration is so crucial. I tend to sweat a lot, so I always try to have at least one water bottle per hour when I’m training,” says Bojana Gailic, tri-athlete and BarBend editorial member.

Our tester running with the Lululemon Down for it All vest.
Our tester running with the Lululemon Down for it All vest.

If hydration isn’t your concern, and you want something lightweight to layer on when you want additional protection from the elements, look for a vest that’s packable. Other options include weighted vests that can add intensity to your training and insulated vests that help keep you warm when the temperature drops.

Fit

“If your vest is not fitted correctly, it will flop around, shift, or squeeze you uncomfortably during your workout, in which case you probably won’t ever end up wearing it,” says our expert reviewer, Amanda Capritto. Certified personal trainer Kate Meier, NASM-CPT, USAW-L1, CF-L1, agrees. “Getting the right fit is key, because a vest that’s too tight will restrict movement and potentially create labored breathing,” she says. “A vest that’s too big will feel heavy and could get in the way of your arm movement, which is mostly annoying but could affect your running form.”

Fit is even more crucial as you log longer and longer days in your running shoes. “Any small movement, especially up against a sports bra, will start to chafe after a couple hours on the trail. With my previous vest, I experienced bleeding in… well, places you don’t want to have an open wound,” says Meg Leary, a trail runner who’s dabbled in ultra marathons. “Being able to adjust the tightness across various points means that I can minimize that movement and the necessity of constant BodyGlide applications.”

Depending on the amount of running you plan to do with a vest on, make sure it features enough adjustments to provide you with a fit that’ll be comfortable from start to finish.

Distance

“For extended runs that are 10+ miles, I have a roomier vest that can hold my trekking poles across the back. I also like to keep my headlamp in tote for these longer routes, especially during the fall when daylight can dissipate quicker,” says BarBend editorial member and trail runner Ben Emminger. “A packable rain jacket will make its way into my pack, too, if inclement weather is a possibility.” 

The Nathan Sports Vibe Reflective Vest
The Nathan Sports Vibe Reflective Vest

If you have your eyes set on longer distances, look for packs with more storage, trekking pole holders, and bladder pouches to keep you fueled for the miles ahead.

Weather

For hot weather conditions, look for vests with breathable mesh to keep you cool and the ability to carry water throughout your run. Hydration vests, in particular, are great for longer runs or running on hot days,” notes marathon runner Patrick Aubin. “I can get a little sweaty in a vest when the sun’s really beating down on me, but it’s worth it for the extra hydration.” 

For cold weather conditions, look for vests with insulation, drop tail designs, and waist cinchers to keep your heat in and the cold weather out. This makes it easier for you to keep running everyday, even when your bed or under a blanket try to entice you away.

Storage

“I use a running vest kind of out of necessity since a lot of my running shorts don’t have zippered pockets. Plus, I feel it’s more comfortable to wear my small essentials across my chest and back rather than at my sides where gravity can take over and create a slapping sensation over my thighs,” says Emminger. “My vests double as hydration packs, too, so they’re a means to keep water on me during longer trail runs.”

Gel, keys, wallet, jacket, extra socks, a small squished peanut butter and jelly sandwich (which honestly tastes better after heating up against your back over the course of a 7-mile run) — whatever you want to carry with you, there’s a pack built to hold what you want.

Best Running Vests FAQs

What is the best running vest?

The Patagonia Slope Runner Vest is our choice for the best running vest due to its breathable mesh panels, bladder pouch, and included HydraPak flasks, which fit snugly into the front pockets. There’s a zipper pouch on the upper back to keep your valuables stashed securely, an open horizontal storage pouch that keeps your stowed layers accessible mid-run, and trekking pole loops on the front and back.

Are running vests worth it?

Yes and no. It really depends on the type of running you’re doing. If your training takes you out on a run for over an hour, you’ll probably want to be prepared with snacks, water, and some extra clothing in case the weather changes. Additionally, you’ll be able to keep your keys, wallet, and phone in your vest, so you won’t have to worry about leggings without pockets or your gear banging against your legs.

Is a running vest or belt better?

It depends on how much stuff you want to carry with you on your run. While a running belt can cost less and be less cumbersome since it’s strapped around your waist, if you’re looking to take on some serious miles or want a fastpack bag that you can run and hike with, a running vest is a better choice for your training.

References

  1. Nystoriak, M. A., & Bhatnagar, A. (2018). Cardiovascular Effects and Benefits of Exercise. Frontiers in cardiovascular medicine, 5, 135. https://doi.org/10.3389/fcvm.2018.00135
  2. Bennett, J. (n.d.) Utah Education Network. Clothing Fibers. https://www.uen.org/cte/facs_cabinet/downloads/ClothingI/S3O1ClothingFibers-ExampleProject.pdf
  3. The Measure of Things. (2024). 3 ounces. Retrieved May 21, 2024 from www.themeasureofthings.com/results.php?comp=weight&unit=oz&amt=3&sort=pr&p=1
  4. Latzka, W. A., & Montain, S. J. (1999). Water and electrolyte requirements for exercise. Clinics in sports medicine, 18(3), 513–524. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0278-5919(05)70165-4

The post The 9 Best Running Vests of 2024 (Personally Tested) appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
The 9 Best Recovery Shoes of 2024, Worn and Tested by Our Experts https://barbend.com/best-recovery-shoes/ Mon, 20 May 2024 17:12:45 +0000 https://barbend.com/?p=256484 “I would argue that your shoes are more important than most things in your home gym,” says BarBend expert reviewer Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC. With this in mind, you may be sprinting to our list of the best cross-training shoes. However, what you wear outside of the gym is just as important for performance, and...

The post The 9 Best Recovery Shoes of 2024, Worn and Tested by Our Experts appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
“I would argue that your shoes are more important than most things in your home gym,” says BarBend expert reviewer Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC. With this in mind, you may be sprinting to our list of the best cross-training shoes. However, what you wear outside of the gym is just as important for performance, and the best recovery shoes can help you bounce back from each strenuous workout with refreshing comfort, supportive arch support, and uncomplicated measures to get into and out of the profiles.

We understand that “recovery footwear” may be unknown to most — many brands have just begun to design silhouettes targeting this niche category. So, to give you a leg up on maximizing your downtime between training sessions, we’ve slipped into multiple top-rated kicks and consulted with our in-house team of experts to come up with our list of the best recovery shoes available today.

The 9 Best Recovery Shoes of 2024

About Our Expert

This article has been reviewed by Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, a certified personal trainer and CrossFit Level 1 instructor. She reviewed the research we cite and the recovery shoes we listed to help ensure we’re providing helpful, accurate descriptions and recommendations.

How We Tested and Chose the Best Recovery Shoes

The BarBend team is made up of competitive athletes, certified personal trainers, and lifelong fitness enthusiasts. To make our list of the best recovery shoes, we got hands-on with 15 different shoe profiles from top brands, using a multi-point methodology to rate each profile on a scale of 1 (lowest) to 5 (highest) to determine our top picks. Below are some of the categories and components we looked at to make our list.

For further information on how we trial and test the products chosen for this guide and more, be sure to read the BarBend Equipment Testing Methodology page.

  • Cushioning: One of the main factors separating recovery shoes from other footwear is the pronounced underfoot cushioning for added comfort post-training. All of the shoes featured in this guide either feature a well-cushioned midsole to keep your steps plush and a cozy footbed that isn’t harsh on your heel and forefoot.
  • Durability: You don’t want to look at your pair of recovery shoes only to find that they’re worse for the wear after just a few uses. All of the picks in this round-up feature durable upper materials and resilient outsole tread patterns for sustained traction over time — provided you aren’t wearing your recovery footwear more than necessary.
  • Ease of Entry: Having a convenient slip-on design can be more inviting post-workout than trying to lace up a pair of kicks with little energy left in the tank. For this curated list, we sought to favor slip-on recovery shoes over laced silhouettes, as they’re naturally an easier form of footwear to get into and out of.
  • Arch Support: ​​When your feet are tired, you’re likely to showcase a less-refined walking or running form, which can lead to compromised landings that may lead to pain across your arches. We made note of recovery shoes featuring a contoured footbed that could better dissipate the pressure of each step evenly across your foot, giving you a break from landing flat-footed and providing the support needed to bounce back for another crack at training.
  • Price: The recovery shoe category is somewhat new, so metrics on pricing can be all over the place as more silhouettes get added to the mix. On average, though, we found that you can expect to pay roughly $90 for a high-quality pair of recovery shoes. We did our best to include picks that hover around that cost with some more specialized profiles — like shoes ideal for recovery runs — costing more.

Best Recovery Shoes Overall: Kane Revive Active Recovery Shoes

Kane Revive Active Recovery Shoes
Kane Revive Active Recovery Shoes
Kane Revive Active Recovery Shoes

The Kane Revive Active Recovery Shoes feature a molded design that’s easy to clean and comfortable to cruise around in. The sugarcane-based EVA foam provides a soft yet responsive ride, and raised nodes along the footbed can help massage the bottom of your feet for improved circulation post-workout.

Specs

  • Price: Starting at $75
  • Footwear Style: Molded sneaker
  • Weight: 8.9oz
  • Upper Material: Sugarcane-based EVA foam
  • Available Colorways: 57
  • Available Sizes: 3-17

Pros

  • Simple, comfortable silhouette that slips on and off easily
  • EVA foam construction is easy to keep clean
  • Raised footbed nodes for increased stimulation and blood flow

Cons

  • Can squeak as air passes through exterior perforations
  • Collar can lead to blisters with extended wear
  • Silhouette may be polarizing for some tastes and preferences

The Revive Active Recovery Shoes from Kane Footwear, in our opinion, are the best examples of recovery sneakers on the market today. The molded clog style is easy to get on and off, making post-workout efforts minimal, and the raised nodes along the footbed are designed to help improve circulation. Plus, the large perforations along the upper can add some much-appreciated breathability as you cool down after your gym sessions.

I’ve had my Kanes for months now and regularly turn to them for post-workout wear. Getting into the molded sugarcane foam profile is a breeze, which can be great for convenience’s sake after training. I also rated the comfort at 5 out of 5, as the dual-density midsole construction gives you a nice sense of plush cushioning while the raised nodes work to simulate a foot massage for boosted circulation.

[Related: Post-Workout Recovery Tips From Celebrity Fitness Trainer Don Saladino]

An easy comparison to the Kane Revive would be your common pair of Crocs. However, I prefer these molded shoes over the alternative as I feel there’s more structure underfoot. I feel the Kane Revives give you a little more arch support, which can help keep your strides in a natural plane. However, I still feel the overall looks may be polarizing for some (despite the abundance of colorways), so I rated the style at a conservative 3.75 out of 5.

The breathable perforations can be great for keeping your feet cool after training, but I do want to point out that these shoes can begin to squeak during wear as air dissipates through the holes. I’ve noticed this mostly when my steps were heavy after a grueling workout — gravity sort of takes over and pushes the air out from underfoot for a whistling effect.

Kane Revive Active Recovery Shoes
Kane Revive Active Recovery Shoes

Finally, I had no issues with the fit and rated these Kanes at 4 out of 5 for the category. The brand does recommend sizing down, though, if you’re in-between sizes, so be sure to follow these instructions. Additionally, I’d recommend wearing socks for your first few wears — the more rigid collar around the opening can feel abrasive, potentially leading to blisters.

[Related: Best Running Socks]

Best Budget Recovery Shoes: Adidas Adissage Slides

Adidas Adissage Slides
Adidas Adissage Slides
Adidas Adissage Slides

Classics in their own right, the Adidas Adissage Slides can be an effective solution for budget-friendly recovery footwear. Getting into the slides themselves takes little effort, and the iconic raised nodes across the footbed give each step a massaging sensation for added comfort.

Specs

  • Price: $32
  • Footwear Style: Flip-flop
  • Weight: 8oz
  • Upper Material: Hook-and-loop
  • Available Colorways: 4
  • Available Sizes: 4-18

Pros

  • $32 price tag is below the $90 average for recovery footwear
  • Nubbed footbed can create a soothing sensation underfoot
  • Slip-in design for convenient, simple wear

Cons

  • Limited traction across outsole
  • Nubbed footbed can become easily packed with dirt and debris 
  • Not as much arch support as other recovery footwear

A pair of recovery shoes doesn’t need to be a glamorized silhouette with an unreasonable price tag, despite the uniqueness of the footwear category. For example, the Adidas Adissage Slides can be a perfect solution for post-workout wear at the low price of $32. For reference, that’s roughly a third of the average cost of other “recovery” footwear.

I’ve owned multiple pairs of these recovery slides over the years — from my times in the college dorms to tournament weekends on the baseball field and beyond — and only recently recognized them as high-quality recovery footwear. 

The nubbed footbed can provide a massaging effect to your heel and forefoot during steps, which can help promote circulation to your tired feet and pair nicely with your routine of best post-workout supplements. Add in the fact that you can get three pairs of these recovery slides for the price of one standalone recovery sneaker, and I had to rate the value at 4.5 out of 5.

I also admire these Adidas slides for their foundational style notes. The three stripes across the midfoot hook-and-loop band are iconic, and I like how the open-toe design practically screams summer fun (trust me, do not wear these slides through a snowy parking lot). For these reasons, I scored the overall style at 4 out of 5.

The Adissage slides are, however, your perfect example of throwaway flip-flops. The outsole traction is rather flat, which can lead to more slips and slides than wanted. I’ve also had my fair share of clogged footbeds, which will need to be cleaned out routinely over time. I also rated the stability at 3.5 out of 5, as there’s practically zero arch support across the flat midsole outside of a few taller nubs near the midfoot.

That said, these can be a great introduction for athletes entertaining the notion of recovery footwear. While the flip-flop style isn’t for every taste, the sound of a good deal is.

[Related: Should Athletes Wear Flip Flops?]

Most Versatile Recovery Shoes: Under Armour UA SlipSpeed

Under Armour UA SlipSpeed
Under Armour UA SlipSpeed
Under Armour UA SlipSpeed

​​The UA SlipSpeeds from Under Armour offer a unique approach to gym-focused footwear. A BOA Fit lacing system helps you conveniently dial into that proper fit without any knots or excessive lacing, while a collapsible heel gives you the power to wear these either as a traditional sneaker or post-workout slip-on clog.

Specs

  • Price: $120
  • Footwear Style: Slip-on sneaker
  • Weight: 10.8oz
  • Upper Material: Engineered synthetic leather
  • Available Colorways: 18
  • Available Sizes: 3.5-18

Pros

  • Collapsible heel for sneaker- or clog-style wearability
  • BOA Fit lacing system provides convenient lockdown
  • Wide range of colorways for added style

Cons

  • Synthetic leather upper doesn’t breathe as easily as mesh
  • Can experience heel slippage when worn as a traditional sneaker
  • Lateral support is limited, hindering side-to-side movements

For those looking for a recovery shoe that can be worn outside of post-workout environments, we recommend the UA SlipSpeeds from Under Armour. With a heightened sense of style along with a comfortable UA FLOW midsole for helpful cushioning and responsiveness, we wouldn’t blame you if these recovery slip-ons quickly turned into a regular pick for your everyday wardrobe.

I’ve had these UA SlipSpeeds in my footwear rotation for a while now and do appreciate the fit and comfort at play across the silhouette. While Under Armour does market these SlipSpeeds as a “training shoe” I feel they’re better suited for recovery and less intense activities like walking. There’s not enough lateral support to promote a locked-in feel necessary for training like you’d find in some of the best stability running shoes, and the synthetic heel can leave room for slippage when worn as a traditional sneaker. As such, I rated the stability at 3.75 out of 5.

Still, however, I rated the versatility at 4.5 out of 5 given the wearability options presented through the collapsible heel. You can wear these slip-on shoes as either a traditional sneaker or a slip-on clog — a feature not often shared amongst the competition (unless you have a disdain for a proper heel counter). I’ll admit, too, that sliding into these sneakers and collapsing the heel is a pleasant treat after a long, grueling leg day or HIIT session.

Under Armour UA SlipSpeeds
Under Armour UA SlipSpeeds

In terms of lockdown, I rated the SlipSpeeds at 4 out of 5 thanks to the BOA Fit lacing system. Rather than your traditional shoe laces, this sneaker is adjusted through a turnstile toggle that tightens or loosens thin cords across the midfoot. You can really dial in (pun intended) the fit of this sneaker. I also like how the settings remain across wears — no need to readjust every time you take off and put on the shoes.

The UA SlipSpeeds are available in 18 different colorways, so there’s no shortage of options to choose from. However, I will say that the synthetic leather upper can run hot at times — it may be best to save these for after your cool-down exercises.

Best Recovery Shoes for Around the House: Teva ReEMBER

Teva ReEMBER
Teva ReEMBER
Teva ReEMBER

The slipper-style ReEMBERS from Teva can be a comfortable solution for in-house kicks. The plush ripstop upper resembles a quilted comforter for a nice sense of coziness over the top of your foot, while the grippy outsole can be ideal when trying to maintain balance and traction over differing flooring options like carpet, hardwood, turf, and more.

Specs

  • Price: $80
  • Footwear Style: Slip-on slipper/sneaker
  • Weight: 8oz
  • Upper Material: 100% recycled ripstop
  • Available Colorways: 5
  • Available Sizes: 3-12

Pros

  • Comfortable slip-on fit that’s perfect for in-home wear
  • Anti-odor treatment allows for wear without socks
  • Rubber outsole provides great traction across carpet and hardwood alike

Cons

  • Ripstop upper limits air flow across the profile
  • No true presence of arch support
  • Only available in five colorways

Sometimes, the key to surviving your rest days at home is just a comfortable pair of kicks. The Teva ReEMBERs feature a plush ripstop upper, synthetic heel for easy entry and exit, and a grippy rubber outsole that can keep you moving across carpet, hardwood, or anywhere else outside of the gym. 

These ReEMBERs have practically become a piece of my workday uniform thanks to their unparalleled comfort. While the ripstop upper can lead to some breathability issues on hotter days, I still feel a great sense of plushness overfoot that keeps me cozy in-between workouts.

I rated the comfort at 4.5 out of 5, too, given the closed-toe design that still gives me enough room to wiggle across the toe box. After all, do you really need to have a secure, snug fit if your steps are only taking you from your home office to the kitchen and back? You can even wear the ReEMBERs without socks thanks to a convenient anti-odor treatment across the profile.

The ripstop upper featured across the Teva ReEMBERs
The ripstop upper featured across the Teva ReEMBERs

In terms of traction, I also appreciate the tread pattern across these slip-on sneakers/slippers, which I scored at 4 out of 5. The pattern is grippy enough to combat thick carpet yet still retains some security on sleek hardwood. I’ve also worn these Tevas on short jaunts outside and haven’t noticed any compromised footing.

I do reserve these mostly for in-home wear, though, given the lack of arch support across the midsole. There is some cushioning at the midfoot, but the last is predominantly flat — comfortable enough for short treks around the house, but I wouldn’t want this sensation all day.

The style of these slip-ons also lends itself to interior wear. There are only 5 colorways available, which limits how you can style these kicks that look as if a Toms slipper met up with a quilted comforter. While I enjoy the look, they may not blend as seamlessly with your normal attire as other picks in the “recovery shoe” category. As such, I rated the style at a conservative 3.75 out of 5.

Best Slip-On Recovery Shoes: HOKA Ora Recovery Shoe 2

HOKA Ora Recovery Shoe 2
HOKA Ora Recovery Shoe 2
HOKA Ora Recovery Shoe 2

If you want a spark of convenience in your recovery shoes, the slip-in design of the HOKA Ora Recovery Shoe 2 can be a great treat post-run or post-workout. The front pull tab makes getting into these sneakers as simple and efficient as possible, while the memory foam heel cradles your Achilles nicely while still providing enough structure for supported striding.

Specs

  • Price: $90
  • Footwear Style: Slip-on sneaker
  • Weight: 6.6oz
  • Upper Material: Dynamic mesh
  • Available Colorways: 4
  • Available Sizes: 7-14

Pros

  • Front pull tab for easier entry and exit
  • Memory foam heel improves comfort with no signs of slip
  • Lightweight 6.6-ounce design makes for easier pick-ups

Cons

  • Mesh upper can be prone to rips over extended wear
  • Less vibrant colorways than other HOKA silhouettes
  • Exposed foam outsole can wear down over time

When you’re trying to come down post-run or post-training (or simply trying to lower your resting heart rate), odds are that you’re less inclined to lace up a fresh pair of sneakers. Slip-on recovery shoes can be a real treat in these instances, with the HOKA Ora Recovery Shoe 2s, in our opinion, being the best of the bunch. This profile features a flexible mesh upper, contoured memory foam heel, and convenient pull tab where the tongue would sit for a seamless transition between your cross-training shoes and post-training attire.

I’ve worn these Ora Recovery Shoe 2s in the past and do enjoy how easy it is to slide into these kicks after a workout. There’s little effort needed, and you’re greeted with a cozy upper that’s plenty breathable along with a compression-molded EVA foam midsole that’s plush enough to make you feel like you’re walking on clouds. I rated the ease of entry a perfect 5 out of 5.

The memory foam heel also pairs nicely to the sensations on foot, creating a comfortable collar that doesn’t rub excessively yet still has enough structure to prevent any unwanted slippage during strides. I wouldn’t necessarily trust these sneakers for dedicated jogging circuits, but for my trek from the gym doors to my car, they do fine enough for a 4 out of 5 rating.

Unlike other HOKA silhouettes, the Ora Recovery 2s feature a stamped outsole, meaning there isn’t any rubber present across the bottom of the sneaker. I’ve found that the rocker geometry of the midsole does promote extended wear, so I wouldn’t be surprised to find athletes wearing out the traction over time. For these reasons, I rated the durability at 4 out of 5.

Finally, the style of these shoes can be subjective, but I feel they lack a certain pizazz that I’ve grown accustomed to with HOKA running shoes, especially given the fact that there are just four (rather bland) colorways to choose from. Oh, well — if you’re only wearing these kicks post-workout, I guess there’s no true need for some flash and style.

Editor’s Note: HOKA also offers an Ora Recovery Slide (which we’ve also tested) if you prefer a recovery flip-flop over a traditional sneaker.

Best Shoes for Recovery Runs: Asics Gel-Nimbus 26

Asics Gel-Nimbus 26
Asics Gel-Nimbus 26
Asics Gel-Nimbus 26

As an upgraded silhouette to the Gel-Cumulus lineup, the Gel-Nimbus 26 from Asics delivers a hefty helping of FF BLAST PLUS ECO midsole foam that can feel great underfoot for long-distance workouts. Additionally, the PureGEL technology that’s become synonymous with the brand is still retained in the heel, adding a beneficial sense of shock absorption to make foot strikes all the more welcoming.

Specs

  • Price: $160
  • Footwear Style: Traditional running shoes
  • Weight: 10.8oz
  • Upper Material: Engineered knit
  • Available Colorways: 12
  • Available Sizes: 6-16

Pros

  • FF BLAST PLUS ECO midsole is excellent for longer, more relaxed mileage
  • PureGEL cushioning in the heel for better shock absorption
  • Updated rubber outsole for increased traction and balance

Cons

  • Engineered knit upper can run hot at times
  • Some athletes may prefer a lighter shoe for recovery days
  • Midsole is more structured and rigid than previous iterations

If you’re more from the camp of active recovery, a leisurely run with plenty of shock absorption and underfoot comfort can be prime for your non-training scenarios. The Gel-Nimbus 26s from Asics are a go-to in our rotations for extended mileage thanks to the plush FF BLAST PLUS ECO foam across the midsole that delivers a cozy ride with enough bounce to make every transition as effortless as the last.

Admittedly, my mileage is still low with these best running shoes, although the Gel-Nimbus 25s — the predecessor to this current iteration — were a mainstay in my training protocol until the latest silhouette hit the streets. Judging from the spec sheets and limited trial runs I’ve had, I can say that they’re virtually the same sneaker with a few minor upgrades.

The one area where I feel Asics upgraded for the better is within the outsole. The new HYBRID ASICSGRIP outsole does promote better grip on asphalt and pavement — an issue I previously had with older Gel-Nimbus iterations, particularly after a harsh rainstorm. 

I rated the outsole at 4 out of 5, because I do feel like I have more confidence underfoot, which is always a plus when you’re just trying to get out and stay active without really pushing your limits. Additionally, the outsole is one of the factors that led us to rank the Gel-Nimbus 26s as one of our favorite shoes for treadmill running.

Asics Gel-Nimbus 25 running shoes
Like its predecessor shown here, the Gel-Nimbus 26s feature a comfortable FF BLAST PLUS ECO midsole foam

However, I do want to note that the upgraded outsole did add some weight to the profile. Some athletes may prefer a lighter sneaker when taking it easy is the name of the game from start to finish.

I also rated the cushioning at a 5 out of 5. The midsole foam provides a good sense of comfort without feeling too plush that it pancakes outward with each landing. Also, I like how Asics has kept the PureGEL technology in the heel design, which I’ve found makes for a more comfortable heel strike that isn’t too jarring.

Lastly, the engineered knit upper cloaks your foot comfortably, but it may be best to pay attention to your weather forecasts. I’ve found that this textile can run hot at times, leading to some excessive perspiration.

Best Recovery Sandal: OOFOS OOahh Slide Sandal

OOFOS OOahh Slide Sandal
OOFOS OOahh Slide Sandal
OOFOS OOahh Slide Sandal

OOFOS, as a brand, has been a pioneer in the “recovery shoe” category, with the OOahh Slide Sandal being one of its flagship silhouettes. Unlike other flip-flops, this profile features a contoured footbed that can provide ample arch support for tired feet post-training, and the open-toed design helps ensure that breathability is never in question during your cooldown sessions.

Specs

  • Price: $59.95
  • Footwear Style: Flip-flop
  • Weight: 11oz
  • Upper Material: OOfoam
  • Available Colorways: 5
  • Available Sizes: 3-14

Pros

  • Open-toed design helps promote breathability
  • Contoured footbed adds arch support better than other flats
  • Machine washable for more convenient upkeep

Cons

  • Outsole not suitable for slippery terrain
  • Midfoot strap is not adjustable
  • Narrow profile is not ideal for wider-footed athletes

If you’re an athlete that prefers to slip into a pair of slides post-training, the OOFOS OOahh Slide Sandals can be a great addition to your after-workout get-up. Not only can the open-toed design promote better breathability for cooling off after hitting your fitness goals, but the anatomical midfoot design can deliver a unique sense of arch support not commonly found in flip-flops.

Having worn these OOFOS slides in the past, I can attest to their heightened support underfoot. While I don’t suffer from flat arches, I still felt like these recovery shoes cradled my foot well enough for a comfortable stride post training. 

Additionally, I rated the support at 4 out of 5, as I felt balanced enough during my steps that there were no issues in terms of rolling over the sidewalls — let’s face it, your post-workout steps aren’t the most form-correct strides you’ll ever take.

The fit of the OOFOS OOahh Slides does feel snug, which was a great perk for my narrower feet. However, I scored the overall fit at 4 out of 5 given the lack of wide sizing. Athletes with larger feet may feel too constricted in these flip-flops — a burden that shouldn’t be present in footwear designed to bolster your recovery sessions.

Keeping these flip-flops clean in-between wears can also be a breeze thanks to the molded OOfoam makeup of the entire silhouette. According to the brand, this material is machine washable, so you can easily throw these kicks into a cycle and air dry them for a fresh look. While I’ve yet to go through such a cleaning procedure, I do like how OOFOS keeps footwear maintenance simplified. As such, I rated the design at 4.5 out of 5.

Of course, these slides aren’t compatible with add-on insoles, nor are they a recommended footwear option for more active endeavors like running or HIIT training. However, if you’re just looking for a simple pair of recovery slides, the OOFAS OOahhs should definitely be on your shortlist.

Best Recovery Shoes for Plantar Fasciitis: Vionic Rejuvenate Recovery Sandal

Vionic Rejuvenate Recovery Sandal
Vionic Rejuvenate Recovery Sandal
Vionic Rejuvenate Recovery Sandal

With a more rigid midsole design that cradles your foot through every transition, the Vionic Rejuvenate Recovery Sandals can be a solid addition to your gym bag if you’re dealing with noticeable foot pain post-training. Additionally, the midfoot strap features a hook-and-loop patch, giving you room to tighten or loosen your fit for that just-right feeling.

Specs

  • Price: $85
  • Footwear Style: Slip-on sandal
  • Weight: 9oz
  • Upper Material: Hook-and-loop
  • Available Colorways: 14
  • Available Sizes: 5-12.5

Pros

  • Added structure across the midfoot helps lessen strain across plantar fascia
  • Design is approved by the American Podiatric Medical Association
  • Hook-and-loop midfoot strap can be adjusted for better lockdown

Cons

  • Some athletes may prefer a more pronounced style
  • More structured midfoot may feel uncomfortable for some
  • Hook-and-loop fastening can come undone easily

For those working out or running everyday yet dealing with pesky conditions like plantar fasciitis, every step (whether in training or not) can be a chore in itself. To help ease the strain across your midfoot, it can be ideal to look for shoes with ample arch support to support your transitions from heel strike to toe-off such as Vionic Rejuvenate Recovery Sandal.

We like this recovery-minded silhouette for those dealing with plantar fasciitis thanks to the more pronounced arch support across the footbed, which can give each stride a better sense of rigidity and stabilization that’s key when trying to nurse through this debilitating injury. We rated the overall support at 4.5 out of 5, too, given the wider base that can help ensure balance as you walk through your post-workout activities.

[Related: How Many Miles Should I Run a Day? Insights From a CPT]

In addition to the arch support, I also appreciate the hook-and-loop design across the midfoot, which I rated at 4 out of 5 for adjustability. This can be great for finding that ideal lockdown, although some customers have noted that the Velcro used across this area lacks a certain grippiness. “The single strap would not hold the shoe in place,” noted one displeased individual.

Let’s talk style: While the brand does offer these slides in an array of colorways, the overall look can be somewhat depressing, especially when other recovery shoes are offered in more vibrant hues and eye-catching patterns. I wouldn’t personally wear these outside of post-training situations or around the house. As such, I scored the style at 3.5 out of 5.

Of course, the extra support underfoot may not be necessary for every athlete out there. In fact, those not dealing with plantar fasciitis may actually find the added structure to be somewhat uncomfortable. However, if we’re looking for a supportive shoe that can help ensure a more comfortable experience, we still recommend the Vionic Rejuvenates — they’re even backed by the American Podiatric Medical Association.

Most Comfortable Recovery Shoes: Topo Athletic Revive 

Topo Athletic Revive
Topo Athletic Revive
Topo Athletic Revive

Resembling more of a soft and furry clog than a recovery shoe, the Topo Athletic Revives are constructed with recycled polyester fleece across the upper for a warm, inviting sensation in every step. The Vibram XS Trek EVO outsole gives this clog some bite, too, with a rugged tread pattern that will have you questioning how far you’re willing to travel in these comfy kicks.

Specs

  • Price: $120
  • Footwear Style: Slip-on clog
  • Weight: 7.8oz
  • Upper Material: Recycled polyester fleece
  • Available Colorways: 3
  • Available Sizes: 8-13

Pros

  • Polyester fleece upper creates a soft, soothing fit
  • Vibram outsole gives every step premium traction and grip
  • Massaging 3D Wave Sense Insole offers a gentle touch for added comfort

Cons

  • Clog style eliminates ankle support
  • Limited colorways available across the profile
  • Fuzzier fleece can become dirtied quickly, per our tester

Of course, comfort is the name of the game in recovery shoes. For a rejuvenating sense of coziness, we recommend the Revive Clog from Topo Athletic. This slip-on clog uses recycled polyester fleece for its upper design, essentially creating a cloak across your feet that’s akin to your favorite blanket. Don’t let the soft touch fool you, though — these clogs also house an impressive Vibram outsole that’s more than ready to tackle terrain beyond your living room.

Our tester, an avid climbing athlete, rated the traction of these slippers at 5 out of 5, saying, “The Vibram XS Trek EVO outsole makes these Revives a perfect fit for a variety of activities. My only qualm with wearing them outside more is that I don’t want to get the fleece upper dirty.”

While the comfort is definitely there across this recovery clog — bolstered by an Ortholite 3D Wave Sense footbed that gives each step a massaging effect across your feet that can be more appealing than, say, a session with one of the best foam rollers — we are hesitant to take these Topo Athletic kicks for further treks. 

Yes, we rated the comfort at 5 out of 5, but the upkeep of the fleece practically squashes the urge to wear these excessively. We scored the construction at 4 out of 5 as keeping the upper clean can be a challenge in itself, especially if you opt for the all-white colorway.

Our tester relaxing in the Topo Athletic Revive clogs
Our tester relaxing in the Topo Athletic Revive clogs

I’d also point out that while the clog style can be convenient when transitioning from your training program to a more relaxed recovery state, it may not be the best for active recovery days. There is no ankle support to help add stability to each stride, so it’s not the most secure footwear pick for more active endeavors. You could use these as walking shoes, but I’d keep the distances very short — about the length of your block or driveway.

Lastly, our tester had no issues with a cramped footbed or narrow midfoot. However, they do recommend paying close attention to the size guide. “I’d suggest opting for half a size bigger than your day-to-day sneakers for a comfortable, roomy interior,” they stated.

Benefits of Recovery Shoes

BarBend expert reviewer Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, notes that having a dedicated pair of shoes for each fitness discipline is a great way to ensure your feet are supported properly throughout your training journey, with recovery endeavors being no exception. From increasing comfort post-workout for a proper cooldown to serving as a mental cue that it’s time to rest, below are some of the benefits that can come from adding recovery shoes to your footwear rotation.

  • Increased Post-Workout Comfort: Your feet can’t really begin to recover from a workout if you’re still uncomfortable in your kicks. Recovery shoes can help kickstart the recovery process by giving your feet a break from the more rigid footbeds of training shoes via well-cushioned, bouncy designs that cradle and coddle your heel, arches, and forefoot through your strides after training.
  • Improved Circulation: Some recovery shoes feature raised nodes or massaging textures across the footbed, which can help promote better circulation across your footprint. Studies report that improved blood flow can be a catalyst for proper recovery, so these features can be excellent for giving your rest between sessions an extra boost. (1)
  • Mental Cue to Slow Down: Slipping into your recovery shoes can also be a good indicator to your body that it’s time to rest and recuperate. Having this cue within your regimen can help you grow the routine of cooling down post-workout rather than staying active or filling those segments of your day with other taxing endeavors.

How Much Do Recovery Shoes Cost?

Given the newness of the “recovery shoe” category, the true definition is still somewhat defined, meaning finding price points can be a bit of a pain. From our experience and expertise, though, we’ve found that you can find a high-quality pair of recovery shoes for roughly $90 with obvious fluctuations both below and above this median cost. Read below to compare the prices of recovery shoes featured in this round-up.

What to Consider Before Buying Recovery Shoes

As with any piece of running gear or training apparel, you’ll need to think through a few factors before reaping the comfortable perks of recovery shoes. Below are a few components we recommend considering before finalizing your cart as you take a further step into dedicated recovery.

Midsole Cushioning

​​When looking to start your muscle recovery from the ground up, you’ll want to ensure that your recovery shoes are constructed with a comfy midsole that’s plush enough for your post-training strides. Be sure to look at the midsole design to determine whether the integrated features are designed for cushioning or responsiveness. We recommend opting for a silhouette featuring a plush footbed that still retains some structure during landings.

The midsole design of the Kane Revive Active Recovery Shoes
The midsole design of the Kane Revive Active Recovery Shoes

Additionally, some recovery shoes will feature a thinner midsole composition, which you’ll mostly see in slipper-style shoes or flip-flops. While these can still be worthwhile profiles for your recovery needs, they may be better reserved for wear around the house where you don’t need to be on your feet as much.

Arch Support

In addition to the general comfort of your recovery shoes, it can also be wise to opt for a profile that showcases some sense of arch support. As you grow tired after your workout, your feet can have a tendency to land flat, which can lead to discomfort. Having a stable footbed that features enough rigidity in key areas can help you maintain a proper stepping pattern even after your dedication to proper form has left your train of thought.

Some recovery shoes will account for this arch support through contoured footbeds that give you constant contact with the shoe itself, while others may employ differing foams at the midfoot for better support. There is no right or wrong answer, so look for a silhouette that seems appealing to your unique footprint.

[Related: Why Do My Shins Hurt When I Run?]

Ease of Entry

Odds are that after training and expending all your energy, you’ll want to keep your footwear as convenient as possible. Having a pair of recovery shoes that can be easily slid on or slipped into can help you transition quickly into that cool-down mindset while also eliminating the need to fuss with laces that, let’s face it, can be a pain at any time of day. 

The UA SlipSpeeds from Under Armour feature a convenient BOA Fit Lacing System
The UA SlipSpeeds from Under Armour feature a convenient BOA Fit Lacing System

There are plenty of recovery-minded profiles featuring a slip-on design, including closed-toed and open-toed profiles, so think through your personal preferences and choose a pair that matches your style best.

Fit

Like any pair of shoes in your rotation, you’ll want your recovery shoes to fit properly without excessive room or constricting hot spots. When looking for your ideal fit, be sure to pay close attention to the brand’s proprietary size guide, as this can help you determine whether you’ll need to size up or down. As always, make sure to opt for the sizing that suits your personal measurements best.

Price

Given the newness of the recovery shoe category, it can be tough to determine what constitutes a fair deal in terms of pricing. On average, though, we’ve found that most high-quality recovery shoes will cost roughly $90, with natural fluctuations from brand to brand. As such, the best recovery shoe for your needs is the one that comfortably fits within your budget. Take a look at your finances and try to find a profile that matches what you can afford.

Best Recovery Shoes FAQs

Do recovery shoes really work?

Whether or not your footwear “works” can be subjective, as every athlete has a different interpretation of the term. However, recovery shoes are designed to provide increased comfort and support to your feet after taxing them through training, so if you’re looking for extra cushioning underfoot to help bolster your recovery routines, they could be a worthwhile option.

What is the best recovery shoe?

The recovery shoe category is in its infancy, and every athlete has different needs and wants. For our money, though, we think the Kane Revive Active Recovery Shoes are the best of the bunch thanks to the lightweight and breathable slip-on design, as well as the raised nodes along the footbed that help promote better circulation for improved recovery in-between workouts.

How much do recovery shoes cost?

On average, you can expect to pay roughly $90 for a pair of dedicated recovery shoes. However, the true definition of the category is a little more open-ended than other footwear types, so feel free to browse and find a price tag that suits your needs (and budget) best.

References

  1. Borne, R., Hausswirth, C., & Bieuzen, F. (2016). Relationship between blood flow and performance recovery: A randomized, placebo-controlled study. International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance, 12(2), 152–160. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27139812/ 

The post The 9 Best Recovery Shoes of 2024, Worn and Tested by Our Experts appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
The 12 Best Shoes for Treadmill Running, Ran In and Tested by Our Experts https://barbend.com/best-shoes-for-treadmill-running/ Mon, 06 May 2024 16:42:24 +0000 https://barbend.com/?p=253583 For running enthusiasts, the best treadmills can be great pieces of fitness equipment for training at your leisure in the comfort of your home or training space. Like other running disciplines, however, there are some recommended pieces of gear that can help you get the most out of your on-belt mileage. The best shoes for treadmill running compliment...

The post The 12 Best Shoes for Treadmill Running, Ran In and Tested by Our Experts appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
For running enthusiasts, the best treadmills can be great pieces of fitness equipment for training at your leisure in the comfort of your home or training space. Like other running disciplines, however, there are some recommended pieces of gear that can help you get the most out of your on-belt mileage. The best shoes for treadmill running compliment the constant underfoot experience of a running deck with a premium blend of comfort, support, breathability, and traction.

While you may think that any running shoe is suitable for indoor treadmill runs, there are a few characteristics to be mindful of. After all, you’re running in a singular direction over a never-changing terrain, so you’ll want to ensure you aren’t overworking your muscles or clunking up your running gait with sneakers not meant for the job. To lend a hand in your search, we’ve sprinted in dozens of shoe profiles and consulted with our in-house team of experts to compile this guide to our favorite shoes for treadmill running.

The 12 Best Shoes for Treadmill Running

About Our Expert

This article has been reviewed by Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, a certified personal trainer and CrossFit Level 1 instructor. She reviewed the research we cite and the treadmill running shoes we listed to help ensure we’re providing helpful, accurate descriptions and recommendations.

How We Tested and Chose the Best Shoes for Treadmill Running

The BarBend team is made up of competitive athletes, certified personal trainers, and lifelong fitness enthusiasts. To make our list of the best shoes for treadmill running, we got hands-on with 70 different shoe profiles from top brands, using a multi-point methodology to rate each profile on a scale of 1 (lowest) to 5 (highest) to determine our top picks. Below are some of the categories and components we looked at to make our list.

Stability

Treadmills offer a consistent terrain for running enthusiasts, so achieving a repetitive foot strike is more achievable on the best cardio machines. However, those that know they suffer from pronation issues — the extended inward or outward rolling of the ankle — can still benefit from having such components designed to alleviate these issues within their footwear. We’ve included a handful of picks in this guide that showcase such technologies to better appeal to a wider range of athletes.

The midsole foam of the Hoka Clifton 9
The midsole foam of the Hoka Clifton 9

In addition, given the consistency within each stride, you likely won’t need extra motion control components like aggressive guide rails or rigid arch support. As such, the stability running shoes in this round-up only feature mid-level stabilizing features that can be more approachable or accommodating to those needing the extra support.

Midsole Cushioning

While treadmills already feature a sense of cushioning within the deck design, you should still opt for shoes featuring some underfoot comfort in order to make your miles as enjoyable as possible. 

However, the amount of cushioning needed for a worthwhile running experience will be different from what you’d likely need or desire in your typical road running shoes. We examined each pick’s midsole cushioning thoroughly in order to outline just how much plush you can expect from the silhouettes.

Additionally, you can find multiple shoes in this guide labeled as “max-cushioned.” To be honest, there is no true definition of this marketing term outside of the generic idea that there is a heightened presence of midsole foam in these profiles.

[Related: 8 Best High-End Treadmills]

However, having a massive stack of midsole cushioning can be a detriment to treadmill runners, as you can begin to feel unstable as you fight for ground contact and feel between your actual sole and the moving belt. We made sure that the “max-cushioned” sneakers in this guide offered a nice middle-ground in terms of clearance, comfort, and feel for the terrain.

Breathability

As is the case in all training footwear, you should look for treadmill running shoes with a breathable, well-ventilated upper. Locked-in sweat and perspiration can exacerbate the chances of developing blisters and hot spots, which can completely sideline your progress. All of the shoes featured in this guide feature breathable uppers to some degree, with some standing out more than others, as showcased in our reporting.

Outsole

A revolving treadmill belt will present the same underfoot terrain with each step, so there’s no need to worry about uneven surfaces or obstacles like you’d experience in trail running or even on-road running. However, your shoes should still provide a good sense of grip and traction in each stride, which can do wonders for your balance and confidence during workouts.

The waffle-patterned outsole across the Nike InfinityRN 4 running shoes
The waffle-patterned outsole across the Nike InfinityRN 4 running shoes

All of the shoes in this guide feature well-rounded outsoles of varying makeups that leave little question in regards to your footing. We’ve run in a majority of these kicks before, too, so we know which conditions are less suitable for the tread patterns at hand. 

Thankfully, though, it’s very unlikely that you’ll encounter a puddle or mud during your treadmill run (if you do, it might be time to move your machine indoors) so there’s less emphasis on the category in comparison to other factors.

Best Treadmill Running Shoes Overall: Asics Gel-Cumulus 26

Asics Gel-Cumulus 26
Asics Gel-Cumulus 26
Asics Gel-Cumulus 26

With a comfortable midsole that transitions easily between heel strikes and toe-offs, the Gel-Cumulus 26 sits as yet another great installment in this foundational Asics lineup. Additionally, the engineered mesh upper provides a solid lockdown and fit, although it can have a tendency to run hot in certain conditions.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 8mm
  • Weight: 9oz
  • Colors Available: 10
  • Sizes Available: 6-16

Pros

  • This shoe offers a flexible FF BLAST PLUS midsole that rolls easily through transitions with the right amount of cushioning for treadmill runs.
  • The engineered mesh upper provides a good sense of support overfoot without sacrificing breathability.
  • Asics offers the Gel-Cumulus in Wide and Extra Wide sizings, giving more athletes the opportunity to find the perfect fit.

Cons

  • The midsole cushioning can begin to dwindle at longer distances, flattening out rather than rebounding for continued comfort.
  • A higher heel tab can lead to some unwanted rubbing.

The Gel-Cumulus 26s from Asics are a great example of, “If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it.” Serving as the 26th version in the profile’s long history, this well-performing shoe can be great for treadmill runs thanks to its more conservative stack height and flexible yet supportive FF BLAST PLUS midsole cushioning. Plus, a breathable engineered mesh upper can be excellent for tallying indoor miles by keeping your feet free of unwanted perspiration while still getting that locked-in sensation.

I’ve long been a fan of the Gel-Cumulus lineup and appreciate the consistency showcased in these latest renditions. I found the sneaker to run true to size, and the comfortable upper practically disappears across the top of your foot. 

[Related: Best Running Shoes for High Arches, Flat Feet, Cross Training, and More]

However, I rated the Gel-Cumulus 26 at 5 out of 5 for sizing given the fact that Asics also offers this profile in Wide and Extra Wide dimensions. This can be a blessing for wider-footed athletes that need the extra room, yet don’t want to fuss with ordering larger sneakers than they truly need.

From a comfort perspective, the Gel-Cumulus 26s earned a 4.5 out of 5 in testing. I found the midsole to be plenty cushioned for my treadmill needs, and the PureGEL heel support provided a good sense of shock absorption during heel strikes.

The PureGEL technology located in the heel of the Asics Gel-Cumulus running shoes
Like previous models, the Gel-Cumulus 26 showcases PureGEL technology in the heel for added shock absorption

I also appreciated that Asics was able to deliver this underfoot feel without maximizing the stack height. Some max-cushioned sneakers can feel like you’re running in platform shoes, which can lead to imbalances in your steps. I recommend saving these sky-high kicks for on-road conditions — it can be easier (and safer) to correct steps when the terrain isn’t moving beneath you.

As comfortable as the Gel-Cumulus 26s were in trials, I don’t think I’d wear them as daily trainers. The FF BLAST PLUS midsole foam took a little longer to rebound to its original softness, which I noticed most during extended runs in these sneakers, resulting in my 4 out of 5 rating for responsiveness. If your treadmill sessions are parceled out across your week, though, that should be enough time for the shoes to recover.

[Related: The Best Treadmills for Running]

Best Treadmill Running Shoes for Daily Training: Nike Pegasus 40

Nike Pegasus 40
Nike Pegasus 40
Nike Pegasus 40

The 40th iteration of this trusted Nike running shoe boasts a React foam midsole for a premium blend of cushioning and responsiveness. Plus, the Pegasus 40 also comes in 19 different colorways, which can be ideal for those looking to showcase their personality through their training footwear.

Specs

  • Price: $130
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 10mm
  • Weight: 10.2oz
  • Colors Available: 19
  • Sizes Available: 6-18

Pros

  • The React foam midsole provides good energy return and comfort for daily training.
  • A bootie-style fit pairs well to an integrated tongue for less play in terms of lockdown.
  • There are 19 colorways to choose from, along with customizable designs, giving you ample range to show off your personality with your training footwear.

Cons

  • At 10.2 ounces, this shoe can begin to feel heavy at longer running distances.
  • The single layer mesh upper and padded tongue can begin to overheat more so than previous Pegasus iterations.

If your daily regimen includes a treadmill workout, these Pegasus 40s from Nike can be the right fit for your training needs. We like this stalwart of the running shoe category for its no-frills ride, providing that goldilocks level of cushioning and support. Plus, this Nike silhouette comes in 19 available colorways, perfect for athletes looking to give the monotonous activity of treadmill running a little bit of flair.

I’ve logged tons of miles with my Peg 40s and really enjoy the trustworthy composition across the midsole. React foam gives each of my strides a comfortable shelf through transitions, and there’s enough stability across the design to help keep my gait as crisp and efficient as possible. 

Additionally, I like how much energy return there is across the midsole, which can be great for maintaining a lively sensation when running everyday, even at (somewhat) longer distances. Overall, I rated the Peg 40s at 4.5 out of 5 for responsiveness.

This Nike profile is very similar to previous Pegasus iterations, but the main “upgrade” lies in the upper design. Forgoing the brand’s Flywire technology, the Peg 40s utilize a single-layer mesh upper, along with a more padded tongue, collar, and heel counter. 

While, in my opinion, this greatly enhances the style, it does drop the ventilation capabilities. I’ve experienced excessive perspiration in these kicks when training in hotter conditions, so I scored the breathability at 3.5 out of 5.

Nike Pegasus 40 running shoes
Nike Pegasus 40 running shoes

Despite this hotter textile, I was still pleased with the fitment and lockdown across the upper. The padded tongue hugged the top of my foot, and the bootie-style midfoot cradled my feet nicely. Plus, the tongue is integrated, meaning there’s little room for the component to move around and jostle during movement.

The main callout for these Peg 40s, though, lies in the weight. A 10.2-ounce frame can begin to weigh down your strides at extended mileage, so I’d recommend being conservative with your daily training distance in these Nike kicks. However, I still think they’re an excellent option for those looking to hit their daily step count. 

[Related: The Best Running Warm-Up for Your Next Cardio Session]

Best Budget Treadmill Running Shoes: Reebok Floatride Energy 5

Reebok Floatride Energy 5
Reebok Floatride Energy 5
Reebok Floatride Energy 5

While Reebok may be better known for in-gym footwear, these Floatride Energy 5s are a great option for budget-minded runners that want a responsive midsole design and durable outsole traction. Combine these notes with a lightweight 9.4-ounce profile, and you have a sneaker that can carry its weight and then some across months of cardio-focused training.

Specs

  • Price: $110
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 8mm
  • Weight: 9.4oz
  • Colors Available: 4
  • Sizes Available: 7-14

Pros

  • At $110, this is one of the most affordable running shoes we’ve tried — roughly $35 less than the average cost of high-quality treadmill running shoes.
  • Despite a listed 9.4-ounce weight, these Floatride Energy 5s feel lightweight on foot.
  • A midfoot X-plate can provide extra support across the medial and lateral sides of the foot, which can help the repetitive stride nature of treadmill running.

Cons

  • The Speed Shift upper material isn’t as soft as other textiles, despite breathing easily during movement.
  • These running shoes feature a more narrow fit, which may be a detriment to wider-footed athletes.

A pair of shoes for treadmill running will often cost the same as on-road sneakers — roughly $145. However, there are some budget-minded silhouettes that can still give your steps the springiness, comfort, and support needed for worthwhile training. The Reebok Floatride Energy 5s are our top recommendation for this moniker thanks to the approachable $110 price tag and the lively yet plush Floatride Energy foam across the midsole design.

I also recommend these wallet-friendly running shoes — which I rated at 4.5 out of 5 for value — given their lightweight profile. During training, I could easily move through my heel strikes and toe-offs without any sense of heft across my feet. Honestly, I was surprised to find that these Reebok kicks weighed in at 9.4 ounces — they feel much lighter when on the foot.

[Related: Reebok Launches Floatride Energy 5 Running Shoes]

Apart from the weight and price, I also found the midfoot X-plate to provide a good sense of stability in training, rating the FE5s at 4 out of 5 for the category. 

This sneaker fit more as a neutral shoe, which doesn’t lend itself to heightened arch support, but the side-to-side movement was greatly enhanced through this integrated tech designed for more torsion control. I specifically enjoyed this for treadmill runs, as my form and gait has been known to drop off once my mileage begins to climb.

The Floatride Energy 5s also feature a Speed Shift knit upper. While the textile showcased a good sense of durability across multiple workouts, I do wish the material itself was a bit softer. Other engineered uppers can provide a better cloth-like experience, resulting in a 3.75 out of 5 rating for this Reebok offering. 

Thankfully, though, I didn’t experience any breathability issues with the design, so at least you won’t be sweaty and uncomfortable in these running shoes.

Lastly, I had no real qualms about the sizing, but I will admit that these Floatride Energy 5s feature a narrower profile than other sneakers. There’s also less stretch across the upper, and wide sizing options are not available for the silhouette. If you’re a wider-footed athlete, it may be best to pay the extra coin for a treadmill running shoe that matches your footprint better.

[Related: Reebok Nano X4 Review: Continuing a Legacy of Style and Performance]

Most Versatile Treadmill Running Shoes: Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE

Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE
Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE
Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE

For athletes looking for a more cardio-minded cross-training sneaker, these Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SEs can do the trick. These stylish kicks feature an 8-millimeter heel-to-toe drop that can be more suitable for running on a treadmill, and the bootie-style construction helps keep your entire foot locked onto the midsole without any slop or extra room internally.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 8mm
  • Weight: 11oz
  • Colors Available: 11
  • Sizes Available: 7-15

Pros

  • The HOVR foam midsole provides a sound base, making it a good pick for those mixing treadmill running with strength training.
  • A layered mesh and foam midfoot panel gives these bootie-style shoes ample lockdown support across your foot.
  • These UA HOVR Phantom 3 SEs feature Bluetooth connectivity that can track running stats via MapMyRun.

Cons

  • The more narrow forefoot can lead to blisters and hot spots during extended wear.
  • Our tester noted that getting these sneakers on and off can be troublesome given the more rigid bootie-style sock liner upper.

Look, we all can’t have the right shoes for each and every one of our favorite activities, so having sneakers that can perform well in multiple disciplines can be a true benefit to your fitness wardrobe (and budget). The UA HOVR Phantom 3 SEs can be an excellent option for multifaceted workouts thanks to a UA HOVR midsole foam that’s comfortable enough for logging miles yet stable enough for more weight-based workouts.

Having trained in these Under Armour sneakers before (and dubbing it one of the best cross-training shoes) I do feel like they’re a great solution for avid cross-training enthusiasts. I do appreciate the structure underfoot for general strength-training needs, but I’ve always felt that the heel-to-toe drop, level of underfoot cushioning, and outsole traction lent itself more to treadmill running. Still, I’ve been able to get by when intermixing my training. So, in looking at these shoes as a run-first, training-second silhouette, I rated the versatility at 4.5 out of 5.

These UA HOVR Phantom 3 SEs are also part of Under Armour’s connected lineup of footwear, meaning they’re Bluetooth compatible for more refined data tracking. This can be an excellent perk for treadmill runners that log their workouts via MapMyRun, and eliminates the need to pair your training with an additional heart rate monitor. 

Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE sneakers
Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE sneakers

Another key perk to these UA HOVR Phantom 3 SEs is the style and aesthetics. I scored the shoes at 4 out of 5 for the category because it’s a clean profile that doesn’t scream “running shoe.” Plus, the 11 available colorways can allow more athletes to find their ideal hue to match their personality.

As versatile as this profile is, though, I do recommend paying close attention to sizing. I rated the fit at 3.75 out of 5 since the UA IntelliKnit upper is somewhat rigid, which can make getting into and out of these kicks a true challenge at times. 

Additionally, the tapered toe box can create some friction across your toes, leading to potential hot spots and blisters. Yes, the lockdown is great, but is that worth the potential pain and friction as you wait for the shoes to break in?

[Related: What Are Cross-Training Shoes?]

Best Stability Treadmill Running Shoes: Nike InfinityRN 4

Nike InfinityRN 4
Nike InfinityRN 4
Nike InfinityRN 4

The Nike InfinityRN 4s feature ReactX foam across the midsole, which can be ideal for athletes wanting some extra pop to go along with their arch-supporting underfoot sensations. The waffle-patterned outsole can also provide ample traction, perfect for carving through your routes and training sessions with ease.

Specs

  • Price: $160
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 9mm
  • Weight: 12.5oz
  • Colors Available: 17
  • Sizes Available: 6-15

Pros

  • The present arch support and wider footprint can help keep strides comfortable and balanced — a definite perk on treadmills.
  • This shoe’s ReactX foam midsole provided solid cushioning and responsiveness, regardless of how long our tester trained.
  • A waffle-pattern rubber outsole helps improve durability.

Cons

  • Our tester noted that the Flyknit upper was too snug for their liking — we recommend going up one half size.
  • The 12.5-ounce profile can begin to weigh down progress, especially when looking to tackle treadmill runs exceeding 10 miles.

The repetitive foot plane that accompanies treadmill running can lead to overworked leg muscles given the lack of directional changes, so having some underfoot support is a near must-have for your footwear. With a stabilizing ReactX foam midsole and snug Flywire knit upper, we feel the Nike InfinityRN 4s are prime for those needing some stability in their shoe game.

I’ve run in multiple iterations of this Nike footwear lineup, and feel the InfinityRN 4s are the most approachable stability shoes of the bunch. I rated the stability at 4.5 out of 5 given that there is a present arch support to help defend against overpronation, but it isn’t as aggressive or rigid as pasty Infinity Run silhouettes. 

Additionally, I like how wide the base of this sneaker is, which can go a long way in maintaining your balance over a revolving treadmill belt.

[Related: The Best Treadmills for Beginners]

The Flyknit upper also helps ensure a locked-in aesthetic with a snug, secure fit that hugs your foot and limits any side-to-side movement. However, this snugness can easily stray into constriction if you aren’t careful. We (and Nike) recommend sizing up one half size in order to give your feet an optimal sense of comfort.

In addition to the midsole and upper technologies, the InfinityRN 4s come equipped with a waffle-patterned outsole that can provide excellent traction whether pacing along atop a treadmill or taking these sneakers into a road running scenario. Plus, I’ve yet to see any sense of wear across the design, indicating a well-made profile. As such, I rated the durability at 4.5 out of 5.

Nike InfinityRN 4 running shoes
Nike InfinityRN 4 running shoes

However, while the InfinityRN 4s are our top pick for stability treadmill running shoes, I would hesitate to call them anything but springy. The dense ReactX foam, thicker Flyknit upper, and water-resistant membrane do add some heft to this sneaker to the tune of 12.5 ounces.

While they don’t showcase all of this weight when worn, they can definitely be clunkier than lighter shoes in the category, resulting in a compromised form at extended mileage. For daily needs and short jogs, I think you can overlook the weight, but I would recommend a lighter pair of kicks for those more interested in long-distance running or sprints.

[Related: The Best Quiet Treadmills]

Best Cushioned Treadmill Running Shoes: Hoka Clifton 9

Hoka Clifton 9
Hoka Clifton 9
Hoka Clifton 9

HOKA, as a brand, is known for well-cushioned running shoes. The Clifton 9 serves as a great training silhouette thanks to its compression-molded EVA foam midsole, as well as the early-stage meta-rocker geometry that seamlessly rolls your foot forward for easier transitions.

Specs

  • Price: $145
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 5mm
  • Weight: 8.7oz
  • Colors Available: 25
  • Sizes Available: 7-16

Pros

  • The compression-molded EVA foam midsole provides a comfortable underfoot experience that isn’t overly plush or problematic atop a treadmill.
  • These Clifton 9s feature a gusseted tongue that maintains its positioning during training, leading to less readjustments.
  • HOKA adds extra cushioning around the collar and heel for a comfortable entry and less abrasion during movement.

Cons

  • The toe box is somewhat roomy and can provide more space than necessary for average or narrow-footed athletes.
  • The heel counter is not as stable, although a heel-lock lacing setup can help alleviate this issue.

Naturally, a treadmill will likely be more cushioned than the hard pavement or packed trails you’d experience in outdoor running workouts. However, you should have some underfoot comfort that compliments the technology, if anything, to help alleviate the strain of repetitively landing in the same spot with your foot strikes. Thanks to their compression-molded EVA foam midsole and early-stage meta-rocker geometry, the HOKA (formerly known as HOKA ONE ONE) Clifton 9s are our go-to for cushioned treadmill running shoes.

Having logged multiple miles in my pair of Clifton 9s, I can attest to the cushioning experience provided in this footwear option. The EVA foam has some give for less-aggressive landings, but it doesn’t pancake out toward the sidewalls with each step. I rated the cushioning at 4.5 out of 5, dropping it slightly as I feel there are other, more supple silhouettes in the category. 

[Related: The Best Treadmills with Fans]

Additionally, I like how HOKA included the brand’s trusty early-stage meta-rocker geometry to the build, which can create a smooth transition between heel strikes and toe-offs. Plus, the Durabrasion rubber outsole has shown to provide a good sense of traction and grip across treadmill belts with little wear and tear. As such, I scored the Clifton 9s at a 4 out of 5 for durability.

HOKA Clifton 9 running shoes
HOKA Clifton 9 running shoes

In terms of fit, I appreciated the length at which HOKA went to make this Clifton 9 as comfortable as possible. The padded heel counter and collar can make slipping into these kicks before a workout a truly enjoyable experience. 

However, I feel that the profile could have saved some engineering by creating a more narrow silhouette. I’ve experienced some heel slip in these shoes, and the toe box almost has too much room for my average foot. Wide-footed athletes will likely enjoy this profile, but smaller-footed individuals may need to adjust.

As a final note, I do recommend employing a lace lock system to alleviate any heel fitment issues. This process involves using the extra eyelet at the top of your shoe, creating a loop, and cinching down for better lockdown. For more information on this lacing method, there are plenty of resources online or at your local running store.

[Related: The Best Cushioned Treadmills]

Best Neutral Treadmill Running Shoes: Brooks Ghost Max

Brooks Ghost Max
Brooks Ghost Max
Brooks Ghost Max

This Brooks offering takes the tried-and-trusted Ghost lineup and gives it a new sense of cushioning. The DNA Loft v2 midsole foam creates a plush yet supportive ride, while a wider base can be excellent for maintaining a balanced gait throughout your workouts.

Specs

  • Price: $150
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 6mm
  • Weight: 10oz
  • Colors Available: 9
  • Sizes Available: 7-15

Pros

  • This Ghost Max’s DNA Loft v2 midsole foam creates a cozy step that’s soft enough for ample cushioning yet structured enough to support neutral arches.
  • The plush upper is cozy and breathable.
  • While being a neutral running shoe, this Brooks offering is also fairly stable thanks to a wider base for better balance across your foot strike.

Cons

  • The sponge-like laces can be prone to coming undone during movement.
  • Athletes wanting a bouncy, responsive midsole foam should opt for a more energetic profile.

Given that your treadmill running stride will see you making near-identical foot strikes over and over, a high-stability shoe may elevate your chances of overworking or straining your stabilizer muscles. As such, a neutral shoe can be beneficial for those with minimal pronation issues, or those that boast regular arch heights. The Ghost Max from Brooks can be a trusted companion for these needs, with a little more cushioning underfoot than previous Ghost offerings for a refined sense of comfort.

The Ghost lineup has long been a favorite of mine for neutral strides, so when the brand dropped this rendition that takes the family into a max-cushioned territory, I was excited. The DNA Loft v2 midsole foam provided a nice underfoot experience that was soft yet not so plush that the foam pancaked outward during landings. I felt supported yet snuggled — a nice combo when pounding away at a treadmill belt for stride after stride.

[Related: 10 Benefits of Cardio]

However, I rated the midsole construction at 3.75 out of 5, as there’s not a ton of bounce to the foam design. It felt forgiving enough for added comfort and supportive enough for balanced strides, but there was little pop and energy return, making this more of a cruiser than a shoe you’ll push for max speeds in.

While the neutral makeup of the Ghost Max means you won’t find any motion control components, I still felt rather stable in this sneaker thanks to its broader base. The full rubber outsole also provided enough traction for maintaining run efficiency, leading to my 4 out of 5 rating for stability.

Brooks Ghost Max running shoes
Brooks Ghost Max running shoes

Like many Brooks shoes I’ve had in the past, one of the main selling points of this Ghost Max is the on-foot comfort, which I scored at 4.5 out of 5. Apart from the midsole, Brooks creates this luxe sense of coziness through the engineered mesh upper, which feels like your favorite t-shirt — soft and breathable. I trained at multiple paces and distances and noticed little sweat build-up across my toes.

While the spongier laces are less favorable in my opinion — they can have a tendency to come undone if your knots aren’t cinched tightly — I feel this is a step in the right direction for Brooks. A neutral trainer with some added flair that can be a welcomed companion for indoor jaunts.

[Related: The Best Running Apps]

Best Treadmill Running Shoe for Tempo Runs: Saucony Endorphin Speed 4

Saucony Endorphin Speed 4
Saucony Endorphin Speed 4
Saucony Endorphin Speed 4

The Saucony Endorphin Speed 4s have their eyes set on quick training sessions thanks to an energetic combination of PWRRUN PB midsole foam and an integrated nylon plate. Plus, the SPEEDROLL geometry of the shoe lends itself to quick, seamless transitions that can make all the difference when a new best time is just milliseconds away.

Specs

  • Price: $170
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 8mm
  • Weight: 8.2oz
  • Colors Available: 5
  • Sizes Available: 7-15

Pros

  • The PWRRUN PB midsole foam pairs nicely to the integrated nylon plate for plenty of responsiveness and energy return.
  • SPEEDROLL geometry helps keep your quicker transitions as smooth as possible with little effort needed to roll from heel strike to toe-off.
  • This Endorphin Speed 4 has a redesigned mesh upper featuring more lasered perforations for added breathability and less weight overall.

Cons

  • The lateral side of the toe box tapers in aggressively, which may cause some rubbing issues and hot spots for athletes with wider feet.
  • The laces are excessively long, so prepare to tie in a lace lock across the extra eyelet or double knot.

As enjoyable as a light jog can be, running fast just has an aura that’s undeniable. While you may be more inclined to take your tempo runs outdoors versus on a treadmill, you can still push the RPMs up to breakneck speeds indoors (minus the wind blowing through your hair). For these quick bursts of high-octane training, we recommend the Endorphin Speed 4s from Saucony.

Speed shoes make up most of my rotation, and I’ve been pleased with the Endorphin Speed 4s with each logged session. The PWRRUN PB midsole foam provides a great sense of rebound and energy return, which I’ve come to enjoy through various Saucony offerings. Plus, I feel that the nylon plate is a great accessory, giving your toe-offs that extra snap and spring forward.

[Related: What the Heck Is a Tempo Run? How to Run Faster, Longer]

Plus, a nylon plate is less aggressive than carbon — a commonly-used plate design in shoes for tempo runs and races — making it a good fit for those turning to a treadmill for their runs. Overall, I rated the responsiveness at 4.5 out of 5.

Despite this energetic design, I don’t feel that the Endorphin Speed 4s compromise comfort for extra quickness. The redesigned mesh upper featured more perforations for increased breathability, and the textile felt accommodating enough without being overly stretchy. 

Additionally, I like how the SPEEDROLL geometry works with the responsive midsole and plate for a smooth transition between your heel strike and toe-off.

However, I scored the comfort at 4 out of 5 for one key area. The lateral, or outer, sidewall of the toe box tapers in somewhat aggressively, giving your pinky toe less room within the shoe. While I had little issues with the fitment, I could see where this tapering could be too much for wider-footed athletes and could potentially lead to blisters or hot spots after extended wear.

Lastly, I will caution athletes to be prepared for long laces. The Endorphin Speed 4s feature lengthy, somewhat waxy laces across the top that could hang excessively over the side or front when tied normally. I highly recommend employing a lace lock setup with the extra eyelet, or brush up on your double-knotting skills.

[Related: Jogging Vs. Running — What’s the Difference and Why Does it Matter?]

Best Treadmill Running Shoes for Long Distances: Asics Gel-Nimbus 26

Asics Gel-Nimbus 26
Asics Gel-Nimbus 26
Asics Gel-Nimbus 26

As an upgraded silhouette to the Gel-Cumulus lineup, the Gel-Nimbus 26 from Asics delivers a hefty helping of FF BLAST PLUS ECO midsole foam that can feel great underfoot for long-distance workouts. Additionally, the PureGEL technology that’s become synonymous with the brand is still retained in the heel, adding a beneficial sense of shock absorption to make foot strikes all the more welcoming.

Specs

  • Price: $160
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 8mm
  • Weight: 10.8oz
  • Colors Available: 12
  • Sizes Available: 6-16

Pros

  • This shoe’s upgraded FF BLAST PLUS ECO midsole foam provides plush underfoot comfort for long mileage.
  • Like other Asics, the Gel-Nimbus 26 features gel cushioning in the heel for better shock absorption on heel strikes.
  • A new HYBRID ASICSGRIP rubber outsole helps bolster this shoe’s durability while also promoting better traction and grip along treadmill belts.

Cons

  • An engineered knit upper, while soft and accommodating, can begin to run hot in certain conditions.
  • The updated rubber outsole does add some weight to this profile over previous iterations.

If your goal is double-digit mileage during your treadmill session, it can help to have a running shoe with mounds of cushioning to keep your feet comfortable through the paces. Boasting a plush yet responsive FF BLAST PLUS ECO midsole design and a soft knit upper, the Gel-Nimbus 26s from Asics can be a great fit for those longer runs.

In actuality, I’ve yet to log miles with this specific Asics kick, but its predecessor — the Gel-Nimbus 25 — has been a mainstay in my running shoe rotation, especially when my program calls for extended mileage. I’m a big fan of the midsole foam, as it provides a soft underfoot with enough structure to avoid pancaking out, meaning the energy you put down in each stride is returned for better pick-up.

Asics Gel-Nimbus 25 running shoes
Like its predecessor shown here, the Gel-Nimbus 26s feature a comfortable FF BLAST PLUS ECO midsole foam

I also enjoy the brand’s signature PureGEL technology, which acts as a shock-absorbing agent in the heel. As a heel striker, this can be great for keeping things comfortable as the distance begins to stack up. In total, I rated the cushioning at 5 out of 5.

[Related: Can You Train for a Marathon On a Treadmill?]

The biggest upgrade these Gel-Nimbus 26s have over previous models lies in the outsole design. Asics employed its branded HYBRID ASICSGRIP rubber for this component, which helps add some improved grip and durability across the profile — two factors that were somewhat limited with the Nimbus 25s. 

I’d score this new tech at 4 out of 5, though, as the improved rubber does add some weight to the silhouette, meaning some athletes may feel that the shoes begin to clunk up and weigh down their progress during extended training sessions.

Finally, the knit upper employed across the Gel-Nimbus 26 is the same as my 25s, and I can confidently say that it’s one of the sleekest, most comfortable uppers I have in my rotation. While the thicker textile can lead to some overheating — be sure to set your thermostat at a comfortable temperature before hopping on the treadmill — the on-foot feel is very soft and accommodating.

[Related: Best Running Socks]

Best Walking Shoes for Treadmills: On Cloudsurfer

On Cloudsurfer
On Cloudsurfer
On Cloudsurfer

Thanks to an upgraded geometry and Cloudtec Phase midsole design, the On Cloudsurfers roll seamlessly through transitions to make every step feel effortless. A lightweight 8.64-ounce profile also helps limit energy expenditure during pick-ups, which can help you maintain your battery for longer training sessions ahead.

Specs

  • Price: $159.99
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 10mm
  • Weight: 8.64oz
  • Colors Available: 6
  • Sizes Available: 7-14

Pros

  • This sneaker’s Cloudtec Phase midsole geometry helps promote smooth rolling transitions, which support the slower paces of treadmill walking.
  • The 8.64-ounce weight helps keep pick-ups light and effortless.
  • The upper provides a good mix of lockdown and comfort for better security through your walking motion.

Cons

  • The softer Helion foam can compress too easily, making this less optimal for treadmill running at higher intensities.
  • A squishier midsole foam can be a detriment to overpronators who need a bit of underfoot structure to achieve a neutral foot plane.

Treadmill workouts don’t always need to be a jogging or running paces — walking can still be a worthwhile fitness discipline linked to lessened risks of heart disease, weight loss, and reduced anxiety. (1) For treadmill walks, we recommend the On Cloudsurfers due to their Cloudtec Phase midsole geometry that rolls seamlessly through transitions, as well as their lightweight 8.64-ounce frame that makes pick-ups from one step to the next a breeze.

I’ve owned these Cloudsurfers for a while (along with other On running shoe silhouettes) and appreciate the level of comfort provided through the Helion foam. 

Additionally, this was the first shoe from the brand that ditched the Speedboard plate technology, which was intended to provide improved rebound and energy return but ultimately made every stride rigid and uncomfortable. In these On sneakers, you definitely feel as if you’re walking on clouds (kudos to the On marketing team).

[Related: The Best Treadmills for Walking]

However, I recommend these Cloudsurfers for walking paces over jogging or running, as I feel the Helion foam is almost too soft for more intense activity. With the extra force you place across your sole during runs, you can easily compress the foam, leading to less response and performance. I rated the cushioning at 3.75 out of 5.

Despite this finicky cushioning setup, I still rated the Cloudsurfers highly in terms of comfort. I gave these On kicks a 4.5 out of 5 in the category, as the underfoot tech is still a treat to walk in. Also, the midsole geometry helps eliminate any excessive stress or energy required for optimal transitions. The upper is also plenty cozy, and the shoes themselves are lightweight for easier pick-ups.

On Cloudsurfer running shoes
On Cloudsurfer running shoes

Speaking of weight, the On Cloudurfers earned a 4 out of 5 in the category. They’re one of the lightest treadmill shoes we tested and come in roughly an ounce lighter than the 9.7-ounce average. This can make for easy pick-ups that require less energy expenditure, giving you more juice left in the tank to tackle longer distances.

[Related: 10 Science-Backed Benefits of Walking for Strength Athletes]

Best Treadmill Running Shoes for Wide Feet: Altra Torin 7

Altra Torin 7
Altra Torin 7
Altra Torin 7

The Altra Torin 7s boast the brand’s signature FootShape profile, which creates a more ergonomic footbed that can be ideal for wider-footed athletes. Plus, despite the added stack height, this shoe still features a zero-drop design that can appeal to minimalists or those embedded in the barefoot movement.

Specs

  • Price: $150
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 0mm
  • Weight: 9.7oz
  • Colors Available: 6
  • Sizes Available: 7-15

Pros

  • Altra employs a roomier, more ergonomic design across the toe box for a natural fitment that can appease wider-footed athletes.
  • A molded collar helps create a secure lockdown around the ankle without any excessive pressure across the Achilles.
  • The Torin 7 is also available in Wide sizing to accommodate different foot types, although the color variety is more limited.

Cons

  • Athletes more accustomed to a pitched heel-to-toe drop may find this sneaker’s zero-drop, minimalist makeup difficult or uncomfortable.
  • The lacing system is somewhat finicky, meaning you’ll need to tie and retie these kicks in order to fine tune for that optimal lockdown.

If you need a running shoe with a little more interior room to accommodate your wider feet, the Altra Torin 7s can be the perfect fit for your next treadmill workout. Alongside the roomier toe box, the Torin 7s are also available in wide sizes, which can be more comfortable for those that struggle to find a comfortable fitment in standard dimensions.

I also enjoyed how Altra upgraded the collar of this sneaker with a molded design that hugs your ankle for added lockdown. Despite this snug-fitting component, I didn’t feel any pressure across my Achilles during movement, which I attributed to the flaring present across the top of the collar itself near the heel. Combining this tech with the natural foot shape, I rated the fit at 4.5 out of 5.

[Related: Treadmill Safety Tips: 9 Ways to Avoid Common Treadmill Injuries]

Traction is also a beacon of positivity with these Altra sneakers, which I scored at 4 out of 5. The full rubber outsole provided a good sense of grip across my treadmill belt, and the EGO MAX foam midsole seemed to flex naturally through my transitions.

As far as stability is concerned, this may be a tougher sell for some athletes. For one, the zero-drop design can leave you feeling sore or overworked during your initial wears, especially if you’re used to a running shoe with some forward lean. 

Additionally, the EGO MAX midsole foam is supportive but lacks a certain sense of added stability — cushioned enough for a session or two, but by no means a standout when compared to other foam technologies on the market.

If you are in need of a more stable treadmill running shoe and want to take advantage of Altra’s wider FootShape fit, I’d recommend the Paradigm 7s. They’re virtually the same silhouette, although the Paradigms also include some medial guide rails to help resolve any pronation issues during strides.

Lastly, I also rated the stability at 3.75 out of 5 given how finicky the lacing system is. Achieving a proper lockdown can take a few tries as you cinch and loosen the laces across the eyelets. I’d recommend spending a few minutes before your workout and getting your Torin 7s just right before hopping on and logging your daily miles.

[Related: The Best Treadmills for Heavy People]

Most Breathable Treadmill Running Shoes: TYR Techknit RNR-1 Runner

TYR Techknit RNR-1 Runner
TYR Techknit RNR-1 Runner
TYR Techknit RNR-1 Runner

Looking for a breath of fresh air in your running footwear? The RNR-1s from TYR utilize a Techknit 3D upper with plenty of perforations to help create a ventilated experience every time you hit the road or treadmill.

Specs

  • Price: $135
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 4mm
  • Weight: 9.2oz
  • Colors Available: 13
  • Sizes Available: 4.5-14

Pros

  • This sneaker’s Techknit 3D upper cloaks your foot with ample structure and breathes easily to eliminate perspiration and improve comfort.
  • SurgeNRG+ foam across the midsole gives the RNR-1s a good sense of response and energy return, making them ideal for quicker training paces.
  • There are both neutral and more vibrant colorways across the roster, which can be appealing to a wider range of athletes and personalities.

Cons

  • The higher heel counter can lead to some Achilles irritation for some.
  • Extra padding across the midfoot and a less-flexible upper means these may be less optimal for wider-footed athletes.

Breathable shoes for treadmill running can help improve your overall comfort during training. Yes, you may have more control over your climate, but that doesn’t mean unwanted sweat and perspiration is out of the equation, leading to blisters and unwanted friction. Utilizing a branded Techknit 3D mesh upper, the RNR-1s from TYR are our pick for the best ventilated sneakers for cardio enthusiasts.

[Related: Why Don’t I Sweat When I Work Out?]

TYR is sort of new when it comes to footwear, but through the CXT-1 cross-trainer and L-1 Lifter (one of our favorite weightlifting shoes) it’s clear the brand is taking the shoe game seriously. On initial wears, I found the Techknit upper to be well-ventilated yet still structured enough for a supportive fit. I’d compare the softness, too, to a nice Henley — thicker than your typical cotton t-shirt, but enjoyable nonetheless.

I also enjoyed the collar and heel counter, experiencing little interference or irritation during training. However, some of my colleagues that routinely wear their RNR-1s have noted some strain across the Achilles. 

Additionally, there is a pronounced level of padding around the midfoot, which can make for a more narrow interior that may not align with wider-footed athletes. As such, I rated the fit at 4 out of 5.

TYR Techknit RNR-1 Runners
TYR Techknit RNR-1 Runners

Naturally, though, the most breathable shoe for treadmill running should be, well, breathable. That’s never been an issue with my RNR-1s. The Techknit 3D upper features plenty of perforations for air flow, and I’ve yet to find conditions where sweat begins to pool in my sock. I rated the breathability at 4.5 out of 5.

Another perk to this newer running shoe is the Surge NRG+ foam embedded across the midsole. The foam is well-cushioned for a stable and comfortable ride, yet also has a surprising sense of pop across the design for added energy return. I scored the responsiveness at 4 out of 5, and think these can be well-suited sneakers for a variety of training needs, including both long-distance sessions and higher-tempo sprints.

[Related: How to Run a Faster Mile, According to a Running Coach]

Benefits of Shoes for Treadmill Running

Having a dedicated pair of running shoes for your treadmill workouts may seem like being overequipped for cardio day, but there are some definite benefits that come with the practice. From having a fine-tuned underfoot setup for your training to preserving the longevity of your other sneakers, below are some of the positives.

Activity-Specific Performance

As we’ve shared before, treadmills can be more forgiving than on-road running given that the belt is cushioned better than hard concrete or your local track. Additionally, you’re not going to change directions while running on a treadmill — it’s a repetitive straight-forward stride. Having shoes that match or compliment these conditions can help you increase efficiency in your step and get a better sense of enjoyment out of the activity.

On's Cloudtec Phase geomtery as seen on the On Cloudsurfers
On’s Cloudtec Phase geomtery as seen on the On Cloudsurfers

For example, since there’s already some underfoot cushioning, you can forgo those “max-cushioned” road running shoes with nearly 2 inches of midsole foam and instead opt for a cushioning design with less stack height. Stability components are always recommended if you need them, but be mindful that the repetitive stride pattern of treadmill running can lead to overworked stabilizer muscles if you’re placing unnecessary support across your arches.

Preserves Other Footwear

Having a pair of treadmill running shoes can also be great for your road running shoes, too. The more you wear your running shoes, naturally, the more wear and tear you’re placing across the outsole and midsole foam.

[Related: Running on a Treadmill Vs. Running Outside — Which Is Best for Your Goals?]

Additionally, switching between terrains, as well as the need to change direction when road running, can lead to less effective traction over time as your tread pattern wears down. Keeping a pair of shoes dedicated to the road and one dedicated for the treadmill can help ensure you’re set up for success regardless of your training conditions.

How to Choose the Best Shoes for Treadmill Running

Like any footwear for training and fitness, there are some key components to consider when choosing a pair of treadmill running shoes. Below are some of the factors we recommend thinking through when deciding between kicks.

Midsole Cushioning

According to Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, “Running treadmills have cushioned decks, which can alleviate some of the joint pain associated with running outside. With the right running shoes and a cushioned running deck, you’re armed with the tools you need to keep up your consistent running routine sans joint pain.” As such, you don’t need to go overboard when looking at your shoe’s midsole cushioning.

Still, though, having some midsole comfort is recommended in treadmill running shoes, so be sure to look for a silhouette with an amount of foam best suited for your needs. You should also think about your training style. For example, those interested in tempo runs can benefit from a more rigid midsole with heightened energy return, as this design can help propel you forward better for quick transitions and faster pacing.

Stability

It can be easier to achieve a repetitive, consistent proper running form on a treadmill given that there’s no change of direction. However, if you’re an athlete that deals with pronation issues, an excessive inward or outward roll of the ankle during landings, you could require some assistance from your footwear. Overpronation (excessive inward roll) has been linked to overloading injuries across the knees and stabilizer muscles. (2)

When considering shoes with stabilizing features like guide rails or more structured sidewalls, the easiest way to determine whether these components are necessary is by looking at your daily pair of sneakers. 

If the tread pattern is more worn down across the interior side of the shoe, you likely overpronate naturally. If the outsole has consistent wear all around, you exhibit more of a neutral gait. Outer tread wear hints at underpronation, or supination.

Stability shoes can be more helpful for overpronators, so it can be wise for these athletes to seek out treadmill running shoes with some form of motion control. Neutral and supinating individuals may be better suited with a neutral running shoe, as unnecessary support can potentially lead to excessive strain or overworked stabilizer muscles given the consistent foot strike.

Upper Materials

Your treadmill running shoe’s upper should be breathable to help alleviate excessive perspiration. Trapped sweat or hot interior conditions can potentially lead to unwanted friction or hot spots, resulting in blisters and some time on the mend. 

Look for uppers constructed from a breathable knit or mesh textile with some sense of structure. Flexible materials can be great for achieving a comfortable fit, but too much stretch can lead to foot movement during strides and inconsistencies across your running efficiency.

The breathable Techknit 3D upper featured across the TYR Techknit RNR-1 Runners
The breathable Techknit 3D upper featured across the TYR Techknit RNR-1 Runners

Also, given that treadmill running is predominantly conducted indoors, you won’t need to think through weatherproofing components like water-resistant liners or rip-resistant overlays like you’d need in trail running shoes. In actuality, these add-ons can lessen the breathability of the sneaker, so a lighter mesh or knit design is favorable for treadmill enthusiasts.

Fit

It’s simple — your running shoes should fit your foot. You don’t want to have too much room where your feet move around during each stride, while a too constrictive fit can potentially lead to blisters. Read through the brand’s proprietary size guide and look for a running shoe that matches your dimensions best.

For wider-footed athletes, it can also be helpful to opt for a treadmill running shoe available in Wide or Extra Wide sizings. These specialized cuts extend the shoe profile in key areas for a more fine-tuned fit than you’d achieve by sizing up on the standard scale. We’ve made note of which shoes in this round-up offer such sizings for easier identification during your purchasing process.

Price

Prices can vary from brand to brand, but on average, you can expect to pay roughly $145 for high-quality treadmill running shoes. Naturally, there are silhouettes at cheaper and more expensive costs than this, so in the end, think about your finances and how much you’re willing to spend on a pair.

[Related: Best Budget Treadmills]

If your primary running environment is the treadmill, then you can potentially benefit from investing more in these kicks. If you’re only using the machine every now and again (or when weather forecasts aren’t aligning with your training schedule) it may be best to purchase a budget-friendly sneaker and invest more in your road running shoes.

Final Word

Treadmill running shoes can be a great addition to your indoor running setup, complimenting the flat running surface and existing cushioning you can experience atop your machine. Plus, having a dedicated pair of running shoes for the treadmill can be great for preserving the performance baked into your on-road sneakers, limiting the wear and tear you place across the midsole foam and outsole tread patterns.

When looking for a worthwhile pair of treadmill running shoes, you should think about how much cushioning you desire underfoot, as well as how much support you want for your personal gait. You should also, naturally, think about how the shoes fit and how expensive they are, i.e., is it worth the investment to own multiple pairs of running shoes (yes, it is)? Using this guide as a helpful blueprint, your new pair of treadmill running shoes can be a great way to up the enjoyment when it comes to this monotonous training activity.

FAQs

Can I use training shoes for treadmill running?

Cross-training shoes, while versatile in a gym setting, can be less of a benefit when it comes to treadmill workouts. Their more rigid midsoles and flat outsoles are designed to help in strength training endeavors rather than running. As such, it’s in your best interest to swap out your footwear for a proper pair of running shoes before dialing in your treadmill settings and taking off for a session.

What is the best shoe for treadmill running?

The best treadmill running shoe will be subjective from one athlete to another. For our money, though, the Asics Gel-Cumulus 26 is the best of the bunch thanks to its comfortable yet structured FF BLAST PLUS ECO midsole foam, as well as a comfortable engineered mesh upper that provides a good sense of lockdown without feeling overly constrictive.

How much do shoes for treadmill running cost?

On average, you can find treadmill running shoes for roughly $145, with outliers on both sides of this median price tag. In the end, though, the best treadmill running shoes for you are the ones that fit your budget best.

References

  1. Rippe, J. M. (1988). Walking for health and fitness. JAMA: The Journal of the American Medical Association, 259(18), 2720. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/3282085/
  2. Hintermann, B., & Nigg, B. M. (1998). Pronation in runners. Sports Medicine, 26(3), 169–176. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/9802173/ 

The post The 12 Best Shoes for Treadmill Running, Ran In and Tested by Our Experts appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
The 10 Best Stability Running Shoes, Tested and Trialed by Our Team https://barbend.com/best-stability-running-shoes/ Mon, 06 May 2024 16:41:09 +0000 https://barbend.com/?p=253599 Running can be an excellent form of cardio partly because of its easy to get into a routine — a pair of the best running shoes (and a good route) is basically all you need to get going. However, your footwear can do more for your performance than acting as a simple barrier between asphalt and footprint. The...

The post The 10 Best Stability Running Shoes, Tested and Trialed by Our Team appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
Running can be an excellent form of cardio partly because of its easy to get into a routine — a pair of the best running shoes (and a good route) is basically all you need to get going. However, your footwear can do more for your performance than acting as a simple barrier between asphalt and footprint. The best stability running shoes, for example, can help support your running gait with extra stabilizing components to help alleviate any excessive inward roll across your ankles during strides.

Naturally, not every foot strike will require a stability-minded sneaker, but for those with overpronation issues, they could enhance your experience greatly. To help you put your best foot forward, we’ve taken to the streets, trails, and tracks with dozens of popular shoe silhouettes and consulted with our in-house team of experts to compile this guide to our favorite stability running shoes available today.

The 10 Best Stability Running Shoes

About Our Expert

This article has been reviewed by Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, a certified personal trainer and CrossFit Level 1 instructor. She reviewed the research we cite and the stability running shoes we listed to help ensure we’re providing helpful, accurate descriptions and recommendations.

How We Tested and Chose the Best Stability Running Shoes

The BarBend team is made up of competitive athletes, certified personal trainers, and lifelong fitness enthusiasts. To make our list of the best stability running shoes, we got hands-on with 50 different shoe profiles from top brands, using a multi-point methodology to rate each profile on a scale of 1 (lowest) to 5 (highest) to determine our top picks. Below are some of the categories and components we looked at to make our list.

Midfoot Support

Naturally, stability running shoes will feature some sense of a support system to set them apart from more neutral running shoes, with components being proprietary from brand to brand. Some sneaker silhouettes feature more utilitarian guide rails or rigid foams across the midfoot to help prevent overpronation, while others employ a different contouring along the midsole cradle where your arch sits within the shoe itself.

A side view of the Nike InfinityRN 4 running shoes
A side view of the Nike InfinityRN 4 running shoes

We made sure to highlight these components during testing, seeing how each felt across varied distances and speeds. If a stability system was more rigid or accommodating, we made note of the experience below.

Midsole Cushioning

Regardless of how supportive a stability running shoe is, it should still be comfortable when in the throes of training. This comfort relies heavily on the midsole foam. During trials, we examined the feel of each midsole, logging how bouncy, energetic, plush, or dull it was across our runs.

[Related: How Many Calories Are Burned Running a Mile?]

We also looked at where these foams could benefit athletes most across different running styles. For example, if a midsole provided a lightweight feel with an energetic snap through heel-to-toe transitions, we were inclined to recommend it for tempo runs. A softer, more plush foam that kept us cozy from start to finish could be better suited for long-distance sessions or recovery days.

Heel Structure

Your stability running shoe’s heel can also be a great source for extra support. A strong, more rigid heel cup can help cradle your ankle to prevent excessive inward or outward rolling. We looked for running sneakers featuring a sturdy heel counter that kept us in line during trials.

The heel counter featured across the HOKA Arahi 7 running shoes
The heel counter featured across the HOKA Arahi 7 running shoes

In addition to the heel cup structure, we also took the comfort of the heel counter and collar into question. After all, there’s no sense in running with a pair of shoes that leave your Achilles worn and weathered through excessive rubbing. We made note of how these components felt on foot, highlighting specific designs that could potentially pose a problem for some athletes.

Outsole

The outsole of your running shoe is the literal point of contact between you and the terrain, whether that be a paved road, city sidewalk, indoor treadmill, or hiking trail. To improve your stability and sense of balance, you should look for an outsole featuring a tread pattern fit for your preferred environment. For example, we’ve included specific selections for treadmill running and trail running, as these running surfaces will require a unique sense of traction that other road running shoes may not deliver.

[Related: Treadmill Safety Tips: 9 Ways to Avoid Common Treadmill Injuries]

Additionally, a wider outsole can help you step confidently through your workouts, providing a larger swath of footing to land on with each progressive stride. We made note of which stability running shoes feature such build qualities.

Best Stability Running Shoes Overall: Brooks Glycerin StealthFit GTS 21

Brooks Glycerin StealthFit GTS 21
Brooks Glycerin StealthFit GTS 21
Brooks Glycerin StealthFit GTS 21

The Brooks Glycerin StealthFit GTS 21s feature a sockliner upper that eliminates the tongue for a snug, convenient fit that can help improve lockdown. Plus, the Go-To Support system can be beneficial for those wanting extra stability across their strides.

Specs

  • Price: $160
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 10mm
  • Weight: 10oz
  • Colors Available: 1
  • Sizes Available: 7-15

Pros

  • This Brooks offering features the brand’s GuideRails system, which can add support to both the interior and exterior sides of the midfoot.
  • The Glycerin iteration features a wider base for better balance and control during landings.
  • The sockliner-style upper provides support without compromising breathability or comfort around the ankle and heel.

Cons

  • A higher 10-millimeter heel-to-toe drop may be less advantageous for midfoot or forefoot strikers. (1)
  • Athletes wanting a more vibrant pair of shoes may be displeased with the lone White/Grey/Black colorway.

If you’re looking for a trusted pair of stability shoes to help bolster your proper running form, the Brooks Glycerin StealthFit GTS 21s are tough to beat. While the original Glycerin 21s are a fine sneaker in their own right, this trim model combining the sockliner flat knit upper and Go-To Support motion control system is the perfect mix for athletes looking to bring their strides back to a more natural plane.

I’ve ran in plenty of Brooks silhouettes featuring the GTS system, which employs the brand’s GuideRails technology exhibited through an interior medial post and exterior post. While I tend to supinate — where your ankle rolls outward instead of inward — I still appreciate the level of support this technology provides, and I always feel as if I’m pacing naturally without feeling confined. In total, I rated the stability at 5 out of 5.

Another supporting feature to this Glycerin 21 iteration is the wider base. This simple yet effective design element can help curate a more balanced landing with each foot strike. I especially appreciated this element when making turns through my routes, or when transitioning from a packed gravel trailway onto asphalt. 

Brooks Glycerin StealthFit GTS 21 running shoes
Brooks Glycerin StealthFit GTS 21 running shoes

Like other Brooks sneakers, the Glycerin StealthFit GTS 21s exude comfort, which I rated at 4 out of 5. The DNA Loft v3 midsole foam creates a light, plush sensation during landings, yet still retains some rigidity for boosted support and energy return. Additionally, the StealthFit profile employs a sockliner-style flat knit upper that mimics a slip-in bootie with no present tongue.

This StealthFit trim is probably my favorite Brooks iteration over the years, as you can conveniently achieve a desired lockdown without finicking with the tongue. Plus, the flat-knit design eliminates unwanted rubbing or irritation around the ankle and heel.

However, these Brooks sneakers may not be for every stability-conscious athlete. With 10 millimeters of drop, the silhouette is more attuned to heel strikers, meaning those that land on their heel during strides. 

Studies indicate that midfoot and forefoot strikers can prefer a lower heel-to-toe drop, as these dimensions can eliminate unnecessary cushioning in the heel while also alleviating pressure on your knees and hips. (1) As such, I rated the overall ride at a conservative 3.75 out of 5.

[Related: Best Running Socks]

Best Stability Running Shoe for Treadmill Running: Nike InfinityRN 4

Nike InfinityRN 4
Nike InfinityRN 4
Nike InfinityRN 4

The Nike InfinityRN 4s feature ReactX foam across the midsole, which can be ideal for athletes wanting some extra pop to go along with their arch-supporting underfoot sensations. The waffle-patterned outsole can also provide ample traction, perfect for carving through your routes and training sessions with ease.

Specs

  • Price: $160
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 9mm
  • Weight: 12.5oz
  • Colors Available: 17
  • Sizes Available: 6-15

Pros

  • The less-aggressive arch support across the ReactX foam midsole can be great for the more consistent, single-direction steps associated with treadmill running.
  • Nike’s waffle-pattern outsole showcased great durability during trials, implying that these sneakers can be a solid investment for extended training routines.
  • The heel counter locks your feet into place with no issues regarding heel slip or irritation, according to our tester.

Cons

  • Some may find the Flyknit upper to be too snug — we (and Nike) recommend going up one half size for a better fit.
  • The 12.5-ounce frame can begin to feel hefty and cumbersome, especially on treadmill runs beyond 10 miles.

The best cardio machines often feature design elements that work to reduce impact. According to BarBend expert reviewer Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, “Running treadmills have cushioned decks, which can alleviate some of the joint pain associated with running outside.” That’s helpful, but it can still be wise for those with pronation issues to opt for a stability shoe. For these indoor training sessions, we recommend the Nike InfinityRN 4s.

I like these Nike sneakers for treadmill runs as opposed to on-road sessions, as the present support system isn’t as aggressive as other stability shoes I’ve run in previously. This can be beneficial for treadmill workouts, as the consistent foot strikes in a singular position can lead to overworked stabilizer muscles with more aggressive motion control elements.

Nike InfinityRN 4 running shoes
Nike InfinityRN 4 running shoes

I also rated the stability at 4.5 out of 5 given the wider base featured across the InfinityRN 4’s outsole. This can be great for maintaining balance throughout your running gait, especially when trying to keep pace with the moving treadmill belt underfoot. A more structured heel counter adds to the silhouette, creating a nice sense of lockdown without any errant slipping or movement during strides.

[Related: Can You Train for a Marathon On a Treadmill?]

The Nike InfinityRN 4s also feature a Flyknit upper, which offers a somewhat flexible stretch over the top of your foot for added security. However, the sizing is admittedly snug — I would recommend sizing up one half size if you desire a roomier fit. There’s a water-resistant membrane within the upper design, which can be fine for road-running scenarios in inclement weather, but can severely limit the shoe’s ventilation. I scored the InfinityRN 4’s at 3.75 out of 5 for breathability.

Additionally, this shoe’s waffle-pattern outsole proved to be plenty durable for extended wear. I’ve worn these Nikes both on-road and on-treadmill and have yet to see any wear across the tread pattern.

However, the thicker rubber along and dense ReactX foam does take the weight up to 12.5 ounces. This can make for a clunky running experience as you begin to tire, especially when trying to tackle 10 or more miles atop your favorite treadmill. I rated the weight at 3.5 out of 5 and recommend reserving these kicks for shorter daily jogs or slow recovery runs.

Best Cushioned Stability Running Shoe: HOKA Gaviota 5

HOKA Gaviota 5
HOKA Gaviota 5
HOKA Gaviota 5

For athletes wanting a well-cushioned running shoe with added support for more natural steps, the Gaviota 5s from HOKA could be just the ticket. Utilizing an H-frame support system, this sneaker adds a more rigid sense of stability across your arch while allowing the CMEVA midsole foam to cushion your heel strikes and toe-offs.

Specs

  • Price: $175
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 6mm
  • Weight: 10.9oz
  • Colors Available: 10
  • Sizes Available: 7-15

Pros

  • This sneaker’s H-frame support system helps bolster arch support across the midfoot with less rigidity across the heel and forefoot.
  • The soft EVA foam midsole blends perfectly with the early-stage Meta-Rocker geometry for smooth transitions.
  • A creel jacquard mesh upper helps add some breathability to the profile.

Cons

  • The plush collar, according to our tester, can be difficult to lock down — we recommend employing a lace lock lacing setup across the extra eyelet for better heel security.
  • At $175, this is one of the more expensive stability running shoes available.

If you’re looking for a road-running shoe with stability and a good sense of underfoot cushioning, the Gaviota 5s from HOKA are our top pick. This impressive silhouette uses a new H-frame support system — a redesign from the J-frame of previous iterations — to promote a better sense of stability across your midfoot while allowing your heel and forefoot to be unhindered for optimal landings and toe-offs.

While I’ve tried plenty of HOKA (formerly branded as HOKA One One) profiles in the past, this is actually the first pair of Gaviotas I’ve run in. Overall, I really enjoyed the stability at play, rating the Gaviota 5s at 4.5 out of 5 for the category. 

There’s a pronounced sense of structure along the midfoot, but I appreciate how the H-frame design allows for better ground feel at the heel and forefoot through the soft EVA foam. Plus, side-to-side movement was basically thwarted, which is always the mark of a good stability shoe for running everyday.

Speaking of the EVA foam midsole, I really appreciated the comfort underfoot that felt soft yet still structured enough for efficient transitions. Combine this technology with the brand’s signature early-stage Meta-Rocker geometry, and you have a kick that can seamlessly roll from heel to toe. I scored the ride of this sneaker at 4 out of 5, respectively.

HOKA Gaviota 5 running shoes
HOKA Gaviota 5 running shoes

I also appreciated the creel jacquard mesh upper that kept the top of my foot secure and well-ventilated. However, the collar around my ankle and heel proved to be a sticking point, or rather, a slipping point. Given the plush design, it was difficult to find a secure heel lockdown with a standard lacing setup. I rated the lockdown at 3.75 out of 5, and highly recommend taking advantage of the extra top eyelet for a lace lock system.

The Gaviota 5s retail for $175, which is a bit expensive for stability running shoes. On average, you can expect to pay roughly $150 for these more advanced running sneakers, so a $25 price hike may be too much for some budgets. However, if you want the best cushioning possible for your weekly miles, it’s tough to ignore this popular HOKA silhouette.

[Related: The Best Cushioned Treadmills]

Best Budget Stability Running Shoes: Asics GT-1000 12

Asics GT-1000 12
Asics GT-1000 12
Asics GT-1000 12

At $100, this budget-friendly stability running shoe can be a great introduction to the category, requiring less of an investment over the average $150 price tag. Plus, the Asics GT-1000 12s feature the brand’s signature PureGEL technology in the heel for additional shock absorption.

Specs

  • Price: $100
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 9mm
  • Weight: 94.oz
  • Colors Available: 13
  • Sizes Available: 6-17

Pros

  • These Asics come in at $100 — roughly $50 less than the average price of stability running shoes.
  • The LITETRUSS stability helps promote a more natural stride without feeling aggressive or overcorrecting.
  • GEL technology within the heel can be ideal for shock absorption, particularly during higher-intensity sessions or at the tail end of a workout.

Cons

  • The tongue has a tendency to move around during training, sometimes requiring multiple adjustments mid-workout.
  • The FLYTEFOAM midsole foam lacks a sense of energy return and bounce, most noticeably during longer runs.

Given the added motion control components, you can expect to pay a little more for stability running shoes than other silhouettes on the market. However, there are some budget-friendly profiles out there, such as the Asics GT-1000 12s. Coming in at $100, roughly $50 less than the average price of high-quality stability runners, these kicks can be excellent for wallet-minded athletes looking for an upgraded sense of underfoot support.

I’ve ran in previous iterations of the GT-1000 lineup and feel they’re a great introductory shoe for runners given their value — which I rated at 5 out of 5 — and stabilizing features. The proprietary LITETRUSS technology can provide ample support across the medial side of the shoe, which helps limit excessive inward roll.

Additionally, I’m always a fan of Asics sneakers featuring the brand’s signature GEL technology. The GT-1000 12s house this component in the heel, which can help alleviate unwanted stress upon impact.

[Related: The Best Treadmills for Bad Knees]

As far as cushioning is concerned, I’ve had mediocre experiences with the FLYTEFOAM midsole design. Yes, it’s comfortable and supportive, but I wouldn’t call the ride bouncy or energetic. The foam is just sort of there with no true standout features. This can be fine for beginners just finding their groove, but may be a letdown for more advanced athletes. I scored the cushioning at 3.75 out of 5.

Another point worth mentioning is the tongue makeup. This component is not gusseted, meaning the tongue is free to move around more during movement when not laced down as tightly. This can lead to multiple readjustments over the course of a workout, so I’d recommend taking the time before training to find that ideal lacing security.

Despite these callouts, I still think the GT-1000 12s can be suitable for a number of athletes needing the extra support. Think of these as a gateway sneaker — there’s not a high upfront cost, yet you can easily determine whether stability running shoes are right for your personal gait. In my eyes, that’s worth every penny.

[Related: The Best Budget Home Gym Equipment]

Best Stability Running Shoe for Long Distances: New Balance Fresh Foam X More v4

New Balance Fresh Foam X More v4
New Balance Fresh Foam X More v4
New Balance Fresh Foam X More v4

As a premier example of a “max-cushioned” running shoe, the New Balance Fresh Foam X More v4 features a heaping slab of Fresh Foam across the midsole for a comfortable yet supportive ride. A 4-millimeter heel-to-toe drop adds to the coziness, supporting heel strikes, midfoot strikes, and forefoot strikes.

Specs

  • Price: $149.99
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 4mm
  • Weight: 11oz
  • Colors Available: 21
  • Sizes Available: 5.5-16

Pros

  • The thick slab of Fresh Foam X foam across the midsole provides comfort and energy return that can carry you through longer training sessions.
  • These Fresh Foam X More v4s also boast a wider base, which can help prevent missteps during runs.
  • A 4-millimeter heel-to-toe drop can be better suited for all foot strikes. (1)(2)

Cons

  • The engineered mesh upper, while flexible and accommodating, can run hot in certain conditions.
  • The tongue is not gusseted, meaning there’s room for sliding that may require readjustments mid-run.

Trying to tackle extended mileage but looking for a stability shoe to carry you through those long workouts? The Fresh Foam X More v4 from New Balance can be just the ticket. Serving as a prime example of a “max-cushioned” running shoe, this sneaker features a thick chunk of the brand’s Fresh Foam X foam across the midsole which can provide a nice blend of comfort, support, and energy return that’s ready for those double-digit miles.

I’ve owned these New Balance shoes for a while and always appreciate the level of cushioning underfoot during runs. I rated the cushioning at 4.5 out of 5, too, because while you definitely feel some shock absorption during landings, the foam rebounds easily for better energy return that can carry you through the finish line (these are a popular racing shoe, too). 

Plus, the 4-millimeter drop can be more accommodating for different foot strike preferences rather than favoring heel strikes, midfoot strikes, or forefoot strikes. (1)(2)

[Related: The Best Running Warm-Up for Your Next Cardio Session]

Despite the listed 11-ounce weight, these kicks also feel light on-foot, which can be ideal for tackling longer mileage without feeling like you’re wearing cinder blocks toward the end of your route.

The midsole cushioning of the New Balance Fresh Foam X More v4 running shoes
The midsole cushioning of the New Balance Fresh Foam X More v4 running shoes

The Fresh Foam X More v4s also feature an engineered mesh upper. While this textile can run hot under direct sunlight, leading to my 3.75 out of 5 rating for breathability, I did enjoy the fit enough for a 4.5 out of 5 rating. The material is stretchy enough to accommodate a wide range of foot profiles, yet I still got a premium amount of structure and lockdown. The toe box, too, showcased enough room to allow for toe splaying, which can be great when trying to make toe-offs as efficient as possible.

However, I do recommend taking some time pre-run to secure your laces, as the tongue does not feature a gusseted design. This means that the component can move and slide from one side to the next during movement, which can lead to unwanted pressure or an uncomfortable fit. On my first few outings with the Fresh Foam X More v4s, I’d routinely have to stop and readjust the tongue in an effort to achieve that proper over-foot fit.

[Related: How To Build Stamina for Running]

Best Stability Running Shoe for Speedwork: Saucony Tempus

Saucony Tempus
Saucony Tempus
Saucony Tempus

Looking for a fast stability running shoe for those extra-speedy sessions on the road? Boasting PWRRUN PB midsole foam and a sub-9-ounce frame, the Saucony Tempus can be great for quick pick-ups without compromising midfoot support.

Specs

  • Price: $160
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 8mm
  • Weight: 8.9oz
  • Colors Available: 17
  • Sizes Available: 5-15

Pros

  • A contoured PWRRUN Frame blends nicely with the PWRRUN PB midsole foam for a snappy, energetic transition from landing to toe-off.
  • The midsole contouring helps craft a soft yet supportive landing for each stride, keeping you balanced and stable as you push the pace.
  • This Tempus boasts a breathable mesh upper with key cut-outs across the toe box, which help ventilation and cut down on the shoe’s overall weight.

Cons

  • According to our tester, the benefits of the PWRRUN PB midsole foam are best examined at faster paces — slower jogs can leave you with more rigidity than desired.
  • The XT-900 outsole, while durable, can begin to slip and slide when running in wet conditions.

Tempo runs can be a fun way to test your merit on the road, track, or treadmill. However, quickening the pace can give room for excessive overpronation as you focus more on faster strides and less on foot placement and transitions. The Saucony Tempus, however, can be prime for these speed days by providing a lightweight profile that turns over easily while still supporting you underfoot for natural, more aligned steps.

I rated the responsiveness of these Saucony speedwork shoes at 4 out of 5, as I could easily up the tempo thanks to the energetic PWRRUN PB midsole foam. There’s plenty of energy across the design, as it compresses quickly during landings and rebounds nicely to help propel you forward. Additionally, the contoured midsole frame helped me stay cradled in the shoe, sort of how you’d expect to be locked in and secure in a racing seat in a racecar.

[Related: What the Heck Is a Tempo Run?]

The midsole technologies are definitely designed with speed in mind, and I recommend you reserve this shoe solely for those situations. While energetic and responsive, the PWRRUN PB midsole foam is a little underwhelming at slower paces, almost too rigid to enjoy. To compress the foam, you really need to put your foot on the gas (pun intended) and throw some energy into each stride. Slower jogging days, from my experience, just can’t get the component into gear.

The upper is also a standout component of this impressive Tempus profile. The mesh textile features multiple cut-outs across the toe box, which can help improve ventilation as you pick up, land, and roll through your faster running endeavors. The cut-outs also serve as a great way for the Tempus to shed weight — another common feature associated with shoes designed for speedwork. As such, I rated the breathability at 4.5 out of 5.

Finally, I enjoyed the rubber outsole design, and felt the XT-900 rubber did a fine job of keeping traction on dry terrain like concrete or asphalt. Running in wet conditions, like after a morning rain, proved to be a different story. I scored the outsole at 4 out of 5 as I was experiencing some slips and slides when pacing over shallow puddles or wet cement.

[Related: The Best Running Apps]

Best Stability Running Shoe for Daily Training: HOKA Arahi 7

HOKA Arahi 7
HOKA Arahi 7
HOKA Arahi 7

The Arahi 7s from HOKA employ a J-frame support system that wraps around your medial side and heel for help against excessive inward roll during strides. Plus, a flat-knit upper creates a sleek, stylish overlay across the top of your foot for improved looks and breathability.

Specs

  • Price: $145
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 5mm
  • Weight: 9.9oz
  • Colors Available: 9
  • Sizes Available: 7-15

Pros

  • This HOKA sneaker’s compression-molded EVA midsole foam can be a good mix of comfort and support with enough rebound for regular use.
  • The supportive flat-knit upper creates a sleek, stylish design without feeling too constrictive across the top of your foot.
  • Getting into the shoe itself is a convenient feat thanks to the extended heel pull.

Cons

  • Some may find the rigid nature of the J-frame support system to be too jarring for regular runs.
  • The higher heel can lead to some rubbing across the Achilles.

Your daily trainers should be a running shoe that you can turn to with little thought — something that can help you achieve those daily step counts without too much huff or puff. The HOKA Arahi 7s are the brand’s stability-minded rendition of the Clifton lineup (one of HOKA’s most-popular silhouettes). Combining a compression-molded EVA foam with a J-frame support system, these kicks can be prime for daily mileage.

HOKA Arahi 7 running shoes
HOKA Arahi 7 running shoes

I’ve run in the Arahi 7s and their predecessors, the HOKA Arahi 6s, and do feel that this iteration is a better fit — literally. The redesigned flat-knit upper offers a snug fit without feeling too constrictive, although I’d recommend those with wide feet to opt for the available wide sizing, as there’s less stretch across the textile. 

Plus, I’m a big fan of daily trainers with convenience in mind, which is showcased in the extended heel tab for easier entry and exit. I rated the fit of the Arahi 7s at 4.5 out of 5, respectively.

[Related: How Much Cardio Is Too Much? Running Coaches Weigh In]

These HOKAs gather their stability moniker through the brand’s J-frame tech, which is a more rigid medial post that curves like the letter J around the heel for improved structure. While some may need miles to get used to the dichotomy at play between this component and the CMEVA foam midsole, I still think it’s a suitable solution for improved strides. It may be too aggressive for those with minor ankle roll, but athletes with severe overpronation will likely appreciate the more rigid framing.

I also scored the comfort at 4 out of 5 given the collar and heel structure. I enjoyed plushness at this area and didn’t notice any heel slip during my trials. However, I do see where the raised heel pull can rub some athletes the wrong way (literally), hence my less-than-perfect rating for the category.

[Related: Jogging Vs. Running — What’s the Difference and Why Does it Matter?]

Best Stability Running Shoe for Beginners: Asics Gel-Kayano 30

Asics Gel-Kayano 30
Asics Gel-Kayano 30
Asics Gel-Kayano 30

The Asics Gel-Kayano 30s feature the brand’s 4D Guidance System — a stability feature that utilizes a softer foam across your arch that adapts to your individual step over time. A wider base can also be ideal for balance during movement by creating a larger landing area for each step.

Specs

  • Price: $160
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 10mm
  • Weight: 10.6oz
  • Colors Available: 22
  • Sizes Available: 6-16

Pros

  • The brand’s new 4D Guidance System uses a softer foam at your arch that adapts to your specific stability needs as you grow and continue to run in the sneakers.
  • A wider base can be excellent for those getting used to their running gait, promoting a better sense of balance and support.
  • There are 22 different colorways to choose from, giving better variety for those that want to showcase their personality through their training footwear.

Cons

  • The larger slab of foam underfoot can begin to clunk up your running form on longer runs.
  • Getting up to training speed can be a struggle at times given the lower response from the FF BLAST PLUS ECO foam midsole.

Novice running enthusiasts asking the question, “what is cardio?,” should look for a stability running shoe that’s comfortable enough for the growing pains of finding your stride, yet stable and supportive enough to help lessen any unwanted ankle movement during training. In our opinion, the Gel-Kayano 30s from Asics can be an excellent introductory sneaker thanks to its convenient and comfortable 4D Guidance System that gives you an adaptable arch support that gets better and refined to your footprint with each passing session.

This new Gel-Kayano iteration ditches the LITETRUSS technology found in the Asics Gel-Kayano 29, which was a more aggressive way to help prevent overpronation issues. I enjoy this adaptable approach, especially for beginners, as it allows the footbed to mold to your specific needs rather than trying to force you in a certain direction (or into a natural foot plane). For these reasons, I rated the stability at 4.5 out of 5.

The Gel-Kayano 30s are also great for novice runners thanks to the wider base. This can help create a wider landing surface, and in turn, create a better sense of balance. Anyone who’s turned a corner on asphalt at a faster-than-walking pace can attest that an underfoot slide is a quick way to ensure you never want to run again, so I appreciate that Asics broadened the base to help give those just getting their feet into running a heightened sense of confidence.

As far as style is concerned, I scored the Gel-Kayano 30s at 4 out of 5, too. There are 22 different colorways to choose from — other stability running shoes typically offer 12 hues or less — which can be ideal for those wanting to step out in a vibrant set of kicks. Plus, the reflective accents can help promote better visibility. As someone that routinely trains in the evening hours around sunset, this can be plenty helpful for ensuring on-road safety.

Finally, I like these Asics sneakers for novices as you kind of have to work to get them up to speed. The larger slab of FF BLAST PLUS ECO foam across the midsole takes some doing to get up to training paces, but really begins to show its response and cushioning once you get there. I think of this as a nice payoff that can institute a positive relationship with running — put in the work, and reap the rewards.

[Related: Treadmill Workouts for Beginners]

Best Zero-Drop Stability Running Shoe: Altra Provision 8

Altra Provision 8
Altra Provision 8
Altra Provision 8

Zero-drop shoes and stability aren’t linked often, so the Provision 8s from Altra are a bit of a unicorn in the running shoe category. A GuideRails system helps bolster support across the medial side of your foot, while the 0-millimeter heel-to-toe drop can be beneficial for promoting a more natural striking pattern that’s favored by athletes partaking in the barefoot movement.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 0mm
  • Weight: 10.2oz
  • Colors Available: 3
  • Sizes Available: 7-15

Pros

  • This sneaker’s zero-drop makeup can provide a good connection between your strides and the ground beneath while still being supportive against pronation issues.
  • A snug heel can help support the back of your foot during landings while also eliminating unwanted heel slip on toe-offs.
  • The brand’s signature FootShape fit provides a roomy toe box.

Cons

  • The minimalist design and GuideRail stability components can sometimes force you to strike at the forefoot as opposed to the midfoot or heel.
  • Those wanting more variety in their training sneaker color may want a roster boasting more than three colorways.

For athletes following the barefoot movement — wearing zero-drop sneakers to promote a more natural foot movement through runs — finding a silhouette that matches the minimalist aesthetic but still delivers stabilizing components can be tough. However, Altra, a brand synonymous with zero-drop footwear, offers the Provision 8, a minimalist sneaker with GuideRails technology to keep your strides natural and supported throughout training.

I’ve run in multiple Altra silhouettes over the years, including the Provision 8s, and always admire the ergonomic FootShape fit. This profile features a rounded, roomy outsole that better aligns with the actual shape of your foot, which can be great for wide-footed athletes. Additionally, I like how the heel counter stays snug across my Achilles, limiting heel slip as I transition through steps. I graded the Provision 8s at 4.5 out of 5 for fit.

[Related: Barefoot Strength Training]

The breathable mesh upper also gives room for plenty of air and ventilation during training, making these a great solution for spring and summer jaunts outdoors. I scored these Altra sneakers at 4 out of 5 for the upper design, too, given that there’s a bit of stretch yet not so much that it sacrifices lockdown across the top of the foot.

When it comes to the ride of these Provision 8s, I definitely felt stable and supported thanks to the GuideRails system placed across the medial side of the foot. I didn’t feel as if the tech forced me into a compromised foot plane, which can be ideal for those just getting used to stability running shoes.

However, I conservatively rated the ride at 3.7 out of 5 given that zero-drop sneakers are something you don’t seamlessly transition into. The lack of cushioning under the heel can be jarring for some, and the minimalist makeup combined with the GuideRails system does promote more of a forefoot strike upon landings. As a known heel striker, this was something I had to overcome and adapt to over multiple runs.

[Related: Why Do My Knees Hurt When I Run?]

Best Stability Running Shoe for Trail Running: Brooks Cascadia 17

Brooks Cascadia 17
Brooks Cascadia 17
Brooks Cascadia 17

Trail running has you traversing over varied terrain with each twist and turn, so having a stable underfoot sensation is practically required. The Brooks Cascadia 17s utilize a Trail Adapt System, which employs multiple components including soft cushioning, outsole pods, and an integrated plate to help ensure each step feels natural and unhindered.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 8mm
  • Weight: 11oz
  • Colors Available: 6
  • Sizes Available: 7-15

Pros

  • The Trail Adapt System combines cushioning, outsole pods, and an adaptable plate to help you stay balanced and supported across the varying terrain of trail running.
  • TPU overlays across the upper and heel can be effective in guarding against mud and debris without adding excessive weight stiffness.
  • The Cascadia 17’s TrailTrack outsole easily finds grip in varied conditions — our tester had no issues with jutting roots, rocks, mud, and muck.

Cons

  • Given the 11-ounce weight and lack of energy return across the DNA Loft v2 midsole foam, we recommend this sneaker for slower trail runs or walks.
  • The upper can begin to run hot due to the number of overlays and limited breathability.

Looking for some stability across your footprint for those more adventurous running workouts? The Brooks Cascadia 17s can be an excellent pick for trail running thanks to the brand’s Trail Adapt System that utilizes light underfoot cushioning, a protective plate along the medial side of your arch, and grippy outsole pods for better traction across uneven terrain.

Outside of running shoes for tempo workouts, I’d say that trail-running shoes are my favorite subcategory of running footwear, so I’ve been wise to the Cascadia lineup for a while. In testing, I appreciated the adaptable stability these shoes provide that flexes and adjusts according to the trails I’m on. You don’t experience a loss of support when, say, transitioning from a packed gravel throughway onto a rocky climb. For these reasons, I rated the stability and support at 4.5 out of 5.

[Related: Everything You Need To Know About Rucking (+ How To Get Started)]

One area I always look toward when choosing trail-running shoes is the outsole tread pattern, so I’m happy to see this Cascadia 17 fitted with a TrailTrack outsole. These deep, grippy lugs have yet to fail me when out and about, even when traversing through thick mud or leaf-covered paths. 

I scored the traction offered in these Brooks sneakers at 5 out of 5, comparing them to the all-terrain tires I have on my vehicle — enough to grip and get you going, yet not so aggressive that they become a nuisance on flatter, easier ground.

Brooks Cascadia 17 trail running shoes
Brooks Cascadia 17 trail running shoes

The Cascadia 17s also boast multiple TPU overlays across the knit upper, which are intended to help defend against mud and debris. Granted, the protection is appreciated, especially when tackling rougher routes up and down the mountains, but the extra materials across the upper does limit this shoe’s breathability.

I scored the Cascadia 17s at 3.75 out of 5 for the category, although I don’t necessarily hold breathability against a trail-running shoe. You can expect a compromised ventilation if it means the textile will be more durable against scuffs and scrapes.

[Related: Learn How to Run Faster (At Any Skill Level) From a Triathlete Coach]

Benefits of Stability Running Shoes

Outside of simply improving your in-training comfort, stability running shoes with extra support across your arches and ankles can provide other benefits to your workout regimens. From a more natural foot plane through your strides to more uniform wear across your tread pattern, below are some of our favorite perks associated with this specialty footwear silhouette.

More Natural Running Mechanics

Every athlete showcases some level of pronation, or the inward rolling of the ankle during heel-to-toe transitions. However, these biomechanics can stray inward further than necessary — a condition called overpronation — which can lead to potential pain and irritation across your shins, Achilles, and foot arches. (3

[Related: The Best Stretches to Do Before a Run]

Stability running shoes can be a means to help correct this excessive inward rolling by placing extra support across the medial, or interior, side of your foot. These components, in turn, can help you maintain a more neutral, normal stepping motion for more comfort overall.

Improved Wear Across Your Sneakers

Overpronation can not only be a pain on your lower body, but your footwear, too. The excessive inward rolling can cause uneven wear across the interior of your shoe, leading to less tread and traction along your outsole design. Additionally, this swayed fading can lead to more compressed foam along the medial side of the shoe silhouette. Once the foam is gone, it can be difficult to correct your gait.

The waffle-patterned outsole across the Nike InfinityRN 4 running shoes
The waffle-patterned outsole across the Nike InfinityRN 4 running shoes

Stability running shoes get out ahead of this potential problem by promoting the more natural stride. As you step through workouts, your midsole foam and outsole tread pattern wear more evenly, leaving you with less imbalances over time. Naturally, you’ll still need to replace your running shoes after a while — studies recommend every 500 miles — but a more even wear can help you ease toward that shelf life rather than rushing toward it. (4)

Potential Injury Prevention

Let’s get this out of the way — studies are mixed regarding the medical benefits of stability running shoes in comparison to other footwear profiles. (5) However, some reports indicate that stability sneakers can help limit the load felt across joints like your knees and ankles. (6) This load alleviation can help limit how much stress you put your lower body through in a given workout, leading to less time spent recovering from injury and more time spent enjoying your logged mileage.

[Related: Best Post-Workout Supplements]

Additionally, the extra support and comfort across your arches can help cradle this foot area for less stretch and strain. As such, stability running shoes can be a great solution for athletes that routinely deal with plantar fasciitis.

How to Tell if You Need Stability Running Shoes

Curious to see if stability running shoes are right for your footprint? Below are three different ways you can infer whether these specialty running sneakers would be a boost to your training or an unnecessary add-on.

Look At Your Daily Sneakers

A quick and simple way to determine whether stability running shoes may be right for you is by looking at a pair of sneakers you wear regularly and how the outsole has worn over time. If you notice less tread across the inner side of your foot, this could indicate overpronation, which could benefit from stability running shoes.

If your daily sneakers showcase an even wear pattern across the outsole, you likely have a neutral stride to begin with. Stability shoes may be overkill unless you prefer the added support across your arches and ankles.

Wear along the outer edge of your tread pattern indicates a more supinated stride, which is when the ankle rolls outward instead of inward. For these individuals, neutral running shoes could be an ideal solution since stability shoes are designed to correct inward roll. The added post or support across the medial side of the shoe could actually exacerbate the supination.

Wet Foot Test

Another at-home method to determine which shoes are right for your stride is the wet foot test. Simply wet the bottom of your bare foot and step onto a paper towel or piece of printer paper. Step off the paper and examine the print you just left behind, particularly along the arch of your foot.

If your footprint showcases a somewhat wide band connecting the forefoot to the heel, this indicates a normal or regular arch height. If the connecting band is thinner, your footprint exhibits a high arch. For both foot types, we recommend neutral running shoes.

If you look at the print and see flat feet with no identifiable band from the forefoot to the heel, you have low arches. For these individuals, a stability shoe with added arch support could be the best fit.

[Related: Why Do My Shins Hurt When I Run?]

Professional Gait Analysis  

If you aren’t confident enough in your own diagnosis (don’t worry, it’s fine) you can always opt for a professional gait analysis. This process can be done by your personal podiatrist, or simply at your local specialty running store. A staff member typically takes some measurements of your feet and asks you to run on a treadmill for a set period of time. They’ll examine your gait from multiple angles to determine whether you exhibit overpronation, a neutral stride, or supination.

Typically, this service is free of charge, but be sure to do your own research about what’s available in your area before going with this method.

How to Choose the Best Stability Running Shoes

As with any footwear intended for physical activity, there are a few factors worth thinking through before deciding on a pair of stability running shoes. Below are the considerations we recommend pondering when trying to narrow down your search for the sneaker that suits your foot strike best.

Level of Support

The level of stability experienced in each shoe can vary from brand to brand, and some athletes may prefer more or less support across their arches and ankles. Some silhouettes utilize more rigid guide rails and medial posts, while other profiles create stability through contoured foams at different densities across the midsole. There are no true standouts when comparing stability methods, although many brands are now taking the foam-centric method to better appeal to more athletes.

New Balance Fresh Foam X More v4 running shoes
New Balance Fresh Foam X More v4 running shoes

Think through your previous experience with running shoes and how your arches and shins felt post-training. It can also be wise to look at your arch type, either through a professional gait analysis or other means. This can be a good indication as to how much underfoot support you need to help with overpronation.

Midsole Cushioning

While stability running shoes have their focus on, well, stability, that’s no excuse for an uncomfortable underfoot experience. Look for running shoes featuring a level of midsole cushioning that appeals to your preferences best, whether that be a more plush sensation for cozy jogs or a more energetic midsole design for quick, high-intensity sprints.

[Related: How to Prevent Shin Splints From a Treadmill]

Outsole Build

When looking at a stability shoe’s outsole, it can be best to opt for a shoe profile with a wider or broader design. This larger footprint can help promote a heightened sense of balance upon landings, helping you prevent unwanted missteps as you try and find your footing through paces, turns, climbs, and descents.

Regarding the outsole tread, it’s best to think about your preferred running discipline. For example, avid trail runners will likely need a more aggressive lug pattern to help with traversing over uneven terrain, mud, and more, whereas a standard road-running sneaker can feature a more streamlined pattern that better matches the asphalt or concrete sidewalks.

The outsole pattern across the Brooks Cascadia 17 trail running shoes
The outsole pattern across the Brooks Cascadia 17 trail running shoes

Either way, we recommend looking for outsole tread patterns composed of rubber. This makeup can be more durable against wear and tear over shoes with patterns directly stamped into the bottom layer of foam.

Fit

Call us crazy, but we think your running shoes should provide a comfortable fit each time you wear them for a training session. You want to avoid excess room, which can lead to interior movement and potential injuries, as well as a constrictive fit that can open the door for unwanted hot spots and blisters. When selecting your stability running shoe, pay close attention to the brand’s size guide and recommendations (when relevant) and opt for the fit that suits your personal measurements best.

Price

Stability running shoes are a more specialized silhouette when compared to more neutral running sneakers. As such, you should expect to pay a little more for these kicks, but the price hike isn’t too egregious. 

On average, you can find a high-quality pair of stability running shoes for roughly $150. Of course, the best stability running shoe is the one that fits within your financial plan. Feel free to look at budget-friendly options or more luxe profiles if you feel comfortable spending a certain amount on supportive running footwear.

[Related: The Best Treadmills Under $1,000]

Final Word

For those dealing with overpronation issues during workouts, stability running shoes can be a potentially comfort-boosting solution. These specialized kicks utilize varying levels of support to help you achieve a more natural stride, which can lead to better load management across your extremities and a more enjoyable association with the training discipline itself.

When deciding whether stability running shoes are right for you, it’s best to examine your running habits as well as your arches. While those experiencing excessive inward roll will likely benefit from stability shoes, athletes with a more neutral or supinated step may find the embedded support uncomfortable or unnecessary. Use this round-up as a guide and put your best foot forward in a pair of kicks that are ready to support your fitness goals in more ways than one.

FAQs

What is a stability running shoe?

A stability running shoe is a specialized form of running footwear designed to help athletes dealing with overpronation, or the excessive inward rolling of the ankle during heel-to-toe transitions. These sneakers typically feature a more rigid or supportive interior side to help accentuate arch support in an effort to promote a more neutral foot motion during strides.

How much do stability running shoes cost?

On average, you can find high-quality stability running shoes for roughly $150. Naturally, some may cost more or less than other silhouettes, but this can be a good threshold to start at if you’re curious about adding a pair of stability shoes to your rotation.

What are the best stability running shoes?

Determining the best stability shoes can be a subjective endeavor. In our opinion, the Brooks Glycerin StealthFit GTS 21s are the best of the bunch thanks to the brand’s supportive GTS system that cradles the medial side of the foot without feeling too aggressive or overcorrecting. Plus, the slip-in sockliner-style upper provides a comfortable, snug fit with a good mix of breathability and lockdown.

References

  1. Zhang, M., Zhou, X., Zhang, L., Liu, H., & Yu, B. (2022). The effect of heel-to-toe drop of running shoes on patellofemoral joint stress during running. Gait & Posture, 93, 230–234. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0966636222000467?via%3Dihub
  2. Malisoux, L., Gette, P., Chambon, N., Urhausen, A., & Theisen, D. (2017). Adaptation of running pattern to the drop of standard cushioned shoes: A randomised controlled trial with a 6-month follow-up. Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport, 20(8), 734–739. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/0363546516654690
  3. Horwood, A. M., & Chockalingam, N. (2017). Defining excessive, over, or hyper-pronation: A quandary. The Foot, 31, 49–55. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28549281/
  4. Rethnam, U., & Makwana, N. (2011). Are old running shoes detrimental to your feet? A pedobarographic study. BMC Research Notes, 4(1). https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/21864342/
  5. Relph, N., Greaves, H., Armstrong, R., Prior, T. D., Spencer, S., Griffiths, I. B., Dey, P., & Langley, B. (2022). Running shoes for preventing lower limb running injuries in adults. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2022(8). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9394464/
  6. Mei, Q., Gu, Y., Xiang, L., Baker, J. S., & Fernandez, J. (2019). Foot pronation contributes to altered lower extremity loading after long distance running. Frontiers in Physiology, 10. https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/physiology/articles/10.3389/fphys.2019.00573/full 

The post The 10 Best Stability Running Shoes, Tested and Trialed by Our Team appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
The 4 Best Lubricants for Ellipticals of 2024, Approved by Our Experts https://barbend.com/best-lubricants-for-ellipticals/ Sun, 28 Apr 2024 19:30:15 +0000 https://barbend.com/?p=251407 The hard part is over: You got one of the best ellipticals and you’ve developed a regular cardio routine. That’s great, but having a regular elliptical routine means having a regular maintenance routine, so you’ll be wanting a lubricant to accompany your shiny new purchase. A little bit of lubrication in the right spot can cut down on...

The post The 4 Best Lubricants for Ellipticals of 2024, Approved by Our Experts appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
The hard part is over: You got one of the best ellipticals and you’ve developed a regular cardio routine. That’s great, but having a regular elliptical routine means having a regular maintenance routine, so you’ll be wanting a lubricant to accompany your shiny new purchase. A little bit of lubrication in the right spot can cut down on the annoying noises that come with wear and tear, and also prolong the life of your elliptical machine. That translates to more bang for your buck.

At BarBend, our team of certified fitness professionals have been assembling, using, and maintaining ellipticals, treadmills, rowers, and more for years. During that time, we’ve learned that, just like you have to regularly change your car’s oil and replace your HVAC filter, you also have to routinely tend to your fitness equipment. Whether you are a gym owner in charge of multiple ellipticals or have owned one for three to six months (hint, hint), we think these lubes are great options to keep yours running smoothly for a long time. Read on to check out our picks for the best lubricants for ellipticals.

The 4 Best Lubricants for Ellipticals of 2024

About Our Expert

This article has been reviewed by Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, a certified personal trainer and CrossFit Level 1 instructor. She reviewed the research we cite to help ensure we’re providing helpful, accurate descriptions and recommendations.

How We Tested and Chose the Best Lubricants for Ellipticals

The BarBend team is made up of gym owners, certified personal trainers, and fitness professionals who know what it means to care for at-home and commercial gym equipment. Drawing upon our own experiences and research, we worked to ensure the lubricants we included on our list were made of safe and effective ingredients that can tend to moving parts like wheels, ramps, and drive belts without irritating the user. 

Whether you are traversing a crowded home gym or climbing around a pile of toys, the right type of bottle or nozzle can make the application process much easier. We included options that offer applicator tubes, multi-bottle packs, and one white lithium grease spray for metal-to-metal connection points. Read on to see if one of these lubricants is a good fit for maintaining your elliptical.

Type of Lubricant

When it comes to lubricants, there are two types that your elliptical will need to ensure it keeps on keepin’ on — 100-percent silicone and white lithium grease. For the wheels, ramps, and bars that facilitate the elliptical movement of the pedals, liquid silicone can help prevent the annoying squeaking or grinding noise that comes with wearing parts. (1) Even on the best treadmills, rowers, and ellipticals, noises like these can be a sign that the moving parts on your machine are due for lubrication.

In addition to being a sick name for a hair band, white lithium grease can prevent wear and tear of the metal-on-metal connections on your elliptical. Your elliptical may use sealed bearings, which don’t need to be lubricated at all, but if they aren’t sealed and begin to squeak, white lithium grease is the grease for you. (1)

Application Method

If bending, contorting, and reaching to find the spot to lubricate your elliptical seems easier than moving it, we have good news. The options on our list come with flexible applicator tubes, including squeeze bottles and aerosol sprays. During our research, we drew on our experience and customer reviews to ascertain which application methods made it easy to apply lubricant in tight areas, along with broad surfaces like ramps and rails.

Value

Since you’ll only need to lubricate your elliptical every four to six months, there’s no need to pay a premium. The lubricants we included here have multiple household uses, but if you do exclusively use it for your elliptical, you should be set for years. These options offer solid value for both home elliptical users hearing their first squeak and gym owners tending to the best rowing machines, treadmills, and ellipticals. 

Best Lubricant for Ellipticals Overall: Horizon Fitness 3-Pack Silicone Treadmill Lubricant

Horizon Fitness 3-Pack Silicone Treadmill Lubricant
Horizon Fitness 3-Pack Silicone Treadmill Lubricant
Horizon Fitness 3-Pack Silicone Treadmill Lubricant

This 100-percent silicone lubricant can help prolong the life of your elliptical without needing to re-up anytime soon. Customers report that it effectively reduces noise during use. Because it is thicker than other lubricants, a small drop can effectively lubricate your machine.

Specs

  • Price: $24
  • Application: Squeeze bottle
  • Number of Bottles: 3
  • Bottle Size: 1.7 fl. oz. (50ml)
  • Ingredients: 100% silicone

Pros

  • With three bottles in the pack, this 100-percent silicone lubricant can help prolong the life of your elliptical without needing to re-up anytime soon.
  • Customers report that it effectively reduces noise during use.
  • Because it is thicker than other lubricants, a small drop can effectively lubricate your machine.

Cons

  • Some users report that it can be difficult to squeeze the bottle.
  • Although you’ll be getting more lubricant overall, the $24 price tag is roughly $10 more than other options.

Horizon Fitness’ Silicone Treadmill Lubricant uses a 100-percent silicone formula to reduce the wear and tear brought on by regular use, while also helping to cut down on noise during an elliptical workout. Its thick consistency makes it easy to apply, and just a small amount can be enough for effective lubrication.

Depending on your elliptical, you’ll need to lubricate the ramp, wheels, or rails every four to six months, so three 1.7-ounce bottles, combined with its thick consistency, should be enough to last for years. (1) The $24 price point may seem high, but if you’re expecting to sweat on your elliptical for many years to come — or maintaining multiple ellipticals, treadmills, or exercise bikes — the three bottles in this pack might be the way to go.

[Related: The 10 Best Exercise Bikes of 2024]

Since the lubricant itself is a bit thick, some users reported that it was difficult to actually squeeze out of the bottle. This could be an issue if your elliptical is surrounded by other gym equipment and you need to stretch uncomfortably to reach the points that need to be lubricated. Straining just to get the lubricant out of the bottle can be tougher when you’re already in an uncomfortable position. 

This three-pack would be ideal for gym owners or anyone maintaining multiple ellipticals, treadmills, or cardio machines. At $4.70 per ounce, it’s pricier than other options, but for a Costco-sized haul of lubricant for your elliptical, we think Horizon Fitness’ Silicone Treadmill Lubricant is a solid value.

Best Lubricant for Ellipticals With Applicator Tube: Noosa Life Treadmill Belt Lubricant

Noosa Life Treadmill Belt Lubricant
Noosa Life Treadmill Belt Lubricant
Noosa Life Treadmill Belt Lubricant

The applicator tube assists in applying this 100-percent silicone lubricant to hard-to-reach areas. Its formula is odorless and nontoxic and can reduce noise, while prolonging the life of your fitness equipment.

Specs

  • Price: $13.95
  • Application: Squeeze bottle with tube
  • Number of Bottles: 1
  • Bottle Size: 4 fl. oz. (118ml)
  • Ingredients: 100% silicone

Pros

  • The applicator tube assists in applying lubricant to hard-to-reach areas.
  • Its 100-percent silicone formula is odorless and nontoxic.
  • According to customers, it reduced overall noise when applied to the rails.

Cons

  • The cap could leak at the connection point with the tube.
  • Some customers reported that keeping the tube straight during application was difficult.

Between wheels, ramps, and steel bars, there are places on your elliptical that can be a pain to reach. Whether you need to maneuver around a home gym or your kid’s toys, the applicator tube on the Noosa Life Treadmill Belt Lubricant can help you reach friction points that may be just out of reach.

Customers who applied this 100-percent silicone lubricant to their rails reported a reduction in noise. “Works great on my Schwinn Elliptical. No drag or noise on the rails,” noted one review. Its formula is also inherently odorless and nontoxic, which is good to know for when your kids come looking for those toys.

When paired with regular cleaning, applying this lubricant every four to six months can prolong the life of your elliptical. The sweat and dust that builds up on your machine can cause corrosion and impact its mechanics, while routine lubrication can slow down the inevitable wear on moving parts like wheels, rails, and ramps to keep them in working order. (2)

Because the applicator tube attaches to the nozzle, the connection point may see some leaking if it’s not securely fastened before each use. Some users also noted that keeping the tube straight during use was an issue, as well. 

“The flexible tube was a bit difficult to keep straight and to tell exactly where the lubricant was going,” one customer reported. “I put on a headlamp and the extra light helped me see what was going on.”

Best Squeeze Bottle Lubricant for Ellipticals: Impresa Treadmill Belt Lubricant

Impresa Treadmill Belt Lubricant
Impresa Treadmill Belt Lubricant
Impresa Treadmill Belt Lubricant

The EZ-Squeeze bottle and precision twist top allow for simple application. Its 100-percent silicone is both odorless and nontoxic, and one four-ounce bottle can last for a long time.

Specs

  • Price: $9.99
  • Application: Squeeze bottle with tube
  • Number of Bottles: 1
  • Bottle Size: 4 fl. oz. (118ml)
  • Ingredients: 100% silicone

Pros

  • Its EZ-Squeeze bottle and precision twist top allow for simple application.
  • Because the solution is 100-percent silicone, it’s both odorless and nontoxic.
  • Customers report that just one four-ounce bottle lasts for a long time.

Cons

  • Without an applicator tube, some friction points may be difficult to reach.
  • Some customers reported the bottle may leak.

The Impresa Treadmill Belt Lubricant stands out for its EZ-Squeeze bottle and twisting top that supports easy application. While some options include extended applicator tubes, this bottle may be ideal for reaching points of friction at awkward angles. According to customers, the thick 100-percent silicone lubricant helped reduce noise during use.

[Related: The 7 Best Compact Ellipticals of 2024]

Users appreciated that there was no smell and the nontoxic formula may give parents and pet owners some peace of mind. Other customers also pointed out that their bottles leaked a little, with one three-star review noting, “I would have given 5 stars if it came with a longer applicator. They tell you the product will leak and it does — not terribly, but annoying.” 

For $9.99, you’ll receive one four-ounce bottle, but multiple customers said that theirs lasted for a long time. “I highly recommend this for anyone with exercise equipment since it’s affordable and long lasting,” said one user. “I think this is a must have.”

Impresa says that although it’s designed for treadmills, its American-made formula is suitable for ellipticals as well. They also claim that it works with many popular brands, including NordicTrack, ProForm, and Sole. While we can’t verify this claim ourselves, its formula can support the regular maintenance of the wheels, ramps, and steel bars of the average elliptical.

Best Aerosol Spray Lubricant for Ellipticals: WD-40 Specialist White Lithium Grease Spray

WD-40 Specialist White Lithium Grease Spray
WD-40 Specialist White Lithium Grease Spray
WD-40 Specialist White Lithium Grease Spray

It sprays on as a liquid with or without the straw, then sets as a protective coating. Regular application can reduce noise during use, as well as prevent long-term wear and tear.

Specs

  • Price: $6.98
  • Application: Aerosol spray
  • Number of Bottles: 1
  • Bottle Size: 10 fl. oz. (295ml)
  • Ingredients: White lithium grease

Pros

  • It sprays on as a liquid with or without the straw, then sets as a protective coating.
  • Customers report that it reduces noise during use, as well as prevents long-term wear and tear.
  • Because it has many household applications, the $6.98 price point is a good value.

Cons

  • While a lithium grease formulation is ideal for lubricating bushings and bearings, you still may need a 100-percent silicone lubricant for other areas. (1)
  • Some users reported that it can be difficult to spray small amounts.
  • Due to safety reasons, it can’t be returned.

Whether you use the spray or narrow stream provided by the straw, WD-40’s Specialist White Lithium Grease Spray is our pick for the best aerosol spray to lubricate your treadmill. White lithium grease is ideal for metal-to-metal applications, so while it can lubricate the bushings on your elliptical, be careful not to apply it to the wheels, ramps, or tracks. (1)

[Related: The 8 Best Commercial Ellipticals of 2024]

Much like your knee or elbow needs cartilage to cushion the counteracting movements of your bones, bushings can cushion the “joint” between two moving metal parts. This can reduce the friction between those parts and slow down long-term wear and tear. 

While this spray isn’t designed specifically for ellipticals, it can be used for them whenever the connections between metal parts need to be greased to reduce squeaking or grinding sounds.

However, some users mentioned that it was tough to spray just a tiny amount. Since your elliptical bushings won’t need much grease, take a few practice sprays to ensure you don’t overapply. When you spray through the straw or the nozzle, the liquid grease quickly dries to form a protective coating that can extend the life of your elliptical while also cutting down on noise in the short term.

This white lithium grease is $6.98 per can — and just $0.70 per ounce. It’s very affordable, but remember, it should only be used for metal-on-metal connections — like the bushings on your elliptical. It also can’t be returned through Amazon due to safety reasons.

What to Consider Before Buying Lubricants for Ellipticals

Before choosing a lubricant for your elliptical, think about how you’ll need to apply it — squeeze bottle, applicator tube, or spray — as well as how you’ll reach those points of friction. Our expert reviewer Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, points out that you’ll also want to consider whether you’ll be able to keep up with the required maintenance. 

[Related: Build Your Own Iron Paradise With The Best Home Gym Equipment]

“Machines require maintenance, such as cleaning and lubrication,” she said. “It’ll be helpful to understand the maintenance requirements ahead of time, so you don’t purchase something you can’t keep up with,” she says. Here are a few considerations to keep in mind when you start looking for an elliptical lubricant.

Application Type

Depending on where your elliptical is, reaching the points on the machine that need lubrication may be easier with an applicator tube, squeeze bottle, or spray. Before you choose a lubricant, identify where these points are and make a plan for how much you’ll need to bend and contort to apply it. 

If you’re climbing over a collection of home gym equipment, you may need an extended tube. However, for wider areas like ramps or rails, a spray could be a more efficient and effective way to lubricate your elliptical.

Friction Points

As you rack up the miles, the wheels, ramps, rails, and bushings are all working to support the elliptical movement of the pedals and reduce as much noise as possible. Imagine if you put off changing the oil in your car. It would still run, but the longer those parts operate without lube, the more likely you’ll face functionality problems down the road. 

[Related: The 7 Best Budget Treadmills]

After identifying how many places you’ll need to lubricate, then estimate how much lubricant you’ll need to keep those moving parts running smoothly. Your machine likely has either wheels that ride on narrow ramps or that glide along steel rails. It also probably uses bushings at the connection points between moving metal parts. 

Regular lubrication can help slow down the wear and tear on moving parts that constantly rub against one another, but it needs to be paired with regular cleaning to prevent corrosion brought on by dust, dirt, and sweat. Using gentle cleaning supplies like a mild soap, warm water, and a microfiber cloth will prevent damage to your elliptical’s surfaces. (2)

Frequency of Use

If your elliptical mainly serves as an expensive coat rack, you may not need to worry about lubricating it very often. If you’re using it regularly, however, you should lubricate it regularly. 

We recommend lubricating your machine every three to six months, but if you are spending an hour a day using your elliptical, your preventative maintenance should skew toward the three-month end of that range. If you’re logging an hour a week on your cardio machine, you may be fine with a six-month maintenance schedule.

How Much Do the Best Lubricants for Ellipticals Cost?

Depending on the size of the bottle or mode of application, lubricants for ellipticals can range anywhere from roughly $7 to $24. Some come in packs of multiple bottles, while others include just a small amount. Use the chart below to size up the price difference between the picks on our list.

Our top pick, the Horizon Fitness Silicone Treadmill Lubricant, comes in a pack of three 1.7-ounce bottles, totaling up to 5.1 total ounces, which is $4.70 per ounce. This is the priciest option per ounce, but for gym owners maintaining multiple machines, or for anyone who really racks up the miles, buying in bulk may be the way to go. 

At the other end of the range for 100-percent silicone options is the Impresa Treadmill Belt Lubricant, which comes in one four-ounce bottle and costs $2.50 per ounce. The EZ-Squeeze bottle and precision twist top may offer a bit more control than other options during application.

[Related: The Best Under-Desk Treadmills for Your Office]

The most affordable option on our list — WD-40 Specialist White Lithium Grease Spray — is not for the wheels, ramps, rails, or drive belt on your elliptical. You should only use this spray for tending to metal bushings or other metal-to-metal connection points. 

Benefits of Lubricants for Ellipticals

When you regularly lubricate your elliptical, you’ll be slowing down the wear and tear of the wheels, ramps, rails, and drive belts that make your machine go. This simple practice can also help reduce irritating squeaks and rumbles and prevent overheating. Check out a few of the benefits of lubricating your elliptical.

Prolonged Use

As gym owner and certified personal trainer Kate Meier, NASM-CPT, USAW-L1, CF-L1, notes, regularly maintaining your elliptical can help prevent major issues from manifesting over the life of your machine. Translation: more value for your hard-earned cash. 

“Your equipment will be good to you if you’re good to it,” she says. “Lubricating an elliptical on the ramp and wheels keeps the pedals moving smoothly and could potentially elongate the life of the machine by reducing unnecessary wear and tear.”

For the price of a bottle of lubricant and a few minutes of your time every three to six months, regular lubrication of the wheels, ramps, drive belt, and bushings can keep your elliptical — along with your bank account — happy and healthy for the long term. 

Smoother Operation

The moving parts of your elliptical — wheels, ramp, rails, drive belt, and bushings — are in constant motion and creating consistent friction. Like the brakes in your car or hinges on your doors, they need a bit of lubrication to keep them working smoothly and quietly. As these parts rub or glide against each other, they can generate friction and create noise. It can be annoying, sure, but it can also indicate that those friction points are a little dry. Adding a touch of lubricant can reduce the friction between the parts, thus cutting down on noise during a workout.

Prevent Overheating

Part of caring for the moving parts on your elliptical is to prevent overheating, which can quickly cause damage. Lubricating your elliptical every three to six months creates a buffer between parts that can help prevent the build up of heat during operation. (1)

[Related: The 10 Best Treadmills for Walking, Researched and Tested by Our Team]

Just like when you rub your hands together to warm them up, the wheels, ramps, rails, or drive belts create friction that is converted into heat energy. Whether it’s the drive belt of an elliptical or tread belt on a treadmill, these moving parts need to be maintained to keep them running smoothly. A little bit of lubricant between the parts can reduce the friction that causes overheating.

Final Word

For any elliptical, regular maintenance can help reduce loud squeaks or rumbles during use and help you get more for your money by prolonging its overall lifespan. While it’s easy to just step aboard and press “go,” it’s important to note that the wheels, ramps, rails, drive belts, and metal bushings on your machine need care to keep functioning properly. 

To keep your machine in tip-top shape, adding a bit of a buffer between these moving parts by lubricating them every few months can go a long way. We think using one of the best lubricants for ellipticals is well worth the few minutes it takes to apply to these points of friction because it can result in a more enjoyable, safer elliptical experience. If you’d prefer to add a few drops of lubricant to your elliptical instead of taking on a major repair, check out our picks.

FAQs

What is the best lubricant for ellipticals?

Our pick for the best lubricant for ellipticals is the Horizon Fitness Silicone Treadmill Lubricant. The 100-percent silicone formula in this pack of three 1.7-ounce bottles can help prolong the life of your elliptical. Ideal for gym owners or ellipticals that see heavy use, a small drop of this lubricant can go a long way in keeping your machine running smoothly.

Can I use WD-40 to lubricate my elliptical?

WD-40 is a caustic agent, so applying it to the wheels, ramps, or rails on your elliptical can damage them. Our pick for the best aerosol spray — WD-40 Specialist White Lithium Grease Spray — can be used only on metal-to-metal connection points on your machine. (1)

Do ellipticals need to be lubricated?

Just like changing the oil in your car, regular elliptical or treadmill maintenance is a vital element of getting the most out of your machine. The wheels, ramps, rails, and drive belt all generate friction and wear down over time. Adding a bit of lubrication every three to six months can improve the lifespan of your machine.

References

  1. Stevenson, C. (2023, May 5). How to lubricate your elliptical? where, why & how to tips. How to Lubricate Your Elliptical? Where, Why & How To Tips. https://www.treadmilldoctor.com/blog/how-why-and-where-to-lubricate-an-elliptical 
  2. L., A. (2024, April 1). Elliptical maintenance 101: Tips for longevity and Peak Performance. NutroOne. https://nutroone.com/en/2024/04/01/elliptical-maintenance-tips/ 

The post The 4 Best Lubricants for Ellipticals of 2024, Approved by Our Experts appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
The 11 Best Weightlifting Belts in 2024, Approved by a Certified Weightlifting Coach https://barbend.com/best-weightlifting-belts/ https://barbend.com/best-weightlifting-belts/#comments Wed, 12 Jul 2023 17:32:28 +0000 https://barbend.com/?p=10486 When it comes to strength training, there are certain accessories that can really elevate your workouts. For example, the best weightlifting shoes can be excellent for grounding your form for epic pulls and dynamic movements. You know where you could also use some extra sturdiness? Your back and core. The best weightlifting belts can be beneficial for those...

The post The 11 Best Weightlifting Belts in 2024, Approved by a Certified Weightlifting Coach appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
When it comes to strength training, there are certain accessories that can really elevate your workouts. For example, the best weightlifting shoes can be excellent for grounding your form for epic pulls and dynamic movements. You know where you could also use some extra sturdiness? Your back and core. The best weightlifting belts can be beneficial for those looking to stabilize these key areas, particularly during heavy lifts including deadlifts, squats, snatches, and more.

It takes one gander at the weightlifting belts category, though, to realize that there are multiple designs and profiles to choose from, each with their own benefits and perks. To help you brace with the utmost support, comfort, and versatility needed for your training regimens, we’ve gotten hands-on with dozens of popular belt profiles and consulted with our in-house team to compile this round-up of the best weightlifting belts on the market today.

The 11 Best Weightlifting Belts in 2024

About Our Expert

This article has been reviewed by Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, a certified personal trainer and CrossFit Level-1 instructor. She reviewed the research we cite and the weightlifting belts we listed to help ensure we’re providing helpful, accurate descriptions and recommendations.

Best Weightlifting Belts Video Review

BarBend expert tester and certified nutrition coach Jake Herod shares our picks for the best weightlifting belts. Whether you’re looking for the best value, the best weightlifting belt for deadlifts, or the best option for beginners, we’ve got you covered.

How We Tested and Chose the Best Weightlifting Belts

The BarBend team is made up of competitive athletes, certified personal trainers, and lifelong fitness enthusiasts. To make our list of the best weightlifting belts, we got hands-on with 25 different profiles from top brands, using a multi-point methodology to rate each profile on a scale of 1 (lowest) to 5 (highest) to determine our top picks. Below are some of the categories and components we looked at to make our list.

For further information on how we trial and test the products chosen for this guide and more, be sure to read the BarBend Equipment Testing Methodology page.

  • Stability: The stability and support of your weightlifting belt can vary depending on your training needs, as well as the material your profile is constructed from. We looked at weightlifting belts constructed of rigid leather that can typically deliver extra support, as well as more flexible textiles like nylon and polyester, to see how much rigidity we felt across our abdomens and lower back, all while highlighting specific disciplines that could benefit from the level of stability at play.
  • Mobility: Your weightlifting belt should work with your body’s range of motion, meaning you should still be able to move around without any pinching or rubbing that can compromise your lifting form. As such, we examined how versatile these belts could be, especially while wearing them for dynamic movements such as the snatch or clean and jerk.
  • Comfort: Comfort is always key when looking at fitness equipment, and those PR attempts could be squashed quickly if you’re wearing a lifting belt that’s uncomfortable across your midsection. We looked for belts offering a good next-to-skin feel across the interior, as well as profiles featuring rounded edges that were less aggressive against our ribs and hips during movement. 
  • Quality: High-quality belts can sometimes cost as much as the best cross-training shoes, so you’ll likely want to opt for a profile that won’t break down after just a few uses. In testing, we made note of each silhouette’s durability and construction, highlighting when the materials used proved to be resilient enough for repeated wear, as well as components that may need further attention to help expand the longevity. 
  • Customer Reviews: In addition to our hands-on testing, we also looked at any available customer reviews to get a better understanding of each best belt’s quality and performance. After all, a profile showcasing multiple positive reviews is likely to carry that feedback for a reason, so we felt it was worth looking at what the general population has to say about our chosen picks in addition to our own research and findings.

Best Weightlifting Belt Overall: Gymreapers Quick Locking Weightlifting Belt

Gymreapers Quick Lock Weightlifting Belt
Gymreapers Quick Lock Weightlifting Belt
Gymreapers Quick Lock Weightlifting Belt

The belt is made of 100 percent nylon, and a steel roller that is built to last. The consistent four-inch size all around the belt provides even pressure to increase confidence in your core tightness, and the material isn’t prone to pinching the skin during squats or deadlifts. 

Specs

  • Price: $34.97
  • Material: Nylon
  • Fastening Mechanism: Hook-and-loop strap
  • Width: 4”
  • Available Sizes: XS-3XL
  • Available Colors: Black, Black/Black, Green, Tan, Red, Pink, Purple, Black with Patches, Midnight Camo, Woodland Camo, White Camo, Navy, Gray

Pros

  • This lifting belt’s quick-locking roller can help you fine-tune the pressure across your abdomen as you secure the hook-and-loop strap into place.
  • A high-quality nylon frame and double-stitching at the seams help promote greater durability over extended use.
  • You can purchase this Gymreapers belt in 13 different colorways.

Cons

  • According to our tester, the hook-and-loop strap can begin to fray over time, especially when not closed properly before storage.
  • This belt’s approximate 1-inch thickness, while great for mobility, may not be sturdy or rigid enough for heavy training.

If you’re looking for a premium mix of comfort, versatility, and support, this Quick Locking Weightlifting Belt from Gymreapers is tough to beat. Available in 13 different colorways for less than $35, this strength accessory can be easily cinched into position thanks to its roller buckle and hook-and-loop strap. Plus, the nylon frame boasts a solid structure that requires zero break-in time, allowing you to get right into stabilized training as soon as this lifting belt arrives at your doorstep.

This is my go-to belt for most training days, and I appreciate the versatility at play across the nylon design. You can quickly find the right amount of tautness for proper bracing, and the hook-and-loop strap makes it easy to get out of the belt rapidly for catching your breath in-between sets or hopping into a different movement. For these reasons, I scored the versatility at 4 out of 5.

[Related: The Ultimate Guide to Weightlifting Belts (and How to Use Them Properly)]

Our tester, a USA Weightlifting Level-2 instructor, also commended the comfort of this Gymreapers belt profile. “I enjoyed the flexibility of the nylon, which is far less rigid than other leather belts I’ve trained in,” they said in reference to their 5 out of 5 rating for comfort. “The seams don’t cut into your sides, either, which can help improve in-training feel during dynamic lifts. The only true ‘break-in’ I’d say is learning where you want the belt to sit across your abdomen and back.”

Squatting with the Gymreapers Quick Locking Weightlifitng Belt
Squatting with the Gymreapers Quick Locking Weightlifitng Belt

Gymreapers also bolstered the makeup of this weightlifting belt with double stitching across the top and bottom seams, helping the profile stay durable through extended use. However, our tester rated the durability at 3 out of 5 after noticing some excessive fraying across the hook-and-loop strap system. 

“I mostly credit this to improper storage — you need to close the Velcro strap each time you go to throw this belt in your gym bag to prevent dust and debris from entering the system,” they said.

Speaking of storage, I also appreciate how collapsible the belt is, which I attribute to the approximated 1-inch thickness. While this may be too flexible for those ultra-heavy sets, it can still be suitable for most needs in the gym.

Read our full Gymreapers Quick Locking Weightlifting Belt Review.

Best Lever Weightlifting Belt: Iron Bull 10mm 4″ Premium Lever Lifting Belt

Iron Bull 10mm 4" Lever Lifting Belt
Iron Bull 10mm 4
Iron Bull 10mm 4" Lever Lifting Belt

This lifting belt is made with durable, supportive leather with a non-slip, comfortable suede interior. This belt is also IPF approved, so you can use it in powerlifting training and competition. 

Specs

  • Price: $175
  • Material: Leather
  • Fastening Mechanism: Lever
  • Width: 3.93”
  • Available Sizes: XS-4XL
  • Available Colors: Black

Pros

  • The lever fastening system can help create a consistent fitment each time you strap in.
  • This Iron Bull offering can be an excellent powerlifting belt thanks to its IPF-approved status, meaning it can be used in powerlifting competitions. (1)
  • A suede interior helps boost comfort against your abdomen while also allowing the belt to stay in place better when worn with a shirt or singlet.

Cons

  • According to our tester, the 3.93-inch width and rigid leather can be uncomfortable for athletes with shorter torsos.
  • Adjusting the lever buckle to a new notch is a more involved process than other profiles with a prong buckle or hook-and-loop fastening mechanism.

A lever belt can be great for achieving a consistent, tight fit that can offer high-quality support for heavy squats and deadlifts. This 10-millimeter Premium Lever Lifting Belt from Iron Bull Strength has been our go-to for these needs thanks to its easy-to-lock-in lever system, thick leather design, and suede interior, which can help boost comfort and keep the belt in place.

The 10-millimeter thickness seen across this design can offer a rigid support system across your abdomen and lower back, making it ideal for heavy training sessions. Plus, we like how the suede interior gives this belt some grip across your skin or apparel, allowing it to stay in place rather than riding up your core during movement. We rated the durability at 5 out of 5, too, as the leather has shown no sense of fraying or wear after multiple gym sessions.

[Related: How to Wear and Use a Lever Belt]

However, our tester rated the comfort at 3 out of 5, stating that the 3.93-inch width may be better suited for longer torsos. “I’ll admit, the belt did its job, but the stiff leather had a tendency to dig into my ribs and waist,” they said. “I wouldn’t recommend this silhouette for any sort of CrossFit or Olympic lifting exercises that require more movement and flexibility.”

Our tester wearing the Iron Bull 10mm 4" Premium Lever Lifting Belt
Our tester wearing the Iron Bull 10mm 4″ Premium Lever Lifting Belt

While this Iron Bull profile may be less versatile than other belts on the market, we still feel there’s a place for this in some gym bags, especially for powerlifters. The consistent fit across the lock-and-key nature of the lever can be perfect for achieving a taut bracing system before hitting the platform. Plus, this belt is approved by the International Powerlifting Federation, meaning it can be used in competition. (1)

Finally, those that need an adjustable weightlifting belt may not find this silhouette worthwhile. We rated the adjustability at 3 out of 5, since tightening or loosening the belt is more of a chore involving hand tools and set screws. 

You’ll need to undo the lever base and move it along the provided eyelets for a looser or tighter fit — a process I recommend saving for post- or pre-workout planning as opposed to in-between sets (unless you fancy carrying a screwdriver with you throughout the gym like some buff handyman).

[Related: Best Knee Sleeves]

Best Weightlifting Belt for CrossFit: Element 26 Self Locking Weightlifting Belt

Element 26 Self Locking Weightlifting Belt
Element 26 Self Locking Weightlifting Belt
Element 26 Self Locking Weightlifting Belt

The Element 26 Self Locking Weightlifting Belt is made with 100% nylon and offers a lifetime warranty. The locking system allows users to find the perfect amount of pressure and easily lock the belt into place.

Specs

  • Price: $34.97
  • Material: Nylon
  • Fastening Mechanism: Hook-and-loop strap
  • Width: 4”
  • Available Sizes: XS-XXL
  • Available Colors: Black, Black Custom Patch, Miami Pink, Purple, White, Yellow, Green, Midnight Blue, Ranger Tan, Red

Pros

  • The 4-inch uniform nylon can provide excellent support and mobility, allowing you to sustain your form during WODs.
  • This belt’s self-locking buckle is easy to use, allowing you to get in and out quickly as you transition from circuit to circuit.
  • Thanks to its nylon makeup, this lifting belt can be compacted down more easily for storage.

Cons

  • Finding a tight fit can be difficult at times, especially when trying to wear this belt over a training sweatshirt or thicker top.
  • While listed as a lifetime warranty, the service only covers manufacturer defects — meaning wear and tear is not protected for the lifespan.

CrossFit athletes need their lifting belts to be supportive enough for heavy lifting yet versatile enough that they don’t hinder their other movements in a given WOD (of which, there can be plenty). For those looking to dominate their circuits, the Element 26 Self Locking Weightlifting Belt can be a real treat. This premium nylon profile boasts a hook-and-loop strap system for premier lockdown, while the quick-release roller buckle can be excellent for transitioning between strength work and plyometrics.

This Element 26 lifting belt also features a uniform 4-inch width, giving you consistent support across your ribs and lumbar. Additionally, I like how flexible the belt is, giving you just the right amount of give that it doesn’t hinder your body mechanics through more involved exercises like the snatch or clean and jerk.

Securing the Element 26 Self-Locking Weightlifting Belt
Jake tests the Element 26 Self Locking Weightlifting Belt at the Barbend garage

We scored this lifting belt’s adjustability at 4.5 out of 5, too, as the hook-and-loop strap was simple enough to manage, and the roller buckle made entry and exit a breeze. 

Our tester, a certified personal trainer, also commented on the durability of the design. “I’ve had this belt for years, and I’ve yet to notice any fraying or tackiness issues across the Velcro,” they said in reference to their 4 out of 5 rating for the category. “However, I’ve been diligent in making sure the hook-and-loop patches are closed entirely before stuffing this belt in my bag.”

[Related: Leather Vs. Nylon Lifting Belts: What Are the Differences?]

Element 26 also offers a lifetime warranty with this Self Locking Weightlifting Belt, but the service is less expansive than you’d think. The coverage protects the silhouette from manufacturer defects, not regular wear and tear. 

Lastly, I’ve trained with this belt before and would rate the fit at 4 out of 5. You can cinch the belt into place rather easily, provided you’re training in a lightweight top. In colder months when I typically train with a hoodie, getting the belt into position can be a bit of a strain given that the hook-and-loop patch does not run the entire length of the profile. I’d recommend putting the belt on over your t-shirt or crop top and wearing your sweatshirt as a final outer layer if you’re looking to get as much support and snugness as possible.

Read our full Element 26 Self-Locking Weightlifting Belt Review.

Best Weightlifting Belt for Powerlifting: REP Fitness 4’’ Premium Lifting Belt

REP Fitness 4’’ Premium Lifting Belt
REP Fitness 4’’ Premium Lifting Belt
REP Fitness 4’’ Premium Lifting Belt

This 4-Inch Premium Lifting Belt from REP Fitness can be suitable for many athletes, especially those looking for added structure and support made possible through a thick leather design. Additionally, this single-pronged lifting belt can be great for those looking to keep a comfortable aesthetic throughout training thanks to the sealed edges that promote a greater sense of durability.

Specs

  • Price: $79.99
  • Material: Vegetable tanned leather
  • Fastening Mechanism: Single-prong buckle
  • Width: 4”
  • Available Sizes: S-XXL
  • Available Colors: Brown

Pros

  • The 4-inch width and 13-millimeter thickness of this leather belt can offer maximum rigidity and support — vital needs for any heavy powerlifting movement.
  • According to our tester, the high-quality leather breaks in easily for a more comfortable fit.
  • This REP Fitness weightlifting belt is compliant with the USAPL and USPA, making it a solid choice for competitive strength athletes.

Cons

  • The 10 holes are spaced one inch apart, limiting how fine-tuned your adjustments are between fits.
  • Athletes looking for the extra latching security of a double prong or lever buckle may be left underwhelmed with this REP silhouette.

Powerlifters can definitely benefit from the added lumbar support delivered through weightlifting belts as they chase down PR after PR across the “big three” — squat, bench, and deadlift. While there are plenty of high-quality silhouettes on the market that can help lifters earn those three white lights in competition, we think the REP Fitness 4-Inch Premium Leather Lifting Belt is the best of the bunch thanks to its impressive rigidity across the vegetable-tanned leather profile, as well as a quick break-in that gives you a personalized fit.

Our tester scored the support of this REP belt at 4.5 out of 5, saying they could easily brace and remain stable throughout a typical powerlifting workout. “I also like how durable the belt is through the burnished and sealed edges for moisture defense and double stitching across the seams,” they added.

[Related: The Best Powerlifting Workouts for Beginners]

We also rated this REP lifting belt at 4 out of 5 for comfort thanks to its virtually-non-existent break-in period. The leather contoured to our midsection perfectly after just a few sessions, creating a personalized fit that would otherwise take weeks or months with an alternative leather belt.

This REP belt features a heavy-duty single-prong buckle, which is akin to your typical dress belt. While we’d like to see more security across this component — double-prong belts and lever belts can typically produce a more snug lockdown — it’s still simple enough that powerlifters of any experience level could master the setup without much complaint.

However, adjusting between the 10 available holes may be less ideal, as the spacing between them measures in at 1 inch. As someone that’s trained with 1-inch spacing, I can attest that the adjustments can be drastic from one hole to the next. 

I scored the adjustability at 3.75 out of 5, respectively, and recommend that those wanting a pronged buckle design with added flexibility in adjustments opt for a layout featuring ½-inch spacing.

[Related: 15 Steps to Nailing Your First Powerlifting Meet]

Best Budget Weightlifting Belt: DMoose Neoprene Weightlifting Belt

DMoose Neoprene Weightlifting Belt
DMoose Neoprene Weightlifting Belt
DMoose Neoprene Weightlifting Belt

Coming in at under $25, the DMoose Neoprene Weightlifting Belt can be a great budget option for athletes. Additionally, the neoprene design can help disperse any accumulated perspiration, keeping your midsection comfortable and chafe-free as you move through your training sessions.

Specs

  • Price: $24.99
  • Material: Neoprene
  • Fastening Mechanism: Hook-and-loop strap
  • Width: 4” (Adjustable to 6”)
  • Available Sizes: S-XL
  • Available Colors: Black, Gray, Gray Camo, Navy Blue, Ranger Green

Pros

  • The $25 price tag of this DMoose lifting belt is lower than the roughly $40 average of other hook-and-loop squat belts.
  • This belt comes with a detachable lumbar pad that can help you create a tapered design with 6 inches of back support.
  • The breathable neoprene material can help improve breathability and comfort when powering through your workouts.

Cons

  • According to our tester, this belt is not ideal for max effort lifts where a more rigid belt design is necessary.
  • The sizing only accommodates waist sizes up to 40 inches, which may be too small for some.

For athletes wanting a wallet-friendly lifting belt to add to their collection of the best gym accessories, a hook-and-loop profile will likely be your best option, with many coming in around $40. However, there are some silhouettes that can take the savings even further — such as this DMoose Neoprene Weightlifting Belt. Costing roughly $25, this is well below the average cost of similarly-built belts, with the added benefit of interchangeable back support.

In addition to the roller buckle and hook-and-loop strap system for quick lockdowns and security, this Neoprene DMoose profile also boasts a detachable lumbar pad. This add-on can turn your belt design into a tapered aesthetic with 6 inches of support across your lower back. When removed, you still have a uniform 4-inch belt. We rated the adjustability at 4.5 out of 5, too, because interchanging the padding to your preferences is quick and simple.

I also appreciate the level of comfort the neoprene material brings to every lift, creating a breathable wrap around my midsection that doesn’t seem to lock in any perspiration or funk. Additionally, the neoprene is softer and more accommodating than some other nylon belts I have in rotation and sits comfortably across direct skin. For these reasons, I scored the comfort at 4 out of 5.

That comfort does compromise some rigidity across the unit, which our tester pointed out when looking at this DMoose belt’s versatility in training. They noted that this gym accessory could be fine for lower-intensity days, “but I’d like to have a little more structure when going all out for PRs.” We attribute this to the more flexible neoprene and recommend reserving this belt for light days with your barbell and weights set. Overall, we rated the versatility at 3.75 out of 5.

The DMoose Neoprene Weightlifting Belt is available in your traditional small to extra-large size range, but be mindful that actual measurements are needed to find the right design for your waistline. 

According to the brand, you need to measure around your midsection across the belly button to determine your belt length — do not order based on your typical waist size. This DMoose belt has options for waist sizes between 25 and 40 inches, so if you’re at a larger measurement, you may need to find a different solution.

[Related: The Pros and Cons of Lifting Belts]

Best Weightlifting Belt for Small Waists: 2POOD 3-inch Weightlifting Belt

2POOD 3-inch Weightlifting Belt
2POOD 3-inch Weightlifting Belt
2POOD 3-inch Weightlifting Belt

This belt from 2POOD is designed for those with a smaller frame. Sizes available are XXX-Small through Medium. The width is narrower at three inches to make the belt more comfortable for shorter torsos and help prevent digging into the ribs. Nylon material and heavy-duty velcro make this belt versatile too.

Specs

  • Price: $64.99
  • Material: Nylon
  • Fastening Mechanism: Hook-and-loop strap
  • Width: 3”
  • Available Sizes: XXXS-M
  • Available Colors: When Pigs Fly Danielle Brandon, Dazed & Confused, Unapologetically American, Diamond, Metamorphosis, All the Brave, Midnight Tie Dye by Jourdan Delacruz, Sunflowers, Black Magic (Sparkle), White Marble, Classy Bling Rose Gold, Operator, Pineapple

Pros

  • This belt’s 3-inch width helps limit unnecessary pinching or digging across the hips and ribs, which can be more prominent when wearing a 4-inch lifting belt.
  • Our tester noted that the nylon material is rigid enough for heavy lifts yet still flexible enough for more dynamic movements.
  • There are a number of bright and vibrant patterns to choose from.

Cons

  • Sizing is only available between 25.5 inches (XXXS) and 38.5 inches (M), meaning this is a less ideal pick for larger athletes.
  • There are fewer pattern options than with other 2POOD belt designs, and our tester noted that custom 3-inch belts can be expensive.

If you’ve worn a lifting belt before but feel like the larger width digs into your ribs and hips, consider a 3-inch belt like this profile from 2POOD. Borrowing all the tech from the brand’s 4-inch Straight Belt, including the quick and secure WODClamp buckle design, this silhouette shrinks down the dimensions for a cozier fit that can be ideal for those with shorter torsos.

Kate Meier, BarBend editorial member and NASM-Certified Personal Trainer, owns multiple 2POOD belts and appreciates the comfort at play with this smaller 3-inch design, which the brand markets under the “Petite” moniker.

“I have a medium torso — not long or short — but I can definitely feel the added comfort from this smaller 2POOD belt,” she adds in reference to our 4.5 out of 5 rating for the category. “While I typically turn to my 4-inch Straight Belt for more support in heavier lifts, I can easily see where this ‘Petite’ model would be more appealing in training.”

Photo Credit: 2POOD Performance

In terms of adjustability, we rated this 2POOD 3-Inch Weightlifting Belt at 4.5 out of 5, too. The WODClamp buckle is a roller style that pairs nicely to the hook-and-loop strap. You can quickly get into and out of this belt, placing it among the best CrossFit equipment for athletes. Plus, you can really cinch down for a heightened sense of rigidity, meaning your heavy lifts can still be supported when the time comes for max efforts.

Another big feature separating 2POOD from the pack is the abundance of colors and patterns available across the brand’s belts. The 3-Inch Weightlifting Belt, for example, is available in vibrant patterns including “Dazed and Confused,” “Unapologetically American,” and “Sunflowers.” However, Meier notes that there are more patterns available in the larger 4-inch profile. “You can order a custom belt, but the price is nearly double,” she adds.

Finally, given this belt’s marketing to smaller athletes with shorter torsos, you can’t expect a large array of sizes available across the range. We rated the sizing at 3.75 out of 5 given that 2POOD offers this belt in sizes XXX-Small to Medium, or between 25.5 and 38.5 inches. This may be too small for those with larger waists, but if you are within the size range, this comfortable belt can be a solid addition to your best gym bag

Best Weightlifting Belt for Olympic Weightlifting: Eleiko Weightlifting Belt

Eleiko Weightlifting Belt
Eleiko Weightlifting Belt
Eleiko Weightlifting Belt

Eleiko, as a brand, is renowned for its craftsmanship, and this weightlifting belt continues to carry the torch through a well-built leather design and impressive durability. The tapered aesthetic can also promote a better sense of comfort mid-lift with less material around your hips and ribs to potentially dig into your skin.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Material: Vegetable tanned leather
  • Fastening Mechanism: Double-prong buckle
  • Width: 3.94”
  • Available Sizes: S-XXL
  • Available Colors: Black, Brown

Pros

  • This belt has a tapered design, which can help eliminate unwanted pinching or digging at the hips during dynamic movements like the snatch or clean and jerk.
  • The leather features a special treatment to help prevent the scrapes and scuffs that can accrue through regular use.
  • According to our tester, the stainless-steel buckle is easy to use and can provide a good sense of tension across the midsection.

Cons

  • The cowhide leather can take some time to break in.
  • While our tester said the adjustments were simple and effective, the pronged-buckle style does not offer micro adjustments like you’d see with a hook-and-loop lifting belt.

For Olympic weightlifters, there are few brands as trusted as Eleiko. The Swedish-based company has produced some of the sport’s best barbells and weight plates. This Weightlifting Belt is no different thanks to a genuine leather build, secure double-prong buckle, and tapered design that can help improve mobility and comfort across the ribs and hips — key components to any worthwhile Olympic weightlifting session.

During trials, our tester, a USA Weightlifting Level-2 instructor, applauded this Eleiko belt for its construction, rating it at 5 out of 5. “I loved the stainless-steel belt buckle, and I’ve yet to experience any scuffs or fraying across the leather. It’s super high-quality,” they added.

We also scored the adjustability at 4 out of 5, noting that the double-pronged buckle can provide a better sense of security at the meeting point of the belt ends. Our tester also added that they could continuously find the right amount of tension for their given lifts. “However, those wanting the micro adjustment features of a hook-and-loop strap may prefer a belt featuring a different fastening mechanism,” they noted.

The rawhide leather used across this Eleiko lifting belt is also treated with a special component, helping it resist scuffs and scrapes that can easily pile up over extended use. However, we do recommend using this belt frequently in order to achieve that customized fit — the leather can show some rigidity straight out of the box that can require some involved break-in.

Lastly, we cannot gloss over the heightened price tag associated with this belt. At $140, it’s one of the more expensive leather options we’ve tested. However, we did rate the value at 4 out of 5 given the fact that while this Eleiko belt carries a higher upfront cost, the durability should withstand multiple years of use. As such, you could be investing in a fitness accessory that’s more than capable of lasting throughout your entire lifting career.

[Related: Best Weight Plates]

Most Comfortable Weightlifting Belt: Rogue Faded 4’’ Lifting Belt

Rogue 4" Faded Lifting Belt
Rogue 4
Rogue 4" Faded Lifting Belt

The Rogue 4" Faded Belt is the perfect option for the serious lifter that wants a belt that is going to last and provide a lot of support. It's very stable and will last a lifetime if cared for properly. 

Specs

  • Price: $155
  • Material: Vegetable tanned leather
  • Fastening Mechanism: Single-prong buckle
  • Width: 4”
  • Available Sizes: XS-XL
  • Available Colors: Brown

Pros

  • The edges of this leather lifting belt are sanded down for a rounded feel that doesn’t dig into your ribs or hips during movement.
  • The half-inch holes allow for better micro adjustments, allowing you to achieve that personalized fit in no time.
  • This belt’s nickel-plated rivets, black buckle system, and faded leather design can give off a classic, vintage look.

Cons

  • The 8.5-millimeter thickness may be too thin for powerlifters, according to our tester.
  • During trials, we found that the sizing was slightly larger than your standard lifting belt, which could lead to ill-fitting profiles if you aren’t careful.

Of course, you want to remain comfortable during heavy squats, deadlifts, and other in-gym movements, but there’s a fine line between intra-workout coziness and helpful back support. Utilizing an 8.5-millimeter-thick patch of leather, the Rogue Faded 4-Inch Lifting Belt can be the perfect way to upgrade your setup without compromising how you feel in a given movement.

I’ve used this belt in training before and appreciate the attention to detail showcased across the design. The leather is stiff enough for added rigidity, allowing me to brace efficiently for a lower risk of injury, yet the material hugs my midsection rather than simply sitting across it. Plus, the rolled edges provide a comfortable shelf that doesn’t dig into my ribs or hips during lifts.

Of course, this custom fit takes some time — leather belts will require a break-in period — but I’ve been pleased nonetheless with the results and rated the comfort at 4.5 out of 5.

[Related: Best Dip Belts for Comfort, Value, and More]

Additionally, this is one of the few buckle belts we’ve seen that offers half-inch spacing across the adjustment holes. Our tester enjoyed this feature, stating that they could easily cinch down to their liking across their abdomen. While security could be bolstered by using a double-prong buckle as opposed to the single-prong design displayed here, we still scored the adjustability at 4 out of 5.

This Rogue Faded belt also has plenty going for it in the style department. I love the faded leather look of this unit, which is only enhanced through the use of a black buckle and nickel-plated rivets. While some may prefer a more vibrant aesthetic, I still feel this vintage-inspired belt can stand out in any setting, leading to my 4 out of rating on appearance alone.

As stated above, the 4-Inch Lifting Belt from Rogue features an 8.5-millimeter thickness. This can help provide a strong sense of security across your lower back and make for excellent bracing setups. However, our tester noted that those more invested in specific strength sports like powerlifting may prefer a thicker design, potentially 10 millimeters thick or more. A thicker belt can carry a more rigid makeup, allowing you to better practice the four pillars of bracing for deadlifts

Best Weightlifting Belt for Deadlifts: Dominion 4” Leather Belt

Dominion 4” Leather Belt
Dominion 4” Leather Belt
Dominion 4” Leather Belt

The top-grain leather and 4-inch design of this Dominion lifting belt make it an easy go-to for advanced athletes wanting the highest level of support for training. Plus, the single-pronged buckle design can be easy to master as you look to find that premier sense of tension for bracing techniques.

Specs

  • Price: $175
  • Material: 100% top grain cow leather
  • Fastening Mechanism: Single-prong buckle
  • Width: 4”
  • Available Sizes: S-XL
  • Available Colors: Gray

Pros

  • The 10-millimeter thick leather can provide excellent support and stability with enough rigidity to support max-effort pulls.
  • According to our tester, the leather breaks in easily for a customized fit and comfort level after just a few wears.
  • A lifetime warranty can help you stay well-equipped with working accessories for plenty of deadlift sessions ahead.

Cons

  • One-inch spacing across the adjustment holes can limit your ability to find the ideal midsection tension.
  • The $175 price tag is slightly higher than the $145 average associated with other high-quality leather lifting belts.

If you’re curious about which exercises can be most improved through a weightlifting belt, deadlifts can be a great place to start. The added support and rigidity across your lower back can help you better unlock numerous deadlift benefits while also keeping your form intact for a lower risk of injury. For our money, the Dominion 4-Inch Leather Belt can be perfect for these needs.

I’ve used this lifting belt in training before, and do agree that the support system is nearly unparalleled, which I attribute to the high-quality, 10-millimeter-thick leather. The material is more rigid with less room to flex, giving you plenty of support that also breaks in easily for that premier customized fit. We rated the construction at 4.75 out of 5, too, thanks to the double stitching across the seams that can help prevent any excessive fraying over time.

This Dominion weightlifting belt also uses a single-prong buckle that can be adjusted over the included holes featuring 1-inch spacing. While our tester had no real issues with achieving the right amount of tension, we do admit that the adjustability is lower than that of, say, a Velcro belt offering unrestricted micro adjustments.

In terms of value, we scored this Leather Belt at 4.5 out of 5. Yes, the upfront cost is above the average $145 associated with other leather lifting belts of similar quality. However, you are getting a durable profile that can withstand plenty of use and abuse, ultimately saving you some coin in the long run. This can especially ring true if you only use a weightlifting belt during deadlifts — although there’s nothing wrong with deadlifting every day, if you’re up for the challenge.

We also don’t mind the higher price tag given that Dominion covers this lifting belt with a lifetime warranty. The brand is confident that the belt can last you a lifetime, but if any defects or wear pop up, Dominion will repair or replace your silhouette free of charge. That’s not a bad deal when thinking about supporting your deadlift PRs for months and years to come.

Best Weightlifting Belt for Support: NoCo Lifting Belt

NoCo Lifting Belt
NoCo Lifting Belt
NoCo Lifting Belt

Boasting unique Ab Plate Technology across the front of the profile, this NoCo Lifting Belt can provide athletes with a more pronounced shelf for bracing. The polyester design is also flexible enough for multiple uses, although the malleable nature of the textile may not be best for heavier lifts or PRs.

Specs

  • Price: $139
  • Material: Polyester
  • Fastening Mechanism: Hook-and-loop strap
  • Width: 5”
  • Available Sizes: XS-XL
  • Available Colors: Arctic Ops, Icon, Infra-Red, Off-Grid, Urban Army, Voltage

Pros

  • This belt’s included Ab Plate Technology creates a hard surface at the front that can be excellent for bracing your core before heavy lifts.
  • The tapered sides can help improve comfort at the hips and ribs for more dynamic movements.
  • In addition to providing a bracing area, the Ab Plate also serves as a track for the belt to lay in when cinched, keeping everything in place during training.

Cons

  • Despite the added front support, our tester felt the polyester makeup was more flexible than other profiles across the lower back.
  • The CNC’d buckle does feature sharper edges that could begin to wear out the hook-and-loop strap over extended use.

In general, you can achieve support from any lifting belt provided you’ve tightened it enough to create a rigid foundation across your back and core. However, some profiles take that bracing a little further, such as the NoCo Lifting Belt. This unique addition to the category showcases a structured Ab Plate Technology that creates a wall-like structure across your core that can be easier to brace against for heavy lifting — think pushing against a concrete wall versus pushing into a mattress.

Having used this NoCo profile for some time in previous years, I can attest that the front bracing sensation is quite apparent. You can definitely achieve a strong brace before a big lift thanks to the included tech, and the belt doesn’t flex outward like I’ve experienced with other silhouettes. In total, I rated the support at 4 out of 5.

[Related: Best Lower Back Exercises]

Additionally, I appreciate the polyester material used in the design, as it lays comfortably against the skin without giving way to too much flexibility. Plus, I’ve perspired heavily in this belt and never noticed any developing funk or odor over time. The side straps are tapered, too, which can help eliminate any unnecessary rubbing against the hips or ribs during movement. For these reasons, I scored the comfort at 4 out of 5.

However, while this NoCo belt is supportive across your core, I do feel there are limits to its rigidity when it comes to lumbar support. The polyester build is more flexible than nylon or leather belts I’ve trialed in the past, so I wouldn’t trust this unit for PR attempts in the back squat or deadlift. 

I rated the construction at 3.5 out of 5, too, given the CNC’d buckle across the front. While stylish and on-brand, the edges are somewhat sharp. This could be detrimental to the integrity of the hook-and-loop strap overtime as the textile begins to fray at contact.

Best Weightlifting Belt for Beginners: Warm Body Cold Mind 4” Nylon Weightlifting Belt

Warm Body Cold Mind 4” Nylon Weightlifting Belt
Warm Body Cold Mind 4” Nylon Weightlifting Belt
Warm Body Cold Mind 4” Nylon Weightlifting Belt

The Warm Body Cold Mind 4-Inch Nylon Weightlifting Belt can be an excellent starting position for novice strength athletes thanks to its hook-and-loop strapping system and comfortable yet rigid nylon makeup. The seams sit comfortably across your hips and ribs, too, allowing you to fine-tune your form without compromise.

Specs

  • Price: $31.99
  • Material: Nylon
  • Fastening Mechanism: Hook-and-loop strap
  • Width: 4”
  • Available Sizes: S-XXL
  • Available Colors: Black, Khaki, Navy, Pink

Pros

  • The quick roller-style buckle can be easy to master, making it a great pick for beginner athletes just getting used to training with a lifting belt.
  • This lifting belt can routinely be found on Amazon for a lower price than its typical $31.99 costs.
  • The flexible nylon easily packs into a gym bag taking up minimal space.

Cons

  • Those looking for a heightened sense of rigidity may want to opt for a leather-based lifting belt.
  • According to our tester, the hook-and-loop strap is shorter than other belts out there, which can compromise your lockdown and security.

Naturally, getting into using a weightlifting belt for heavy lifts in the deadlift, back squat, muscle snatch, and more can be intimidating. Plus, the rigid nature of most lifting belts can be off-putting to novice lifters that are still growing accustomed to the stresses associated with heavy strength training. This Warm Body Cold Mind profile can be an excellent introductory course, though, thanks to its simplified roller buckle, hook-and-loop fastening system, and nylon makeup that can give you plenty of support where needed without compromising flexibility.

Our tester, a USA Weightlifting Level-2 instructor, used this 4-inch belt for a number of training sessions, including Olympic weightlifting movements and CrossFit workouts. “For light-to-moderate workouts, I felt very secure yet still flexible enough to work through my movements,” they stated in reference to their 5 out of 5 rating for the category. “There wasn’t any irritating digging across my ribs or hips, and the firmness wasn’t overbearing across the nylon profile.”

Additionally, we rated the adjustability at 4 out of 5 given the quick-and-simple hook-and-loop fastening system. Admittedly, the Velcro strap itself was shorter than other belts we’ve tried — which may be to the dismay of larger athletes — but we were still able to achieve a proper sense of security for an abundance of lifts.

While we think this lifting belt can be an excellent solution for beginners, we do not believe it will be the last belt you purchase. While the nylon build can be ideal for finding your fitment preferences, there is still some rigidity left on the table when comparing this belt to more structurally-sound leather options on the market. As you progress in weight training, you’re likely to want a little more structure across your abdomen and lower back.

Additionally, according to our tester, some of the stitching along the edge can begin to come loose after repeated training sessions, and you always need to worry about the hook-and-loop’s tackiness during storage. We rated the durability at 3.5 out of 5.

[Related: The Beginner’s Guide to Olympic Weightlifting]

How to Choose the Best Weightlifting Belt

According to Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, “while it’s totally a matter of personal preference regarding whether or not you want to wear one, weightlifting belts do have a place. Otherwise, we wouldn’t see top strength athletes don them.” As such, there are a few key components worth considering when purchasing this new addition to your home gym. 

Your Budget

There is a big price range in this market, which means there’s something there for everyone. Some of these belts are handmade with very high-quality materials, and some are designed to be more mass market. At the upper end, you can be spending nearly $150 or more if you get into customization, but if you take care of it, it should last you a lifetime. On the lower end, you can get down to $20, but we wouldn’t expect the same lifespan or security out of those.

Design

The design of a lifting belt usually isn’t going to be a deal-breaker. Belts tend to be functional rather than aesthetic choices, but at the same time, you may have a preference for a more or less traditional design. In that case, a lot of belts offer different color and style options, and there are some that you can fully design and customize. 

Training Preferences

The type of lifting you do on a regular basis can be quite impactful on your weightlifting belt options. For example, powerlifters and strongmen lifting heavy weights may prefer a more rigid belt that locks in their midsection for easier bracing and support. Olympic lifters, CrossFit athletes, and bodybuilders can still benefit from a lifting belt, but the needed support may be less important, as there needs to be some emphasis on mobility to accommodate more dynamic movements.

[RELATED: Best Mobility Exercises]

Jake tests a top weightlifting belt at the Barbend garage gym
Jake tests a top weightlifting belt at the Barbend garage gym

Additionally, Capritto states that your training intensity may also influence your decision to opt for a weightlifting belt. “Do you regularly lift weights, and do you regularly lift at near-maximal loads? If you answered yes to one or both, then a weightlifting belt might be for you. If not, you probably don’t need to spend your money on one, as they don’t provide a significant benefit for lightweight, high-volume strength training or cardio exercise.”

[Related: Best Lifting Straps For Better Grip]

Belt Construction

Your belt construction should also be reviewed before opting for a specific profile. Leather weightlifting belts can provide a higher level of rigidity and support than nylon or other textiles, but will require a break-in period and may be too rigid for more dynamic movements like you’d see in CrossFit or Olympic weightlifting.

Additionally, you should consider whether you prefer a straight belt or tapered silhouette. Straight belts can be excellent for providing a uniform sense of support across your entire midsection, but can be prone to comfort issues as the edges potentially dig into your hips, sides, and ribs. Tapered belts, on the other hand, can be more comfortable, but may not offer the same stability.

Fastening Mechanism

Lifting belts typically offer three fastening styles to help you achieve the proper fit: pronged buckles, levers, or hook-and-loop straps. Prong-style buckles can be an intuitive option for those wanting a setup that’s akin to their traditional dress belt. The prongs slide into one of the available adjustable holes and can provide a good sense of lockdown. 

However, the level of adjustability is limited by your hole spacing and the amount of holes, so fitment can be less taut for some athletes.

Wearing the Element 26 Self-Locking Weightlifting Belt
Wearing the Element 26 Self-Locking Weightlifting Belt

Lever belts operate as a cinch across the middle, creating a sense of stability that can be easily flung open or closed before training with no sense of fine-tuning. This style of lifting belt can be great for powerlifters and strongmen looking to achieve a repeatable bracing setup before hitting the podium. 

However, intra-workouts adjustments can be few and far between, as moving the lever mechanism can require the use of hand tools and resetting some set screws — not the most appealing process when trying to cool down after a heavy set.

Hook-and-loop straps are the most customizable fastening mechanism, allowing you to tighten the belt to your liking each and every time you cinch in for training. These belts can also be worthwhile for athletes that prefer to train with additional layers on, as finding that ideal support is more achievable given the larger array of locking positions. 

In the end, though, be sure to choose a fastening mechanism that you’re most comfortable with in terms of mid-workout adjustments and how consistent you want your lockdown to be.

[Related: Best Wrist Wraps]

Price

How much your weightlifting belt costs can vary highly depending on your material of choice. For example, leather lifting belts, which often use a pronged or lever buckle, tend to cost around $145. Belts using a hook-and-loop strap can be cheaper, averaging around $40, but may feature less support given the base material’s more flexible nature. Be sure to look for a weightlifting belt that provides enough support for your needs while also fitting neatly within your fitness budget.

Benefits of Weightlifting Belts

Weightlifting belts can be a fantastic addition to your gym bag, but their performance benefits aren’t always necessary. After all, a lifting belt should not be used as an excuse for poor lifting form. When used correctly, below are some of the benefits that can come from this assistive fitness accessory.

  • Midsection Bracing: According to Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, “Weightlifting belts reinforce core bracing. They provide the athlete with something to brace against, which increases tension in the midsection under the duress of a heavy barbell. This could potentially reduce one’s risk of spinal injury, but research is lackluster in this area.”
  • Improved Confidence: In addition to the better bracing surface, strapping into a weightlifting belt before your next PR can also serve as a sense of motivation. The act of finding your lockdown, ensuring your back and midsection is supported, and ultimately grabbing hold of the barbell can be enough mental fuel to help you crest over into untapped potential when it comes to heavy training.
  • Potentially Heavier Sets: When used correctly, weightlifting belts can also be a means to lift heavier weights in training. The added structure around your back and abdomen can allow you to push past your body’s limitations, giving you the support necessary to lift heavier totals than you would without the added gear — think of a weightlifting belt as your personal exoskeleton for training at near-maximal or maximal loads.

Different Types of Weightlifting Belts

There are multiple types of belt designs, but from our tests and reviews, almost every belt tends to technically fall into two major categories: cylinder and tapered. Each belt has different design attributes to benefit certain types of strength athletes.

Straight Lifting Belt

This style belt is the same width at every part and covers the torso equally. They are designed to support the back, abdomen, and sides evenly with the same amount of material. Powerlifters and strongman athletes typically sway towards these belts.

Tapered Weightlifting Belt

This belt is often favored by Olympic lifters and recreational athletes because it provides the posterior with extra width but thins out towards the abdomen. The skinnier portion over the abdomen allows the torso to remain mobile while providing support without being too obtrusive. 

How Much Do Weightlifting Belts Cost?

Your lifting belt’s price can vary greatly from one silhouette to the next, especially when comparing belts constructed from different materials. On average, you can expect to pay roughly $40 for a synthetic belt made from nylon, polyester, or another material. Leather belts, on the other hand, can cost roughly $145. For an easier price comparison amongst belts included in this round-up, be sure to look at the chart below.

Best Weightlifting Belts FAQs

Do I need a weightlifting belt?

If you’re a recreational lifter, then you don’t need a lifting belt for success. However, that doesn’t mean it can’t be useful. For example, if you plan to push your limits and train heavy consistently, then a belt can be a useful tool based on your goals and needs to ensure your torso is receiving enough support.

How tight should a weightlifting belt be?

When tightening your weightlifting belt, you want to shoot for a fit that’s rigid enough to provide support yet not so tight that it compromises your breathing. A good check to this is after securing your fastening mechanism, take one finger and try to slide it in between your stomach and belt. If you can do this without forcing your digit into the seam, it’s likely taut enough for training.

Should beginners use a lifting belt?

It depends. If you’re a true beginner, then you should conquer form and mechanics first before reaching for a belt. At times, lifters can reach for a belt a bit too soon in their career before they nail their mechanics. On the flip side there are occasions when a beginner may need a belt. For example, if you’re a beginner strength athlete and you’re working with a coach and they advise you to grab a belt, then doing so can help with the specificity of your sport.

When should you wear a lifting belt?

A lifting belt can be worn during maximal lifts, heavy sets, and strength-sport-specific movements. While it’s certainly not a must in these occasions, these are the times when athletes will reach for a belt to support performance with the creation of additional intra-abdominal pressure.

What does a weightlifting belt do?

Weightlifting belts provide added stability to your core during lifts by increasing the pressure in your abdomen. Basically, by pushing your belly against your weight belt, it presses back against your belly and lower back, adding stability to the area. This is key because your core and lower back are the foundation of your lifts — if your back loosens up and starts to bend, you can fail your lift or, even worse, injure yourself in the attempt.

How do you wear a weightlifting belt?

There are two main rules when it comes to getting the most out of your weightlifting belt. First, you’ll want to wear it around your stomach, not your waist. If you wear it too low, you can’t brace your stomach against it, and it won’t do you any good. Second, tighten that belt as much as you can without having it restrict your breathing. If you have any slack in the belt when you push your stomach out, it’s way too loose and won’t provide you with any support.

References

  1. Approved list of personal apparel and equipment for use at … International Powerlifting Federation. (n.d.). https://www.powerlifting.sport/fileadmin/ipf/data/rules/approved-list/Approved__List_2023-2026_V2_01-11-2023.pdf 

The post The 11 Best Weightlifting Belts in 2024, Approved by a Certified Weightlifting Coach appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
https://barbend.com/best-weightlifting-belts/feed/ 2
14 Best Cross-Training Shoes of 2024 (Personally Tested) https://barbend.com/best-cross-training-shoes/ https://barbend.com/best-cross-training-shoes/#comments Fri, 26 May 2023 17:31:34 +0000 https://barbend.com/?p=54754 Sure, the best gym bags can be curated and tailored to fit a specific training discipline, but having a little versatility, particularly in your footwear, can help you stay efficient and effective as you pace through your workouts. The right gym shoes can be excellent for achieving a comfortable on-foot fit, along with optimal grip, stability, and (of...

The post 14 Best Cross-Training Shoes of 2024 (Personally Tested) appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
Sure, the best gym bags can be curated and tailored to fit a specific training discipline, but having a little versatility, particularly in your footwear, can help you stay efficient and effective as you pace through your workouts. The right gym shoes can be excellent for achieving a comfortable on-foot fit, along with optimal grip, stability, and (of course) style. The best cross-training shoes can keep that versatility top of mind through workout-minded geometries and outsoles that can support multiple modalities at once.

Of course, though, narrowing down your go-to cross-training sneaker can be quite the challenge given how many brands have their hands (err, feet) in the category. Plus, some features like heel-to-toe drop, outsole lug depth, and even upper material can influence your training experience. To help you put your best foot forward in the gym, we’ve laced up dozens of options and profiles to come up with our favorite cross-training shoes on the market today.

The 14 Best Cross-Training Shoes of 2024

About Our Expert

This article has been reviewed by Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, a certified personal trainer and CrossFit Level 1 instructor. She reviewed the research we cite and the cross-training shoes we listed to help ensure we’re providing helpful, accurate descriptions and recommendations.

How We Tested and Chose the Best Cross-Training Shoes

The BarBend team is made up of competitive athletes, certified personal trainers, and lifelong fitness enthusiasts. To determine the cross-training shoes available today, we got hands-on with over 70 different kicks from the industry’s best brands, using a multi-point methodology to rate each profile on a scale of 1 (lowest) to 5 (highest). While some footwear profiles have remained unchanged over the years, others have taken on updates outside of a new paint job. Below are some of the categories and components we looked at to come up with our findings.

Heel-to-Toe Drop

Your heel-to-toe drop, i.e., the change in midsole thickness between your heel and forefoot, can greatly influence your footwear experience in terms of efficiency and comfort. While there’s something to be said about how cozy your shoes feel with a given profile — some athletes may prefer a low- or zero-drop shoe for added connection and stability in their steps — most cross-training shoes will feature some drop to support a blend of foreword motion during runs and grounded support during static lifts like squats and deadlifts.

Best Cross-Training Shoes
Best Cross-Training Shoes

We tended to favor cross-training shoes showcasing a medium heel-to-toe drop, somewhere between 4 and 8 millimeters. In testing, we found this to be a comfortable middle ground that allowed us to achieve proper stances and movements across different training disciplines without feeling too aggressive in either direction. Of course, we’ve included a few picks outside of this median to appeal to more tastes and preferences (especially when looking at the best weightlifting shoes), but on average, the 6- to 8-millimeter range is what we’d suggest opting for.

Underfoot Cushioning

Your cross-training sneakers should have some sense of cushioning across the foam midsole. After all, clunking through a workout can be a recipe for disaster when it comes to maintaining motivation for regular sessions. However, the amount of cushioning should be different than your go-to running shoes, especially when you’re trying to mix in some strength training across your workout routines.

In testing, we looked for cross-trainers featuring a little bit of coziness with heightened emphasis on stability, i.e., a harder, more rigid underfoot experience. This may seem unwanted when pacing through a session, but in actuality, having a harder footbed can be ideal for creating a grounded setup for lifts like back squats, deadlifts, and hard pivots during agility drills. You don’t want to fight through mountains of plush cushioning to find your footing, as this can lead to some imbalances and potential ankle issues.

Outsole

The best shoes for cross training should help you keep your feet secure during exercises and agile multi-directional movements. You’d likely never wear a pair of kicks again if each step left you slipping and sliding across the turf, gym floor, or parking lot (there’s a reason we aren’t working out in dress shoes).

While traction is key to a cross-training shoe’s rubber outsole design, you don’t need to have burly, deep lugs underfoot that turn your sneakers into off-road tires. These would be more prevalent in trail-running shoes. Instead, we looked for cross-training sneakers showcasing a more subdued outsole lug pattern with short, grippy lugs or a tacky herringbone pattern — in keeping with the tire mentality, cross-training outsoles should be the equivalent of street tires.

Upper Material

Outside of bringing the style points to your cross-trainers, you should also look for shoes with worthwhile upper materials. This means finding a pair of training kicks that are breathable enough to prevent sweat build-up, yet sturdy and durable enough to withstand regular abuse.

TYR CXT-1 upper
TYR CXT-1 upper

In testing, we looked for strong knit uppers first and foremost, as we’ve learned that this lightweight textile can be helpful in regular wear and tear (mesh uppers can also be worthwhile picks). Additionally, any extra synthetic overlays, especially around the toe box and lateral and medial sides, were viewed as positives since they can help protect the materials from rips and tears during movements like box jumps and rope climbs.

[Related: 8 Tips For Improving Your Rope Climb]

Finally, we also took the overall design of the shoe into consideration when curating this guide. It’s one thing to have a cross-trainer built precisely for your training needs, but it’s another to have a pair that looks as good as it performs. 

Price

We understand that shoes can be expensive. Thankfully, we’ve found that cross-training shoes don’t normally break the bank. Most of the profiles included in this round-up cost between $100 and $150, with a handful of cheaper and more expensive options thrown in, too.

We found that more specialized sneakers, such as lifting clogs, upped the price tag more often than not given their extra engineering and more sport-specific profile. Additionally, minimalist or barefoot cross-training shoes were often less expensive, which makes sense given the lack of materials used across their silhouettes. While preferences and needs are subjective to each athlete, we feel confident in saying that most can purchase a high-quality pair of gym shoes within this $100 to $150 range.

[Related: How to Choose the Perfect Cross Training Shoe]

Best Cross-Training Shoes Overall: Reebok Nano X4

Reebok Nano X4
Reebok Nano X4
Reebok Nano X4

The Reebok Nano X4 training shoes elaborate on the footwear’s previous iteration. These shoes make the most of a refined Lift and Run Chassis System that creates excellent support across multiple movements, and a new Flexweave Knit upper helps keep each step cool, comfortable, and locked in for performance.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 7mm
  • Weight: 12.07oz
  • Available Colors: 10

Pros

  • The Lift and Run Chassis System blends well to the Floatride Energy Foam midsole that can support both strength training and cardio initiatives.
  • This Nano X4 features a redesigned Flexweave knit upper that’s very breathable to help prevent sweat build-up and potential blisters.
  • These cross-training shoes borrow the outsole pattern from previous Nano iterations, creating a stable, grippy sensation in each step or stance.

Cons

  • While sturdy enough for regular exercises, athletes may see some scrapes and scuffs across the knit upper from rope climbs and box jumps.
  • The Nano X4 profile doesn’t boast rigid sidewalls, which may see wide-footed athletes pushing the silhouette over the footbed.
  • The grippy outsole pattern may feel less stable when using these cross-training shoes for outdoor training sessions, like in a driveway or park.

If you’re looking for a do-it-all cross-training sneaker, why not choose the “Official Shoe of Fitness”? The Reebok Nano X4 is the latest iteration of one of the most popular gym shoes, boasting a comfortable, stylish Flexweave knit upper, innovative Lift and Run Chassis System, a lightweight yet stable Floatride Energy foam midsole, and a grippy outsole that can be great for keeping you locked into training.

I’ve been working out in these Nano X4s for a while now, and really enjoy how fine-tuned the Lift and Run Chassis System has become since its introduction in the Nano X3. This midsole tech can transition between hard stability for strength training, and cushioned comfort for cardio. While I wouldn’t take on a marathon in the Nano X4s, it is nice to have some footwear support when trying to add some treadmill running into my regimen without the need to swap out kicks.

[Related: Running on a Treadmill Vs. Running Outside — Which Is Best for Your Goals?]

In terms of the overall fit, I’d score the Nano X4s at 4.5 out of 5. From my experience with the shoes — and previous Nano iterations, for that matter — these Reeboks run true to size. However, I could see where wider-footed athletes may need to size up. The Flexweave upper is sort of malleable, meaning you could spill over the midsole shelf as the knit has little stability across the lateral and medial sides.

Reebok Nano X4
Reebok Nano X4

This Flexweave upper also plays into my 4 out of 5 durability rating. I love the lightweight nature of the design and have yet to experience any sweaty toes or hot spots post-training. However, the lightweight nature of the textile does leave me cautious about taking on regular rope climbs, box jumps, or burpees out of fear of rips and tears. I could be playing it safe here, but I’d still recommend being somewhat conservative before putting these X4s through the wringer.

Finally, the outsole scored a 4 out of 5 for me thanks to its flat profile that allowed for easy grounding during squats and deadlifts. I also felt a good sense of traction when traversing gym floors, but would recommend a more lug-heavy design if you mainly work out on turf. You don’t want to slide out of agility drills because your shoes can’t grasp the artificial surface.

Read our full Reebok Nano X4 Review.

Best Cross-Training Shoes for Flat Feet: NOBULL Trainer+

NOBULL Trainer+
NOBULL Trainer+
NOBULL Trainer+

These shoes are versatile with components like a wider outsole and EVA midfoot plate for traction and stability. They're also lightweight and have a subtle heel rise making them just as well-suited for lifting as they are for agility or plyometric workouts.

Specs

  • Price: $139.99
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 4mm
  • Weight: 13.13oz
  • Available Colors: 83

Pros

  • A sturdier heel design and low 4-millimeter drop can help flat-footed athletes stay comfy in training without extra strain on the ankles.
  • The herringbone outsole pattern can be excellent for maintaining traction over turf, more so than the flatter design of the previous NOBULL Trainer.
  • With over 80 colors and patterns to choose from — along with low- or high-top designs — these are highly versatile in terms of style.

Cons

  • The Superfabric upper material is plenty durable, but does not dispel heat as well as other mesh or knit textiles.
  • Breaking these NOBULL Trainer+ profiles in can take some time.
  • Getting these cross-training shoes on and off can be a struggle if you opt for the high-top silhouette.

Flat-footed athletes will likely want a lower heel-to-toe drop that doesn’t put their foot at an uncomfortable angle. Additionally, a lower medial arch can help cradle your natural footprint rather than stress it. The NOBULL Trainer+ features a simple, flat insole and a 4-millimeter drop, both right in-line with the needs of flatter-footed gym-goers.

NOBULL has recently rebranded the Trainer+ model to the IMPACT, but the technology and features remain the same. This elevated workout shoe stands in difference to the original NOBULL Trainer (now branded as OUTWORK) thanks to a wider toe box for more accommodating fitment, as well as a herringbone-style outsole that can help increase traction over different flooring options like turf or grass.

[Related: NOBULL Trainer Review]

The outsole of the Trainer+/IMPACT is why I often recommend this NOBULL silhouette over the original iteration (and why I rated it at 4.5 out of 5). There’s little difference in traction when setting up for a lift on top of gym flooring or an Olympic platform, but I really appreciate the versatility that the deeper lugs bring to the table.

NOBULL High-Top Trainer+
NOBULL High-Top Trainer+

If you’re familiar with NOBULL, you know that each cross-training shoe profile comes with an abundance of color options. By my count, the Trainer+ is available in 83 different colorways, meaning there’s practically a hue for every personality. That’s not even accounting for the low-top or high-top profiles, either. For these reasons, I scored the Trainer+ at 4.5 out of 5 for style.

Like other NOBULL sneakers, the Trainer+ is predominantly available with the brand’s Superfabric upper. This textured material can be great for hard-nosed training, and I’ve yet to see any rips or tears as a result of training. 

However, you do give up some breathability for all that sturdiness, leading to my 3.75 out of 5 breathability rating. If I know I’m training in these shoes, it’s not uncommon for me to bring a change of socks for my post-workout commute home.

Lastly, the durable Superfabric is somewhat rigid right out of the box, which means you can expect a somewhat lengthy break-in period to achieve that flexible, comfortable fit in future workouts. From my experience, it’s not an aggressive break-in (no blisters were caused in the making of this round-up), but it is a lengthier process than other cross-training sneakers I’ve trained in.

[Related: NOBULL Mesh Runner Review | Are They That Good for Running?]

Best Cross-Training Shoes for Wide Feet: Nike Metcon 9

Nike Metcon 9
Nike Metcon 9
Nike Metcon 9

The latest iteration of the popular cross-training sneaker offers up a wider toe box that can be more accommodating for wider-footed athletes — a positive change from previous Nike Metcon releases. The Nike Metcon 9 still carries on its tradition as a high-quality option for strength athletes, but the hefty 13.55 ounce weight and rigid Hyperplate shank do limit its performance when it comes to cardio-focused sessions.

Specs

  • Price: $150
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 4mm
  • Weight: 13.55oz
  • Available Colors: 18

Pros

  • The wider toe box can help create a more comfortable in-shoe feel than previous Metcon iterations.
  • There are 18 colors to choose from.
  • A wrap-around rope guard helps add stability to the lateral and medial side of the profile while also improving durability.

Cons

  • At 13.55 ounces, these are heavier than other cross-training shoes we’ve tested — other silhouettes typically weigh in between 12 and 12.5 ounces.
  • The rigid Hyperplate design means these are less capable for cardio-based workouts like sprints or intervals.
  • Although we appreciate the durability of the synthetic mesh upper, this does lead to less breathability across the profile.

Okay, so if you’re up to speed on cross-training shoes of years past, you’d be skeptical to see a Nike Metcon iteration as our pick for the best cross-training shoe for wide feet. The roster of training-focused kicks has traditionally been narrower with a tapered toe box. However, this Metcon 9 iteration spreads its wings with a wider profile that can accommodate more athletes without the fear of hot spots or overspill along the midsole.

While I myself do not have wide feet, I still found the fit accommodating and worthwhile, enough for a 4.5 out of 5 score for the category. You can even see how this latest Metcon iteration caters to wide feet thanks to the more natural silhouette of the toe box.

Nike Metcon 9
Nike Metcon 9

In terms of versatility, I would give these Metcon 9s a 3 out of 5. As with previous iterations, they are an absolute standout when it comes to strength training movements and static lifts. I always enjoy how rigid and stable the Hyperplate midsole is, especially when pushing for a new deadlift PR.

[Related: How to Run a Faster Mile, According to a Running Coach]

However, this rigidity (along with the 13.55-ounce weight) does hinder the Metcon 9’s efficiency in cardio-based workouts. The midsole is simply too rigid to promote a comfortable stride, and the heavier profile can begin to feel clunky at extended distances. 

If your program calls for sprints or running intervals, I would recommend planning a footwear change before getting into those portions of your regimen.

As far as durability is concerned, the Metcon 9s do the family justice with a profile that can withstand some use and abuse. The mesh upper is plenty sturdy, but still has some give for that optimal fit. Additionally, I like how Nike continues to give the Metcon some synthetic overlays in key areas (like the toe box) for added strength and resistance against rips and tears.

I rated the durability at 4 out of 5, though, because of the wrap-around rope guard that extends into the lateral and medial sidewalls. Not only does this component give the Metcon 9s ample sturdiness for static lifts, but it also serves as a great barrier for efficient rope climbs.

[Related: 6 Reasons Strength Athletes Should Do Rope Climbs (Plus How To Master Them)]

Best Cross-Training Shoes for Walking: Reebok Nano X3 Adventure

Reebok Nano X3 Adventure
Reebok Nano X3 Adventure
Reebok Nano X3 Adventure

These Nano X3 Adventures from Reebok are designed for the road less traveled. Thanks to a Vibram outsole and water-resistant textile upper, these outdoor-ready cross-trainers can be excellent for training beyond the confines of your dedicated indoor gym.

Specs

  • Price: $150
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 7mm
  • Weight: 12.7oz
  • Available Colors: 6

Pros

  • These Reebok Nano iterations feature a Vibram ECOSTEP RECYCLE EVO outsole with a deeper lug pattern for traversing over concrete, trails, or other outdoor surfaces.
  • The reinforced, water-resistant mesh upper can be great for tackling the elements.
  • According to our tester, the flat laces are easy to cinch down, meaning they won’t come undone when trekking over rocks or steep inclines.

Cons

  • The tongue is not gusseted, meaning you may need to readjust its placement every now and again if your laces aren’t cinched down.
  • The thicker upper material can begin to run hot if you’re really pushing yourself.
  • There is some room at the boot entry that’s noticeable during runs, which can lead to errant rocks and debris entering the opening.

Looking for a pair of cross-training shoes to help you reach your daily step counts? Consider the Reebok Nano X3 Adventure series. This outdoor-minded gym shoe is a spin-off of the Reebok Nano X3 silhouette with key features like a water-resistant mesh upper and Vibram ECOSTEP RECYCLE EVO outsole for improved grip and traction over sidewalks, packed trails, and grassy fields.

These cross-trainers are my favorite kicks for spring and summer excursions, as I feel they’re the perfect transition between my in-gym footwear and more aggressive hiking boots that naturally seem like overkill when a walk around the neighborhood park is the agenda for the day. 

I rated the traction at 4.5 out of 5 because the Vibram outsole easily grabs hold of ground, allowing me to step confidently throughout the day — even through (light) mud and gravel-covered pathways.

[Related: Is 10,000 Really the Magic Number? The Science Behind Taking 10,000 Steps a Day]

Now, I wouldn’t classify these as worthwhile hiking shoes for more advanced trails filled with crags and altering pitches, but they are just fine for packed trails and gravel roads. Plus, the water-resistant upper can be helpful in case weather turns for the worse as you’re finishing up your daily miles. 

Reebok Nano X3 Adventure
Reebok Nano X3 Adventure running shoes.

However, in order to achieve this water-resistant design, Reebok did have to thicken the textile, resulting in a loss of breathability. I scored the Nano X3 Adventures at 3 out of 5 for breathability, as such.

This thicker upper can also begin to rear its head when you start to quicken the. The textile is less flexible than other Nanos designed for in-gym performance, which can result in a creased opening along the boot entry during runs. This opening can be a prime spot for rocks and debris to enter your shoe — a major inconvenience that can be annoying in each step, so it may be best to keep these kicks at a walking pace.

The design, which I rated at 4 out of 5, is Nano-inspired through and through, with tasteful colorways that highlight rugged browns, tans, and greens across the roster. Think of these as the offroad truck to your in-gym Nano’s city sedan.

[Related: Reebok Nano X3 Training Shoes to Release on July 14, 2023; Madison Travel Fund Program Announced]

Best Cross-Training Shoes for Squats: Adidas Adipower Weightlifting 3

Adidas Adipower III
Adidas Adipower III
Adidas Adipower III

The Adidas Adipower III is a unisex weightlifting shoe designed specifically for olympic lifting athletes. The combination of a high-density TPU midsole and leather lockdown strap provides top-notch stability while the extra padding around the collar ensures you don’t sacrifice comfort.

Specs

  • Price: $230
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 22mm
  • Weight: 16.4oz
  • Available Colors: 2

Pros

  • The 22-millimeter heel-to-toe drop can help raise your heel for a more comfortable setup during back squats and Olympic lifts.
  • The heel design sits wider than the midfoot for added stability during specific lifting stances.
  • They feature a canvas upper and both a lacing system and hook-and-loop straps for added security across your entire foot profile.

Cons

  • Athletes with wider feet may want to order a half size up given the more narrow toe box.
  • Admittedly, the clog-style design is not as versatile as other cross-trainers we’ve tested.
  • The canvas upper can lead to internal sweat and potential blisters if worn for a prolonged period of time.

As the late, great Louie Simmons once said, “Don’t have $100 shoes and a 10-cent squat.” You can perform this beneficial strength training exercise in any of the footwear options we’ve outlined in this guide. However, when it comes to achieving that optimal setup and depth in your movement, we feel the Adipower Weightlifting 3s from Adidas can help you achieve this positioning best thanks to their high-pitched 22-millimeter heel-to-toe drop that allows your knees to travel forward more naturally for a more comfortable plane of motion overall.

I’ve trained in these Adipower 3s before, and think they’re the best representation of a “cross-training shoe” when it comes to weightlifting shoes. It’s no secret that these clogs are designed for specific movements, earning them a 2 out of 5 for versatility. Still, I’ve been able to easily cycle through back squats, Olympic lifts, and other static exercises without much effort thanks to the increased forefoot flexibility. You wouldn’t want to run a mile in these kicks, but they’re not built for that.

The stability underfoot is great in these Adidas weightlifting shoes. I rated the Adipower 3s at 4 out of 5 for the category because it was easy to find my footing each time I went under the bar for a set. There’s also a good sense of traction across the rubber outsole, which can help you keep your feet whether you’re lifting on a hardwood platform or synthetic gym flooring.

[Related: The Best Home Gym Flooring and Expert Buying Guide]

The canvas upper, lacing system, and midfoot hook-and-loop strap also help curate a strong lockdown — a great perk when the last thing you want is to feel your feet moving within your footwear during heavy PRs. 

I rated the security at 4.5 out of 5, but be mindful — canvas is not as breathable as knit textiles, so it may be beneficial to unstrap and let your toes breathe in-between sets every now and again.

Lastly, it goes without saying that these are a more specialized shoe type in the cross-trainer category, and specialization can often lead to higher price tags. The $230 cost is higher than the average $100 to $150 you’ll find in other dedicated cross-trainers, but if you’re looking to boost your squat totals, it may be wise to make the investment.

[Related: 12 Science-Backed Benefits of Squats You Should Know About]

Best Barefoot Cross-Training Shoes: Xero Prio

Xero Prio
Xero Prio
Xero Prio

For barefoot enthusiasts, these minimalist workout shoes can be just the ticket thanks to their 0-millimeter heel-to-toe drop, thick and durable upper, and a removable insole that can allow for an even closer ground contact. The Xero Prios are also quite affordable at less than $90 — other high-quality cross-trainers typically cost around $135 or more.

Specs

  • Price: $89.99
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 0mm
  • Weight: 7.5oz
  • Available Colors: 5

Pros

  • These Prio cross-training sneakers feature a zero drop design, which can be beneficial for barefoot enthusiasts that want the extra protection of a full rubber outsole.
  • The insole is removable, which can be helpful for achieving a more grounded feel for heavy deadlifts and other exercises.
  • A thicker upper helps promote heightened durability, making these an excellent pick for training as well as daily wear.

Cons

  • Admittedly, jumping immediately into a minimalist-style cross-trainer can lead to some aches and pains.
  • The rounded laces feel a little cheap and clunky across the top of the foot.
  • The thicker knit upper, while durable, can lead to breathability issues during extended sessions in the gym.

The barefoot movement has gotten a lot of traction (pun intended) in the running community over the past few years, but the grounded sensation can also be beneficial in the weight room, too. For our money, the Xero Prios are our top pick for minimalist training footwear thanks to their anatomical toe box, sub-$100 price point, and (of course) the 0-millimeter heel-to-toe drop.

Admittedly, I’ve been dipping my toes (okay, last one) in minimalist footwear over the past few months and found these Prios to be the best entry point into the discipline. 

The upper cloaked my foot effortlessly, while the outsole provided that helpful safety barrier to keep setups as close to actual barefoot training without worrying about stepping on a loose pebble or rogue bottle cap in the gym. Barefoot training isn’t for everyone, but so far, these shoes have made the learning process an enjoyable one.

[Related: Barefoot Strength Training — Can Lifting Without Shoes Help You Make More Gains?]

I also appreciate the versatility baked into these minimalist cross-trainers, scoring them at 4 out of 5 for the category. Yes, the footbed is flexible enough to support both cardio training and strength training, but I also like how the insole is removable, in case you want to get even closer to the ground in your stances.

As far as durability, I rated the Xero Prios at 4.5 out of 5. The upper is thicker than other knit textiles I’ve trained in, which can be great for keeping the profile intact over extended use. 

Granted, thicker materials can often lead to breathability issues — that con isn’t escaped with the Prios, either — but I’m willing to look past this for the sake of heightened durability. Just pack an extra pair of socks and you should be fine.

I will say that these aren’t the sleekest barefoot cross-trainers I’ve found on the market. For one, the available colorways are limited to just 5 hues — a drop-off from the common 10 or more available in other silhouettes. 

Additionally, I scored the style at 3.75 out of 5 because of the fatter rounded laces. They protrude outward over the top of the foot, giving the silhouette a somewhat awkward look at times. If Xero could update this feature to a flat lace in future iterations, I think that would go a long way in improving the overall looks.

[Related: ​​Should You Deadlift Barefoot? Here’s What the Experts Say]

Best Cross-Training Shoes for Treadmill Running: Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE

Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE
Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE
Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE

For athletes looking for a more cardio-minded cross-training sneaker, these Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SEs can do the trick. These stylish kicks feature an 8-millimeter heel-to-toe drop that can be more suitable for running on a treadmill, and the bootie-style construction helps keep your entire foot locked onto the midsole without any slop or extra room internally.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 8mm
  • Weight: 11oz
  • Available Colors: 11

Pros

  • An 8-millimeter drop can be more comfortable for pounding the treadmill belt than other cross-trainers with a lower drop height.
  • The shoes feature Bluetooth connectivity that can track running stats via MapMyRun.
  • You definitely feel locked into the upper, which can help eliminate any slop or in-shoe movement as you pace through your daily workouts.

Cons

  • The forefoot tapers heavily into the toe box, which may lead to blisters for some wider-footed athletes.
  • An external plastic heel counter can feel clunky at times, especially at longer miles.
  • Getting into the bootie-style sock liner can be tricky at times — this technology doesn’t flex as easily as other examples in the category from brands such as Nike.

Sure, cross-training shoes are intended to be versatile enough for both cardio and strength-training disciplines, but oftentimes, the design of a shoe can lend itself more so to one modality or the other. As such, I typically recommend keeping a dedicated pair of running shoes at your disposal when looking to hit the treadmill … or just train in these UA HOVR Phantom 3 SEs from Under Armour.

I like these kicks for treadmill days because the bootie-style construction provides that locked-in feel, and the 8-millimeter heel-to-toe drop is more aligned to my preferred running setup — a little more forward tilt to facilitate sprints and jogs. 

Plus, the 11-ounce overall weight can be light enough for easy pick-ups, which can be a true blessing when your mileage falls at the end of a hard-nosed strength training session.

[Related: The 11 Best Treadmills for Home, Tested and Picked by Our Experts]

The Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SEs are also plenty stylish with 11 available colorways. The shoes also feature clean lines and subtle enough branding that don’t overwhelm your entire get-up. I rated the style at 4 out of 5.

Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE
Under Armour UA HOVR Phantom 3 SE

Versatiltiy-wise, I scored these HOVR Phantom 3 SEs at 3.75 out of 5. I do think they can be worthwhile picks for general strength training and (of course) cardio, but heavier sets can leave you pushing through the UA HOVR foam to try and achieve that grounded stance. I wouldn’t recommend these kicks for PR days in the squat rack or on the deadlift platform.

In addition, there’s a large plastic heel counter that, while aesthetically pleasing, can begin to feel clunky at times. I’ve felt this feature’s presence mostly at longer distances, as well as during multi-directional agility drills.

Lastly, while I like the locked-in fit of the bootie construction, I’ve found that there is some break-in required across the upper. Upon unboxing, the IntelliKnit upper doesn’t stretch as much as I would have hoped, meaning getting into these sneakers can be a chore in itself. 

This also led me to discover the tapered toe box, which created a hot spot along my pinky toe. Yes, the textile does eventually loosen, but I rated the overall fit at 3.75 out of 5 in response to the experience … and recommend wide-footed athletes size up slightly.

[Related: The Top Tips for Running on a Treadmill, According to Running Coaches]

Best Cross-Training Shoes for Rope Climbs: Inov-8 F-Lite G 300

Inov-8 F-Lite G 300
Inov-8 F-Lite G 300
Inov-8 F-Lite G 300

Made with a graphene-infused outsole and midsole, the Inov-8 F-Lite G 300s are some of the most durable cross-training sneakers on the market. Despite their resilient nature, these gym shoes weigh in at just 10.5 ounces, which can be great for keeping steps quick and nimble through agility drills, box jumps, and other high-intensity endeavors.

Specs

  • Price: $155
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 6mm
  • Weight: 10.5oz
  • Available Colors: 5

Pros

  • An included Rope-Tec system increases durability across the medial side of the foot, allowing for greater traction and protection when ascending a rope.
  • The F-Lite G 300’s lightweight, 10.5-ounce frame makes this a nimble option for agility exercises and HIIT intervals.
  • This cross-training shoe’s outsole is made with graphene — one of the most durable materials available.

Cons

  • The 5 available colorways don’t give much to those wanting more vibrancy.
  • The midfoot cage also serves as the eyelets, which could lead to durability issues over time.
  • These F-Lite G 300s boast a bootie-style construction, which can be difficult to get on.

Rope climbs can be some of the most strenuous exercises on your footwear. After all, you’re constantly scraping the medial sides of your kicks across the equipment, which can lead to quick burnout in less-than-capable cross-trainers. With a built-in Rope-Tec system that serves as a graphene-infused barrier (more on this material later) between your shoes and the rope itself, the F Lite G 300s from Inov-8 are our top recommendation for climbing enthusiasts.

We rated these sturdy, resilient cross-trainers at 5 out of 5 for durability thanks to the aforementioned Rope-Tec system, as well as the brand’s inclusion of graphene across the outsole and midsole design. 

Traditionally used for parachutes, graphene is one of the strongest textiles on the planet, yet despite its burliness, doesn’t add on weight to the profile.

“Such durable materials may imply that these shoes would be heavy,” noted our tester, a CrossFit Level 1 instructor, “But I was pleasantly surprised that these cross-training shoes weighed in at just 10.5 ounces. This also allowed me to take advantage of the midsole’s responsiveness during quick runs atop multiple surfaces like turf and asphalt.”

[Related: How Much Cardio Is Too Much? Running Coaches Weigh In]

Inov-8 also beefed up this F Lite G 300 with an external midfoot cage, adding some side-to-side stability that can be helpful during static lifts. However, I do caution that you take your time when lacing these kicks up. The cage also serves as the lacing eyelets, and quick tugs for cinching down your laces could lead to rips and tears.

We also scored the appearance of these cross-trainers at 4.5 out of 5. The colorways are stylish enough and appealing to our tastes, but the variety is limited to just 5 available hues. Other cross-training sneakers can offer 10 colorways or more across a single silhouette.

The F Lite G 300s also use a bootie-style upper that hugs your foot and keeps everything in place. That is, however, if you can actually get the shoe on in the first place. 

Our tester rated the fit at 4 out of 5 since the entryway can give some wider-footed athletes a bit of a challenge given the upper’s limited stretch and flexibility. Once on, though, the experience is fantastic.

[Related: Inov-8 Releases F-Lite G 300, the “Toughest Training Shoe to Date”]

Best Cross-Training Shoes for Arch Support: Hoka Kawana

Hoka Kawana
Hoka Kawana
Hoka Kawana

With the brand’s roots in running footwear, the Hoka Kawanas are definitely more cardio-minded yet still can support the needs of general fitness enthusiasts thanks to an Active Foot Frame for comfortable arch support and a lightweight, breathable jacquard mesh upper. The CMEVA foam midsole is also plush enough for training, although it may be too pillowy for heavy strength sessions under the bar.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 5mm
  • Weight: 10oz
  • Available Colors: 8

Pros

  • This running-focused sneaker features an Active Foot Frame that can help improve stability and balance throughout your workouts.
  • SwallowTail geometry at the heel is designed to promote smoother heel strikes, according to the brand.
  • A 10-ounce frame can lend itself to easier pick-ups without that cinder block feeling underfoot.

Cons

  • The jacquard mesh upper is designed to handle running endeavors more than in-gym training sessions.
  • According to our tester, you can experience some pancaking across the CMEVA foam midsole when pressing or pulling heavier weights.
  • These Kawanas can feel somewhat tight across the forefoot, meaning wider-footed athletes may want to opt for a different cross-training shoe.

Having a cross-trainer with arch support can be helpful when looking to keep your feet comfortable in your setups. I often recommend athletes with arch issues turn to performance insoles, or opt for a running-focused sneaker like the Hoka Kawana. With its Active Foot Frame that helps curate a balanced underfoot feel, this shoe can be excellent for cradling your underfoot with just the right amount of cushioning and support.

Now, Hoka is traditionally focused on running and trail running, but there are a few silhouettes that I’ve tested in the gym that have proven to be worthwhile, like these Kawanas. While I wouldn’t wear them for heavy squat days or Olympic lifts — the CMEVA foam midsole is too plush to achieve that desirable ground connection — the arch support can be worthwhile for general training and cardio. I rated the versatility at 3.5 out of 5.

[Related: Why Do My Shins Hurt When I Run?]

Comfort also scored highly with these Hoka Kawanas, earning a 4.5 out of 5 rating in my trials. I’ve been running in Hokas for multiple years now, and really feel like the brand has mastered the foam technology. Each stride is a nice mix of plush and stability, and I also appreciate the SwallowTail geometry at the heel that helps promote a smoother heel strike. This can be a nice benefit when training atop a treadmill after a heavy strength day, and my tiredness leads to compromised form.

In terms of durability, the Hoka Kawanas aren’t the most resilient cross-trainers on the market. After all, the jacquard mesh upper is more attuned to road running than intense in-gym training, so I can’t blame the brand for sacrificing textile strength for a more breathable, comfortable fit.

I rated the durability at 3.5 out of 5, however, because you do need to be cautious when trying to tackle rope climbs, box jumps, or multi-directional movements — you could end up ripping or scuffing the upper more easily than other cross-trainers in this round-up.

[Related: The Best Box Jump Workout for Your Experience Level and Goals]

Best Cushioned Cross-Training Shoes: TYR CXT-1

TYR CXT-1
TYR CXT-1
TYR CXT-1

The TYR CXT-1s have shaken up the cross-training shoe category with an impressive Surge NRG foam midsole, anatomical toe box, and comfortable mesh upper that make this standout sneaker a top rival for other big brands. Additionally, the wrap-around outsole pattern serves as an excellent heel counter, which can be ideal when looking to find that stability for squats and other heavy movements.

Specs

  • Price: $140
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 9mm
  • Weight: 12.3oz
  • Available Colors: 16

Pros

  • The Surge NRG foam midsole provides excellent cushioning for regular wear yet still has enough stability for heavy sets and in-gym sessions.
  • These CXT-1s feature a wider toe box than other cross-trainers, which can be more accommodating for athletes with wider feet.
  • The wrap-around outsole pattern at the heel helps stabilize your Achilles, making these excellent gym shoes for squats, deadlifts, and leg presses.

Cons

  • The soft mesh upper is breathable but can begin to wear out after extended use.
  • These CXT-1s are somewhat stiff right out of the box — expect a break-in period.
  • The 9-millimeter heel-to-toe drop may be too aggressive for athletes wanting a flatter underfoot experience.

Keeping each stance and step comfortable should be top of mind when choosing cross-training shoes. In my experience, the Surge NRG foam built into the TYTR CXT-1s is one of the best materials for the task, offering up the right blend of stability and plush for a fit that’s well-cushioned and ready for any in-gym challenge.

I scored the comfort at 5 out of 5 for these CXT-1s thanks to this energetic yet soft foam profile, as well as the breathable soft mesh upper that cloaks the top of your foot like your favorite blanket. There is a bit of a break-in period, but I wouldn’t classify the process as uncomfortable — the shoes just take a few workouts to really cater to your personalized footprint.

I have had some durability concerns related to this mesh upper — and have actually ripped the textile after extended use — but this was after months and months of training which included agility drills, box jumps, rope climbs, and other footwear-taxing endeavors. As such, I only docked the durability slightly with a 4.75 out of 5 scoring.

TYR CXT-1
TYR CXT-1

The TYR CXT-1s also feature a wide, anatomical toe box that can make for a great fitment without the need to size up or down. Additionally, the 9-millimeter heel-to-toe drop makes these one of my favorite cross-trainers for back squats thanks to the more forward-leaning setup that sets my knees and hinges at an optimal angle for the correct depth. 

Admittedly, this drop may not be appealing to everyone, but for those tackling regular leg days, it could be worthwhile.

When it comes to style, TYR has done it right since breaking onto the scene at the 2022 CrossFit Games. There are 16 colors to choose from, and I like how the brand routinely offers limited-edition prints to give certain pairs a sense of rarity. I scored the style at 4.5 out of 5, too, because the entire profile is one I wouldn’t mind wearing outside of the gym.

Some training sneakers take a training-focused aesthetic that doesn’t blend into regular style. With these TYRs, though, you can easily see yourself stepping out for a night on the town.

[Related: 3 Reasons Why No Two Squat Stances Look Exactly the Same]

Best Budget Cross-Training Shoes: PUMA Fuse 3.0

PUMA Fuse 3.0
PUMA Fuse 3.0
PUMA Fuse 3.0

The Fuse 3.0s from PUMA are the brand’s third installment of budget-friendly cross-trainers. The flat outsole helps create a desirable grounded sensation for heavy lifts, and the durable upper material breaks in easily for that ideal fit set after set.

Specs

  • Price: $120
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 4mm
  • Weight: 9.7oz
  • Available Colors: 2

Pros

  • At $120, the value is high with these cross-trainers packing in a durable upper, sturdy midsole, and 4-millimeter heel-to-toe drop for optimal performance.
  • While tight at first along the toe box, the Fuse 3.0s break in easily.
  • The stable footing created through the midsole and outsole tech can be helpful for heavy lifts and other strength-training needs.

Cons

  • There are just 2 colorways to choose from — other cross-training shoes typically offer 5 variations or more.
  • The heavier knit upper does compromise some breathability when compared to previous PUMA Fuse iterations.
  • Athletes looking for a higher heel-to-toe drop for back squats and Olympic lifts may be better off with a different cross-training silhouette.

As the cross-training category has begun to level out over the years, so has the common asking price of high-quality sneakers. It’s common to see price tags between $135 and $150. However, the PUMA Fuse lineup continues to be a worthwhile wallet-friendly solution for budget-minded athletes, with the 3.0 iteration coming in at just $120.

I’ve owned all three versions of the PUMA Fuse cross-trainer, and feel the 3.0 is the most valuable yet. I’m happy PUMA has expanded the toe box and improved the lacing system of this gym shoe over the years, and I see no big differences between the traction and comfort in these kicks in comparison to my other go-to training sneakers.

[Related: The 12 Best Budget Home Gym Equipment of 2024]

Another reason why I admire these budget-friendly workout shoes is their quick break-in period. Yes, there is a little bit of snugness along the toe box on initial wears, but the upper quickly stretches to their premier balance of fit and performance. You can easily go from box to box jumps with no sense of hot spots or rigid midsoles. 

PUMA Fuse 3.0
PUMA Fuse 3.0

I rated the break-in at 4.5 out of 5 because these shoes quickly form to your footprint for that perfect match — a definite plus when trying to make the most of your fitness investments.

In terms of stability, I rated the Fuse 3.0s at 4.5 out of 5. The geometry of the midsole gives the heel a sort of flared aesthetic, which can act as a grounded platform ideal for squats or heavy presses. 

Plus, the updated shank within the midsole helps create a more stable underfoot sensation, which can be helpful when, say, taking a wider stance for sumo deadlifts or back squats.

Now, the cost effectiveness does limit your colorway options. Currently, PUMA offers the Fuse 3.0s in Silver Mist-Lime Pow-PUMA Black and PUMA Black-Teak-Lime Pow iterations, a more limited variety in comparison to other cross-trainers on the market. As such, I scored the style at 3 out of 5. Don’t let the lack of vibrant hues fool you, though — this PUMA kick has plenty of bite even despite its affordable price tag.

[Related: PUMA Launches FUSE 3.0 Training Shoe]

Best Cross-Training Shoes for Daily Wear: Born Primitive Savage 1

Born Primitive Savage 1
Born Primitive Savage 1
Born Primitive Savage 1

The Born Primitive Savage 1s feature a well-lugged outsole that can be great for outdoor training or turf-centric workouts. Plus, the EVA compound midsole accentuates a light, responsive, and stable underfoot sensation that can be fitting for a slew of training modalities and exercises.

Specs

  • Price: $130
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 4mm
  • Weight: 11.2oz
  • Available Colors: 5

Pros

  • The subdued black or white colorways can mix easily with your normal day-to-day attire.
  • The deeper lug depth can be ideal for traversing gym floors, turf, and concrete alike.
  • An EVA compound midsole helps create a lightweight, responsive, and comfortable step underfoot.

Cons

  • The laces can be too short for some, which may lead to some ill-fitting lockdowns.
  • The 4-millimeter heel-to-toe drop does create a more minimalist footbed, which may be too flat for some athletes.
  • These Savage 1s feature a wider toe box than other cross-training shoes.

While I’m not a big proponent for wearing your gym shoes for everyday activities — keeping them separate can help preserve performance and eliminate the chances of bringing excess dirt and muck into your training center — there are some athletes that prefer the feel of cross-trainers for tackling errands, social endeavors, and other daily needs. Thanks to their minimalist styling and lower heel-to-toe drop, the Savage 1s from Born Primitive can be perfect for keeping that active aesthetic whether hitting the weights or the streets.

One of the key features that sets these Born Primitive shoes as go-tos for daily wear is the rugged outsole. The deeper lugs can be ideal for keeping traction underfoot, whether walking through your lawn, across gym flooring to your next set, or from store to store in your neighborhood’s shopping center. As such, we rated the outsole at 4 out of 5.

[Related: Is Walking Good Cardio? Certified Personal Trainers Explain]

Additionally, I appreciate the simple black or white colorways (with some colorized branding), as it can be easier to put a daily outfit together with these kicks as opposed to a more vibrant blue or neon pink option. I scored the style at 4 out of 5, though, because while this simple variety is appealing to me, I understand that others may want some bolder options.

As far as fit is concerned, Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, states, “I found that the inside of the shoe was contoured well enough to support the natural shape of my foot. Arch support was minimal, but these are training shoes, not running shoes, so that’s to be expected. I don’t have any complaints, but no true highlights either — they’re an even-keeled sneaker.” As such, she rated the fit and comfort at 3.5 out of 5.

Speaking of fitment, we should mention that the Savage 1s feature a wider, more anatomical toe box. While this can be a definite perk for wider-footed athletes, it may lead to some excess room for those with narrower feet. Be sure to pay attention to the sizing chart and order the profile that will likely suit your footprint best.

[Related: How to Level-Up Your Daily Movement, According to Dr. Kelly Starrett]

Best Cross-Training Shoes for HIIT: R.A.D. One

R.A.D. One
R.A.D. One
R.A.D. One

The R.A.D. One is more of a bespoke cross-trainer, as colorways are released in small batches that have created a sort of cult following for these kicks. If you can get your hands on a pair, you’ll find a stylish, stable platform that’s ready to support your training needs time and time again.

Specs

  • Price: $150
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 6mm
  • Weight: 12.5oz
  • Available Colors: 8

Pros

  • The durable outsole, midsole, and upper can sustain the abuse of HIIT training.
  • The 6-millimeter heel-to-toe drop puts your feet in a worthwhile setup for both stable stances and forward motion when needed.
  • The minimalist aesthetic can be great for keeping things natural in your training, mirroring a “no flash, all performance” mindset.

Cons

  • Those looking for vibrant colorways and a robust lineup of available styles will want to look elsewhere. 
  • The $150 price tag is on the more expensive side — for example, our top-rated Nano X4 silhouette costs just $140.
  • Some athletes have stated that sizing issues can occur — we recommend wider-footed athletes order a half-size up.

HIIT workouts can put your fitness gear through a lot of wear and tear given the quick changes between exercises as you work through the taxing intervals. As such, you’ll want a cross-training sneaker that can withstand regular wear and tear … like the R.A.D. One. Serving as more of a boutique footwear option for athletes — the brand only offers a handful of colorways in small batches — this impressive gym shoe packs in plenty of durability across its outsole, midsole, and upper construction.

While the wave-like aesthetic and simplified hues were enough to earn this R.A.D. One a 4.5 out of 5 for style, we also appreciated how durable the entire profile was for hard-nosed training. 

The synthetic textile can be hearty enough for rope climbs and other shoe-abusive exercises, and I’ve never had an issue with the integrity of the outsole. I attributed this to the high-quality rubber, along with the all-herringbone pattern that gives each step a nice sense of traction.

[Related: The Best HIIT Workouts for Any Fitness Goal]

I’ve also come to enjoy the stability at play with these R.A.D. One cross-trainers, scoring them at 4 out of 5 for the category. The outsole is flat enough for a sturdy setup, whether you’re getting ready for a heavy pull or trying to find your footing for a worthwhile bench press. 

Plus, the 6-millimeter heel-to-toe drop is a nice middle ground for performance — enough to promote a forward lean but not too aggressive that positions feel uncomfortable.

Admittedly, the eight available colorways may be too minimal for some tastes — you won’t find neon hues or loud patterns in this cross-training profile. However, I still feel this aesthetic lends itself to what R.A.D. is trying to accomplish.

[Related: Laura Horvath Wins the 2023 CrossFit Games]  

After all, they’re a new brand that’s essentially flown under the radar when compared to other big-box profiles like Reebok and Nike, yet they still can provide athletes with the underfoot performance needed to succeed. 

Finally, while there’s plenty to like about these R.A.D. One kicks, I do caution that you pay close attention to the sizing. I scored these cross-trainers at 3.75 out of 5 for category, as you may need to size up by one half size in order to achieve that premier fitment.

Best Cross-Training Shoes for Deadlifts: TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer

TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer
TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer
TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer

Sleek and minimalist, the TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainers are the latest footwear offerings from the growing brand. Featuring easy-to-use Adjustable Stability Straps across the top of the foot, along with a wider anatomical toe box, these barefoot-style training shoes can be great for athletes wanting maximum ground contact for those heavy deadlift days or squat sessions.

Specs

  • Price: $150
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 0mm
  • Weight: 9.85oz
  • Available Colors: 4

Pros

  • The strap system over the top of the foot is easy to get into and out of, allowing for quick transitions between deadlifts and other workouts.
  • These cross-training shoes feature zero drop, which helps curate a completely grounded feel for heavy pulls and added stability.
  • Unlike other barefoot shoes our tester has trialed, these TYR profiles feature a stable, rigid heel counter for better fitment and added security.

Cons

  • Unless you’re used to a minimal heel-to-toe drop, these may be less versatile for cardio workouts than other cross-training shoes.
  • Our tester recommends sizing down a half size to achieve that optimal sock-like fit.
  • There are just 4 colorways to choose from, whereas other cross-trainers can offer upwards of 10 or more.

Deadlifts can be a tricky exercise to plan around with footwear. You want the most ground contact possible to facilitate those stable pulls, which is why a minimalist shoe can be ideal for these needs (or even just socks, if your gym allows it). The TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainers have quickly become my go-to cross-trainers for deadlift days, because they are essentially an overbuilt sock with a simple strapping system in place of laces, an anatomical footprint, and breathable mesh upper.

The zero-drop makeup of these trainers allows me to easily find my footing for both conventional and sumo pulls, and I also like how grippy the TYRTac rubber outsole is across the platform. I rated the stability at 4.5 out of 5 for these reasons.

[Related: The 12 Deadlifts Benefits You Need to Know About]

I also scored the style at 4 out of 5 for these all-new TYR cross-trainers. Granted, the available colorways are limited, but this is to be expected with such a new shoe profile. Over time, I suspect the brand will offer as many color variations as the CXT-1 — TYR’s other popular cross-training footwear (that’s also featured in this round-up).

TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer
TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer

While the TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer is my top pick for deadlifts, I’ve also found them to be versatile enough for other exercises. The upper is breathable enough that you won’t work up too much of a sweat, and the midfoot Adjustable Stability Straps can help you fine-tune your lockdown for that premier fit in an instant.

Editor’s Note: TYR just released a fully-laced model of the DropZero Barefoot Trainers for athletes more aligned with a traditional security mechanism.

The one caveat that I do have with these Barefoot Trainers is the sizing. The toe box is more anatomical than other cross-trainers, which can lead to more room than desired. I recommend sizing down a half size if you want to achieve that true sock-like fit. In total, I scored the sizing at 4 out of 5 because of this (minor) critique.

[Related: 4 Benefits of the Sumo Deadlift (That You May Have Overlooked)]

Benefits of Cross-Training Shoes

According to Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, Cross-training shoes are great because they eliminate, or at least minimize, the need for multiple pairs of shoes. I maintain that a dedicated shoe for each type of activity is best, but that’s impossible for a lot of people, so cross-training shoes fill that gap there.”

While having a versatile pair of sneakers capable of tackling multiple training disciplines at once is a perk in its own right, below are some other key benefits that can come from adding a high-quality pair of cross-training shoes to your fitness ensemble.

Improved Durability

Let’s be real — using equipment in the gym can put some heavy wear and tear on the gear itself. After all, you’re throwing around weight, pushing your body to new performance levels, and continuously facing challenges like heavy sets or longer mileage. As such, you’ll want some footwear and apparel that can actually take the abuse without batting an eye. 

Cross-training shoes often feature durable uppers and resilient outsoles designed to handle the throes of hard training days. This can be great for keeping your setup comfortable and efficient day in and day out without the need for regular replacement purchases.

Stability for Strength Exercises

While Capritto admits that cross-training shoes aren’t necessarily the best pick for one activity — specialized footwear will always be more efficient for a given task — they can still be great in-gym options that can support your training needs more often than not.

[Related: Get a Leg Up On Your Training With These 8 Exercises for Balance & Stability]

One of the main ways cross-trainers can be excellent workout shoes is through their flat outsole design and stable midsole. Capritto says that cross-trainers often “prioritize a flatter midsole with a mild heel-to-toe drop (4 to 8 millimeters) that has some shock absorption in the form of a foam midsole but doesn’t leave you unsteady on your feet during a heavy set of squats.”

This can help you stay grounded during heavy lifts without any unwanted swaying or imbalances underfoot, leading to better weight control through your plane of motion and a heightened focus on completing the lift rather than keeping your stance intact.

Increased Underfoot Traction

Like stability across the midsole and heel, traction can also be influential to your training setup. You don’t want to be slipping and sliding across the gym floor when making cuts through a drill or setting up for a new PR, right? 

TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer outsole
TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer outsole

Cross-training shoes employ a flat yet grippy outsole designed specifically for the common flooring options you’d find in a training center like rubber, hardwood, and turf. Some silhouettes even feature a deeper lug pattern which can be helpful for outdoor workouts across gravel, grass, and packed trailways.

[Related: DIY: How to Build Your Own Deadlift/Olympic Lifting Platform]

How Much Do the Best Cross-Training Shoes Cost?

As with the best running shoes, cross trainers can vary in price. Typically, workout shoes cost between $100 and $150 but you can find pairs that are a little pricier or a little cheaper. Use the cart below to compare prices across pairs.

How Should Cross-Trainers Fit?

Naturally, your cross-training shoes should fit comfortably from the start — there’s no need to scrunch your ankle and toes into a compact silhouette, after all. However, the fit should be somewhat snug without an excess amount of wiggle room, especially if you plan on performing heavy lifts in your training sneakers.

I recommend searching for a gym shoe that cradles the medial and lateral sides of your feet for side-to-side sturdiness, while leaving a little bit of room in the toe box. This breathing room can allow you to wear your kicks comfortably with different thicknesses of socks, while also giving you the opportunity to splay your toes. Toe splaying can be an effective method to ground your stance during squats and deadlifts, giving you more contact with the ground for a rooted foundation for heavy lifts.

[Related: The Benefits of Toe Spacers (and Who Should Use Them)]

How to Choose the Best Cross-Training Shoes

Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, states, Cross-training shoes are designed to be all-in-one shoes that can handle everything from CrossFit to HIIT to lifting weights and even running. Although they say a Jack of all trades is a master of none, a good pair of cross-training shoes is as close as you can get to a master of all.”

Below are the factors we recommend considering when looking for your next ideal pair of workout-ready kicks.

Durability

Durability is a massive consideration for cross-training shoes. From toe drags to rope climbs to box jumps, your shoes are going to take a beating. Rope climbs are notorious for shredding uppers and midsoles, but box jumps and other dynamic lateral movements can wear down the toe.

When looking for cross-training shoes, you’ll want to consider sneakers with a durable knit or mesh upper. These textiles have been proven to withstand regular wear and tear while also allowing for some sense of breathability. Synthetic overlays and thicker uppers can also help bolster your shoe’s durability, but be mindful that extra material across your foot can lead to more sweat build-up internally, which can result in hot spots and blisters.

Materials 

Your cross-trainer is constructed from multiple materials across the upper, midsole, and outsole. While each brand can have its own proprietary tech strewn across these components, it’s important to remember that your shoes should strike a balance between comfort, durability, and performance.

[Related: ​​4 Signs You Need a New Pair of Weightlifting Shoes]

Look for midsole foams that offer a nice sense of cushioning and responsiveness, along with a stable nature that can facilitate a grounded setup for lifts. For outsoles, hearty rubbers and specialty compounds like Vibram can also be worthwhile, as these can be resilient enough to maintain traction day in and day out without wearing through after just a few wears.

Fit

Naturally, your cross-training shoes should fit your feet, but there are more factors that go into this component than just your shoe size. Consider your actual footprint and whether you need a shoe with a wider toe box, or one with ample arch support to promote in-training comfort underfoot. 

Best Cross-Training Shoes
Best Cross-Training Shoes

Additionally, be sure to give your toes a little bit of wiggle room to help prevent hot spots while also allowing for toe splaying — a common technique used for creating a grounded stance for lifts like squats and deadlifts.

Heel-to-Toe Drop

Heel height is something that can dramatically influence your training, especially if you’re more into weightlifting. An elevated heel can help support mobility and give a stable base to rely on during training. A planted, stable foot is a must for athletes — especially when moving heavy weight — so a more elevated heel can (at times) help a lifter with their training. 

[Related: How to Find the Right Weightlifting Shoe Heel Height]

For cross-trainers, Capritto notes that most profiles can feature a heel-to-toe drop between 4 and 8 millimeters. This can be a worthwhile range to look for that can promote a slightly elevated heel for lifting scenarios without angling the foot too aggressively for compromised comfort. In addition, you can also opt for lower or zero-drop sneakers if you prefer a minimalist setup for optimal ground contact in each step.

Price

Naturally, your cross-training shoes of choice should always fit neatly into your budget. Thankfully, the market is pretty even-keeled, with most prices ranging between $100 and $150. Of course, you can find some silhouettes at lower and higher price tags, but this can be an ideal starting point for most. In the end, the right shoe for your training needs is the one that appeals to your personality and finances best.

Final Word

As Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, puts it, “You might think, instinctively, that your equipment like barbells, dumbbells, and weight plates are the most important things in your home gym. But I would argue that your shoes are more important than most things in your home gym, especially if you follow an exercise protocol that requires versatile shoes.” As such, having a good pair of cross-trainers in your gym bag can be the difference maker when it comes to hitting your fitness goals day in and day out.

When looking for a high-quality pair of workout shoes, you’ll want to focus on the durability at hand across the upper, midsole, and outsole. Also, your gym shoes should be a nice blend of comfort and stability, as you’ll want that secure, grounded sensation when it comes time to move some serious weight. Using this round-up as a guide, you can easily upgrade your shoe game for some boosted PRs in no time.

FAQs

What are cross-training shoes used for?

Cross-training shoes are a style of sneaker designed to tackle multiple types of workouts, hence the name cross-trainer. Generally, cross-training shoes will tie a blend of running, lifting, and other styles of training shoes all into one model.Paragraph

Can you run in cross-training shoes?

Strictly speaking, yes, you can run in cross-training shoes. If you perform workouts that incorporate running with other types of exercise like plyometrics or strength training, then cross-trainers are often the optimal choice. For workouts that only feature running, then dedicated running shoes are likely your best option.

What is the best cross-training shoe?

The best cross-training shoe is a subjective moniker, but for our money, the Reebok Nano X4 holds the title for now. We like how breathable the Flexweave knit upper is across the top of the foot, and the Floatride Energy Foam midsole and Lift and Run Chassis System blend seamlessly for an underfoot experience that can support quick sprints, multi-directional agility drills, and heavy strength-training sessions.

How much do cross-training shoes cost?

On average, you can expect to find a high-quality pair of cross-trainers between $100 and $150. Naturally, there are cheaper and more expensive options, but this can be a great starting point for athletes, especially those that have never searched for training-specific footwear.

References

  1. Sun, X., Lam, W.-K., Zhang, X., Wang, J., & Fu, W. (2020). Systematic Review of the Role of Footwear Constructions in Running Biomechanics: Implications for Running-Related Injury and Performance. Journal of Sports Science & Medicine, 19(1), 20–37. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7039038/

The post 14 Best Cross-Training Shoes of 2024 (Personally Tested) appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
https://barbend.com/best-cross-training-shoes/feed/ 79
The Best Weightlifting Shoes in 2024, As Tested by Our Experts https://barbend.com/best-weightlifting-shoes/ https://barbend.com/best-weightlifting-shoes/#comments Tue, 16 May 2023 14:43:11 +0000 https://barbend.com/?p=17065 If you’re serious about making strength gains, it can be useful for athletes to swap out the best cross-training shoes in their closets for a pair of weightlifting shoes. Weightlifting shoes can promote a better sense of knee and hip flexion during certain lifts, especially the squat, clean and jerk, and snatch. (1) For athletes that routinely incorporate...

The post The Best Weightlifting Shoes in 2024, As Tested by Our Experts appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
If you’re serious about making strength gains, it can be useful for athletes to swap out the best cross-training shoes in their closets for a pair of weightlifting shoes. Weightlifting shoes can promote a better sense of knee and hip flexion during certain lifts, especially the squat, clean and jerk, and snatch. (1) For athletes that routinely incorporate these lifts into their regimens, the best weightlifting shoes can also promote a heightened sense of security and style.

Like any specialized footwear, though, getting your picks right from the start is more beneficial than not. You’ll need to think about the raised heel and how much elevation is in the shoes themselves, as well as your sense of traction via the outsole, and (of course) your overall comfort. To help you pinpoint your magic weightlifting slipper, we’ve gotten hands-on with a number of quality kicks and consulted with our in-house experts to determine our favorite weightlifting shoes on the market today.

The 8 Best Weightlifting Shoes of 2024

About Our Expert

This article has been reviewed by Amanda Capritto, CPT, CES, CNC, CF-L1, CSNC, a certified personal trainer and CrossFit Level 1 instructor. She reviewed the research we cite and the weightlifting shoes we listed to help ensure we’re providing helpful, accurate descriptions and recommendations.

How We Tested and Chose the Best Weightlifting Shoes

The BarBend team is made up of competitive athletes, certified personal trainers, and lifelong fitness enthusiasts. To make our list of the best weightlifting shoes, we got hands-on with 12 different silhouettes from top brands, using a multi-point methodology to rate each profile on a scale of 1 (lowest) to 5 (highest) to determine our top picks. Below are some of the categories and components we looked at to make our list.

Heel Height and Elevation

The height of a weightlifting shoe’s heel can greatly influence the range of motion across your hip, knee, and ankle joints during barbell squats and other exercises. (2) As such, finding the ideal setup for your comfort and performance levels is key when selecting a pair of lifters for your gym bag. While some athletes may require the most support possible across the ankle, others may be able to get away with a lower setup provided it doesn’t compromise their in-lift comfort.

How to choose the perfect weightlifting shoe via heel height and squat style
Choose the Perfect Heel Height

On average, you can expect weightlifting shoes to carry a heel height around 19 millimeters or greater, with many of the top-performing profiles in the category hovering around 20 millimeters. Of course, the presence of an elevated heel can be suitable for certain lifts and detrimental for others, so you should take into account how you plan to structure your training as well as your personal preferences when deciding between one pair of shoes over the next.

Lacing and Strapping

Your lacing system can influence how much lockdown you experience over the top of your foot, and when your workout calls for stabilizing or hoisting massive weights overhead, it can help to be secure from the ground up. The picks in this round-up include silhouettes boasting a variety of lacing structures, with some employing just a simple shoelace lattice and others adding a single- or dual-strap system for better lockdown.

Naturally, the more apparatuses at play in this area, the more secure you can feel in a given lift. However, the extra security can pose a problem in terms of unwanted pressure, which can lead to discomfort and even blistering. We did our best to include feedback on how each profile felt during trials, highlighting where a system proved beneficial and where straps or lacing structures were more overkill.

Type of Heel

Unlike some of the best running shoes on the market, you’ll want a sturdier heel that doesn’t showcase a cozy sense of compression when deciding between weightlifting shoes. This compression can actually be detrimental to your lifts, as you’ll be initially squishing through mounds of material before finding that desirable ground contact for upward motion or thrusts.

When it comes to high-quality weightlifting shoes, there are a handful of materials that can be employed for a rock-solid foundation. Below are some quick notes on some of these design elements and what you can expect from a sneaker showcasing these build qualities:

  • EVA Heel: Lightweight, somewhat compressible or maneuverable, very durable
  • TPU Heel: Lightweight, resistant to compression and abrasion, durable
  • Stacked Leather Heel: Throwback look, platform feedback, somewhat compressible
  • Wood Heel: Stable, old-school appearance, little to no compression, platform feedback

While some may think it’s profitable to opt for the heel design with the least amount of give, you need to remember that you need to actually wear these weightlifting shoes outside of the lifting platform itself. There’s no sense in wearing a wooden heel if the rest of your training session will be compromised from an uncomfortable underfoot, right? As such, we understand that every athlete can have a subjective take on which heel design is best, so we did our best to include options that cater to multiple tastes and wants in this guide.

Materials

Something to be aware of are the trade-offs that come with certain types of materials. Leather, for example, looks great, but does not breathe as well as fabrics such as textile or mesh. Conversely, using a ton of breathable material can make shoes nice and lightweight with great airflow, but may impact their durability and stability.

Weightlifting Shoe and key areas.
Weightlifting Shoe and key areas.

When it comes to heels and outsoles, weightlifting shoes tend to be built for stability and traction to help you stick to the platform. They’re meant to make you feel connected to the platform, so don’t expect much forgiveness or a squishy feeling from them.

[Related: The Ultimate Guide to Lifting Shoes]

Design

Design is something that is highly subjective and we try our best not to put too much emphasis on it, but sometimes there are shoes we can all agree just look good — and we’ll point that out. Whether you’re someone who cares about the look of your shoes or simply views them as tools meant to perform a job, the design of weightlifting shoes has come a long way and there are a lot of different looks and options to choose from now.

Best Weightlifting Shoes Overall: Nike Romaleos 4

Nike Romaleos 4
Nike Romaleos 4
Nike Romaleos 4

The Nike Romaleos 4 are about as pure of a weightlifting shoe as you can get. They’re designed with stability and performance in mind with dual leather lockdown straps and a unique patterned rubber sole for a better platform feel and stability.

Specs

  • Price: $200
  • Weight: 20.14oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 20mm
  • Lockdown Mechanism: Lace and dual strap
  • Available Sizes: 3.5-18
  • Colors Available: 4

Pros

  • These weightlifting shoes boast a 20-millimeter heel height for optimal ankle positioning for squats and Olympic lifts.
  • A wider heel helps promote traction and stability, which can help provide a grounded setup before heavy lifts.
  • The Romaleos 4s showcase a dual-strap design, which can deliver better midfoot lockdown than other sneakers featuring one or no straps.

Cons

  • The narrow toe box may feel detrimental to some athletes, especially those with wider feet.
  • The 20.14-ounce frame can lead to fatigue if you’re wearing these kicks for an entire gym session.

For athletes wanting the best footwear to take their strength training to new heights, we think the fourth iteration of the Nike Romaleos lineup reign supreme. These sleek squat shoes feature a 20-millimeter heel height, wide outsole design, and rubber tread for a stable base that can upgrade your positioning for back squats and Olympic lifts. Additionally, a dual-strap midfoot lockdown system helps ensure that you’re, well, locked in without any fear of interior foot movement during catches or cleans.

These are my preferred shoes for leg day, as I really feel like how the higher heel allows me to move more efficiently through a squat. Plus, I prefer a heavier shoe for these movements, as it gives me a more grounded sense that my feet aren’t going anywhere on the platform before getting into a descent. I’d rate the overall design at 4 out of 5, though, because wearing these Romaleos 4s through an entire session can leave your steps feeling clunky and tired.

[Related: 6 Reasons You Should Invest In a Pair of Weightlifting Shoes]

From a style perspective, we scored these Nike Olympic weightlifting shoes at 5 out of 5. “This brand just knows how to make a good-looking shoe,” added our tester. “I also like the small easter eggs — like the word ‘Dominate’ embedded in the heel — that give the Romaleos 4s a more premium feel.”

Nike Romaleos 4
Nike Romaleos 4

The lockdown in these shoes is also noteworthy thanks to their reliance on both a traditional lacing system and two midfoot straps that cinch in alternate directions. This can help you achieve that secure fit without putting unwanted pressure across a single area. This is a definite plus, too, because of the upper’s more rigid design for better stability during lifts — you don’t want a portion of the upper digging into the top of your foot as you go for a PR snatch attempt.

Finally, while the Romaleos 4s run true to size, you should expect a tighter fit. I scored the fit at 3.5 out of 5, too, given the narrower toe box, which is intended to squeeze your feet into position with little side-to-side give. You do get used to it — you’re not wearing these kicks for every lifting session — but it is a change of pace, even from the brand’s more versatile cross-trainer, the Nike Metcon 9.

Read our full Nike Romaleos 4 Weightlifting Shoe Review.

Most Stylish Weightlifting Shoes: NOBULL Leather Lifter

Shop NOBULL
NOBULL Leather Lifter
NOBULL Leather Lifter
NOBULL Leather Lifter

With a virtually all-leather makeup and approachable 18.5-millimeter heel height, these stylish weightlifting shoes from NOBULL can be the perfect addition to any gym bag in need of a style boost. While the leather construction does leave something to be desired in terms of breathability, they deliver a stable base that’s prime for heavy lifts.

Specs

  • Price: $249
  • Weight: 17.6oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 18.5mm
  • Lockdown Mechanism: Lace and single strap
  • Available Sizes: 8-18
  • Colors Available: 1

Pros

  • The premium-sourced leather provides a clean aesthetic that will break in and age nicely for a unique look just for your lifting wardrobe.
  • These Leather Lifters also boast a stacked leather heel for improved platform feedback and a more classic look overall.
  • An anatomical insole helps provide a slight sense of cushioning without compromising your pushing or pressing capabilities.

Cons

  • The leather construction can run hot, especially for those wearing these squat shoes for extended periods.
  • This shoe’s rubber outsole has been known to separate from the leather midsole over time.

Sometimes, the best shoes for your lifting ensemble are also the most stylish — if you feel good, you lift good. NOBULL is a brand draped in good looks, most notably from the litany of hues and designs available in the brand’s Trainer stable of training footwear. While the Leather Lifters are only available in one colorway, we still think the aesthetics at play are more than enough to boost PRs (or, at least, your confidence when stepping to the podium).

The entire silhouette features premium-sourced leather across the upper and heel. Additionally, these NOBULL kicks have a leather midsole for better platform feedback, and a stacked leather heel that can offer a nice mix of stability and comfort.

[Related: NOBULL Trainer Review]

Having lifted in these before, I enjoyed how the leather broke in after multiple uses, giving them a unique, weathered look that had a vintage vibe unique to my footprint. You can think of them as a well-worn, timeless pair of dress shoes with an added zest of strength training. As such, I rated the style at 5 out of 5.

NOBULL Leather Lifter heel
NOBULL Leather Lifter heel

Performance-wise, these NOBULL Leather Lifters can also be plenty stable for your traditional back squats and Olympic lifts. I’ve also found no issues with the rubber outsole in terms of grip and traction, scoring it at 4 out of 5. While the tread pattern is more simplified than other liters I’ve tested, you can still achieve a well-grounded stance atop wooden platforms or synthetic home gym flooring.

Be mindful, though, that extended use can lead to some separation between the outsole and midsole, according to some customers. While I’ve yet to experience a similar fate, I can see where the two components could be susceptible to splitting. For this reason, we rated the NOBULL Leather Lifters at 3.75 out of 5 for durability.

Naturally, an all-leather training shoe won’t be as breathable as one constructed from mesh or nylon. “I found these to run incredibly hot, especially during summer lifts or extended sessions in the gym,” added our tester, a certified personal trainer. If you’re willing to sacrifice a little sweat for a boosted sense of style, though, these NOBULL kicks should definitely be on your radar.

Read our full NOBULL Lifters Review.

Best Weightlifting Shoes for Olympic Weightlifting: Reebok Legacy Lifter III

Reebok Legacy Lifter III
Reebok Legacy Lifter III
Reebok Legacy Lifter III

Resembling a high-top sneaker you’d expect to see on the hardwood basketball courts of yesteryear, these Reebok lifters employ three lockdown systems for a premier fit for each lift. You get your standard shoelaces along with a singular midfoot strap, but the integrated Pump technology is also placed across the profile for a pneumatic sense of fine-tuned fitment.

Specs

  • Price: $220
  • Weight: 22.12oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 22mm
  • Lockdown Mechanism: Lace, single strap, and Pump technology
  • Available Sizes: 6.5-14
  • Colors Available: 5

Pros

  • These Reebok lifters utilize a TPU heel for added stability along with a textile upper that can better resist wear and tear from explosive Olympic lifts.
  • Athletes have five colorways to choose from — a more robust variety than other squat shoes that typically offer up to four different hues.
  • This Olympic weightlifting shoe uses three different components for better lockdown — standard lacing, a single midfoot strap, and the brand’s Pump technology.

Cons

  • Admittedly, the Pump technology provides little to your interior lockdown and is more fashionable than functional.
  • According to our tester, sizing does run small, so you may be best with ordering a half size up from your normal cross-trainers.

For athletes involved in Olympic weightlifting, a pure pair of Olympic weightlifting shoes are practically a must for your gym bag. With a heavy 22.12-ounce profile, lightweight yet durable 22-millimeter TPU heel, and a sturdy textile upper that can withstand the rigors of these explosive exercises, the Legacy Lifter IIIs from Reebok are our top pick for this specialized training discipline.

Reebok’s Legacy Lifter lineup has been a mainstay in Olympic weight rooms for years thanks to the brand’s attention to detail, but the third iteration has quickly won us over given how rock solid the underfoot is via the compression-resistant heel and tacky rubber outsole for improved grip. 

We rated the stability at 5 out of 5, too, given the multiple lockdown mechanisms over the top of the foot. You have your standard laces in addition to a single midfoot strap, along with Reebok’s Pump technology that can inflate the midfoot for a comfortable sense of pressure in key areas.

[Related: Reebok Legacy Lifters Review]

However, we wouldn’t rely on the Pump tech as a sole means of achieving that locked-in fit needed for heavy Olympic lifting. “It provides a little more security, but not exactly a true lockdown,” says our tester. “I feel like it’s more of a style point or branded gimmick. Thankfully, the strap and lacing are more than enough to achieve that perfect fit when I’m going for a heavy set.”

The Pump Technology featured in the Reebok Legacy Lifter III weightlifting shoes
The Pump Technology featured in the Reebok Legacy Lifter III weightlifting shoes

The durability of the Legacy Lifter IIIs also scored highly in testing at a perfect 5 out of 5. The textile upper proved to be plenty resilient when taking it through the wringer of our typical Olympic regimens. 

Additionally, I’ve owned my personal pair of Legacy Lifter IIIs and they look as good as the day I received them. I wouldn’t expect any blowout or unwanted compression from these shoes in the future, which we hope can provide peace of mind to those wary of the $220 price tag.

When ordering these Reebok lifters, you have five colorways to choose from — a slightly larger offering than other weightlifting shoes. While color choice is subjective, we do recommend ordering a half size up from what you’d typically wear in your normal footwear. Our tester noted that the sizing runs small, which can be a detriment when you’re already expecting a snug fit on the platform.

[Related: 4 Signs You Need a New Pair of Weightlifting Shoes]

Best Weightlifting Shoes for Wide Feet: TYR L-1 Lifter

TYR L-1 Lifter
TYR L-1 Lifter
TYR L-1 Lifter

Boasting an anatomical toe box design, the L-1 Lifters from TYR can be a beacon of hope for wide-footed athletes interested in Olympic weightlifting. A multi-patterned outsole tread and aggressive 21-millimeter heel height can also be fortuitous, giving athletes all the tools needed for stable, effective dynamic movements in training.

Specs

  • Price: $200
  • Weight: 19.2oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 21mm
  • Lockdown Mechanism: Lace and dual strap
  • Available Sizes: 4.5-14
  • Colors Available: 9

Pros

  • An anatomical toe box provides more interior room for your feet while also giving space for effective toe splaying.
  • The L-1s boast a dual-strap midfoot for improved lockdown and stability.
  • The upper features a lasered hole pattern for better breathability — a definite perk given the perforated faux leather textile.

Cons

  • When cinched down, the straps can fall over the shoe excessively and potentially end up underneath your step.
  • Narrow-footed athletes may be left with more room than desired in the wide toe box, especially during dynamic lifts like the clean and jerk.

Weightlifting shoes often feature a snug fit so as to help ensure you aren’t fighting for foot placement when trying to focus on a movement. However, while the lockdown is improved with this setup, it can limit the footwear’s approachability for wider-footed athletes. The TYR L-1 Lifters, on the other hand can be a solid option for such needs thanks to a unique anatomically designed toe box that offers enough room for added comfort while still promoting a stable underfoot experience.

I’ve trained in these L-1s before and appreciate the unique sensation across my toes. While I don’t have wide feet, I still enjoyed the extra space that allowed for effective toe splaying during heavy squats. Additionally, we rated the stability at 4 out of 5 given the inclusion of a dual-strap midfoot makeup allowing for that premier sense of lockdown.

[Related: How to Do the Back Squat: Learn Form, Variations, and Benefits]

In my experience, though, it’s best to get your fitment via the lacing system as much as possible. There can be some overhang along the straps that can potentially end up under your outsole when walking around the gym or walking out a loaded barbell.

The construction of this L-1 Lifter was also appealing thanks to its perforated faux leather profile. Not only did this thicker textile provide a heightened sense of rigidity, but it also proved to be plenty durable for extended use.

TYR L-1 Lifters
TYR L-1 Lifters

Additionally, we like how TYR included a lasered hole pattern across the toe box, which can help with breathability. Otherwise, these would be rather hot kicks that could leave you with sweat-soaked socks and potential blisters.

We rated the construction at 4 out of 5 given the TPU heel design. At 21 millimeters, it provided a good sense of heel elevation for better dorsiflexion and hinging through our squats and cleans. Plus, the 19.2-ounce shoe weight provided that grounded feeling you desire when stepping onto a platform, and the multiple tread patterns across the outsole gave each stance ample traction and grip.

While I could see the wider toe box interfering with narrow-footed athletes — there may be too much room for stability across dynamic lifts — this TYR L-1 is still a favorite silhouette of mine. 

[Related: Should Non-Olympic Weightlifters Wear Weightlifting Shoes?]

Best Weightlifting Shoes for Beginners: Nike Savaleos

Nike Savaleos
Nike Savaleos
Nike Savaleos

The Nike Savaleos bridge the gap between trainers and weightlifting shoes very well. They offer support and stability while still being flexible enough to support the rest of your workout. Nike made these shoes comfortable and functional for all your lifting needs. 

 

 

Specs

  • Price: $125
  • Weight: 14.82oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 15mm
  • Lockdown Mechanism: Lace and single strap
  • Available Sizes: 5-18
  • Colors Available: 4

Pros

  • With a 15-millimeter heel height, the Savaleos can be a great introduction to this underfoot experience for improved ankle mobility and flexion.
  • The pricing can be more approachable for novice athletes — $125 as opposed to the common $200 cost of other premium weightlifting shoes.
  • There are a wide range of sizes available in this Nike profile.

Cons

  • Athletes looking for better ankle support may want to opt for a higher heel-to-toe drop.
  • Our tester noted that the insole is more responsive, meaning they struggled at times to achieve a grounded, secure stance for specific lifts.

We get it — weightlifting shoes aren’t your normal pair of shoes. The heightened heel, more snug lockdown, and emphasis on stability can make them a little more intimidating than your go-to pair of gym shoes. As such, it can be beneficial to ease into this footwear category with a design that’s a step above your regular cross-trainers yet isn’t as harsh of a change to your underfoot experience. The Savaleos from Nike, in our opinion, are the perfect starter pair for athletes thanks to a less aggressive heel height and a budget-friendly price point.

Unlike other weightlifting shoes that can typically feature a heel-to-toe drop in the realm of 20 millimeters, the Savaleos instead use a 15-millimeter TPU heel for improved ankle mobility. This can be a plus for beginner athletes as the jump is less intense from your normal kicks. 

“I think those wanting the most support for ankle flexion should opt for a higher heel,” according to our tester, a former Olympian. “But for novices, it’s a great introductory shoe.”

[Related: Best Weightlifting Shoes for Beginners]

In addition to the approachable heel height, we also rated the value of the Nike Savaleos at a perfect 5 out of 5. You can pick up a pair of these beginner-friendly lifters for roughly $125, whereas other Olympic footwear can typically cost you around $200 or more. 

The ergonomics are also a positive for the Nike Savaleos. Our tester rated the shoes at 4.5 out of 5 for the category thanks to their impressive range of motion and worthwhile lockdown across the lacing system and midfoot strap. While they were quick to note that a dual-strap system can provide more security, you can’t expect all the bells and whistles when the pair comes in below $150.

Lastly, our tester had no major qualms regarding stability with these Nike shoes, but did score the Savaleos at 4.5 out of 5 for the category. This slight demerit was largely due to the insole, which felt more responsive underfoot. As a result, our tester felt like they needed to push through the foam in order to achieve a desirably grounded stance.

Read our full Nike Savaleos Weightlifting Shoe Review.

Best Weightlifting Shoes for Powerlifting: TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer

TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer
TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer
TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainer

Sleek and minimalist, the TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainers are the latest footwear offerings from the growing brand. Featuring easy-to-use Adjustable Stability Straps across the top of the foot, along with a wider anatomical toe box, these barefoot-style training shoes can be great for athletes wanting maximum ground contact for those heavy deadlift days or squat sessions.

Specs

  • Price: $150
  • Weight: 9.85oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 0mm
  • Lockdown Mechanism: Dual strap
  • Available Sizes: 4.5-14
  • Colors Available: 4

Pros

  • The flat sole and zero-drop nature suits those wanting optimal ground contact for benching and deadlifts — two of the three major lifts in powerlifting.
  • A lightweight mesh upper delivers a great sense of breathability for added comfort throughout your training.
  • This pair offers more versatility across different exercises than you’d experience with other high-heel weightlifting shoes.

Cons

  • The zero-drop, minimalist design of these shoes is less conducive to Olympic weightlifting.
  • For an optimal fit, our tester recommends sizing one half-size down from your typical footwear measurements. 

Powerlifters can also benefit from a specialized pair of gym shoes for their craft. However, while the raised heel can be beneficial for squats, the other two major lifts — the bench press and deadlift — aren’t as supported with this design. Plus, swapping shoes in between lifts can be a hassle on meet days. The TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainers, though, showcased a flexible, barefoot profile that can be great for achieving the desired footing for heavy pulls and presses while still being comfortable enough for squat PRs.

These DZ-1s are my favorite training sneakers as of late, most notably through the TYRTac outsole that provides excellent traction on the platform. I also felt like I could lock my feet in for better presses, and the flexibility is a major plus in finding that optimal ankle angle on a bench. Even during squats, I didn’t feel any unwanted movement in my feet when pushing through the hole. Overall, I rated the stability at 4.5 out of 5.

TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainers
TYR DZ-1 DropZero Barefoot Trainers

I also liked how breathable the mesh upper is, especially when wearing these shoes for extended periods. There’s no need to swap them out for other dedicated cross-trainers (unless that’s your preference), making them an efficient addition to your gym bag, too. Naturally, though, Olympic lifters may still desire that raised heel for snatches and clean and jerks, so I conservatively scored the versatility at 3.75 out of 5.

[Related: Barefoot Strength Training — Can Lifting Without Shoes Help You Make More Gains?]

In terms of sizing, I recommend opting for a half-size smaller than your typical footwear. This can help you achieve a more snug yet efficient fit that can be ideal when trying to push your PRs to new heights. You don’t want a lot of slop or space, especially when dealing with a shoe profile as flexible as this one.

Finally, the dual-strap system is the lone lockdown mechanism across this TYR profile. While other weightlifting shoes can offer similar structures with the addition of a lacing system, I don’t feel it hinders the DZ-1s. After all, a lacing system would only add to the overall weight, and thus, impact the versatility of these impressive new additions to the training footwear landscape.

[Related: Flat Vs. Heeled Lifting Shoes for Squatting: Choosing What’s Best For You]

Best Budget Weightlifting Shoes: Do-Win Weightlifting Shoes

Do-Win Weightlifting Shoe
Do-Win Weightlifting Shoe
Do-Win Weightlifting Shoe

A wider built weightlifting shoe that offers double mid-foot straps and a solid .75" plastic heel, the Do-Win weightlifting shoe has a classic look and an incredibly sturdy feel. It's specifically designed to cater to athletes with wide feet. The single-sole construction adds to the feeling of support. It's recommended purchases order ½ size under their normal running shoe size.

Specs

  • Price: $105
  • Weight: 17oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 19.05mm
  • Lockdown Mechanism: Lace and dual strap
  • Available Sizes: 4.5-14
  • Colors Available: 1

Pros

  • At $105, these Do-Win Weightlifting Shoes are nearly half the cost of other silhouettes in the category.
  • A lacing and dual-strap midfoot can help bolster lockdowns for a more secure fitment.
  • The upper features patches of breathable nylon mesh for better breathability during sessions.

Cons

  • Athletes wanting the most ankle mobility can find weightlifting shoes with a higher heel than 19.05 millimeters.
  • According to our tester, you can wear through these lifters quicker than you would a more expensive pair.

When it comes to in-gym footwear, you often get what you pay for. However, a few wallet-friendly profiles are always likely to sneak through, including these weightlifting shoes from Do-Win. Available via Rogue Fitness for $105, they come in at nearly half the cost of other weightlifting shoes. Despite this more affordable makeup, these Do-Wins don’t skimp when it comes to underfoot performance.

In testing, we rated the stability at 4 out of 5 and appreciated the middle-tier heel height of 19.05 millimeters. While somewhat lower than the 20-millimeter average, it’s still a worthwhile height for improved ankle mobility. “I also liked the grip from the outsole,” noted our tester, a certified personal trainer. “I didn’t experience any slipping or sliding when taking my stance atop an Olympic platform.”

[Related: Best Budget Home Gym Equipment]

That said, we did feel as if the tread showed premature signs of wear, so we wouldn’t be surprised if replacement orders come sooner rather than later. We rated the durability at 3 out of 5 because of this foreseeable breakdown. 

For less than $110, though, we’re willing to make the sacrifice of a new pair sooner rather than later — you’re still within the realm of what you can expect to pay for a single pair of weightlifting shoes from a different brand.

Additionally, the synthetic leather and nylon mesh upper provide a good blend of rigidity and breathability, allowing you to power through your workouts without any unwanted perspiration. Plus, the dual-strap midfoot and traditional lacing can be great for achieving that locked-in aesthetic. 

We do wish, however, that the straps cinched in alternating directions. This would allow for increased pressure and snugness across both the lateral and medial side of the foot, as opposed to just the outer (lateral) area.

Finally, while some athletes looking for the most ankle mobility possible may want to look for a lifter with a greater heel height, these can still be a good option for most novice and intermediate individuals. Additionally, the Do-Win Weightlifting Shoes can be an excellent accessory for those less prone to performing Olympic lifts within their regimens. Think of them as a convenient yet effective safety net, all for a price that’s plenty approachable.

Read our full Do-Win Weightlifting Shoe Review.

Best Weightlifting Shoes for CrossFit: Inov-8 Fastlift 360

Inov-8 Fastlift 360
Inov-8 Fastlift 360
Inov-8 Fastlift 360

The Inov-8 Fastlift 360s may be some of the lightest weightlifting shoes at the market, weighing in at roughly 12.1 ounces. But that doesn’t stop these impressive kicks from moving some heavy weights. The ripstop upper provides a great sense of lockdown in tandem with the standard lacing and single-strap midfoot, and the narrower silhouette also lends itself to a compact frame and foot placement with little room for slop and movement as you go for a new PR.

Specs

  • Price: $190
  • Weight: 12.07oz
  • Heel-to-Toe Drop: 16.5mm
  • Lockdown Mechanism: Lace and single strap
  • Available Sizes: 7-14
  • Colors Available: 1

Pros

  • The lightweight 12.07-ounce frame of the Fastlift 360s lends itself to more functional movements like you’d experience in a CrossFit WOD.
  • Inov-8’s POWER TRUSS technology accentuates the TPU heel for a consistent sense of stability.
  • Narrow-footed athletes will appreciate the snug toe box design.

Cons

  • The forefoot doesn’t feature a ton of room, which may be a detriment for those with wider feet.
  • The lockdown is constructed from a finer hook-and-loop velcro strap, which can become clogged in dustier training environments.

While CrossFit athletes have their own shoes for their given discipline, there are still certain exercises and intervals that can benefit from the added heel height and stability that traditional CrossFit shoes can’t deliver. However, you’re likely to lose a few seconds on your WOD if your kicks begin to weigh you down from circuit to circuit. With a lightweight 12.07-ounce frame, the Fastlift 360s from Inov-8 can be the perfect companion for these needs, providing a heightened sense of stability without weighing down your overall wardrobe.

[Related: Inov-8 Releases F-Lite G 300, the “Toughest Training Shoe to Date”]

Admittedly, I’ve had minimal experience with these weightlifting shoes from the Britain-based brand, but I do appreciate the stability underfoot for a variety of lifts. The flat outsole can be great for creating that grounded sensation, and the lightweight build quality can be prime for executing quick foot transfers as you go for a clean and jerk.

However, I’ve found the heel to be somewhat narrow for my liking, and the POWER TRUSS technology does give the component more of a pillared structure overall that can require some added balance. As such, I rated the stability at 4 out of 5 for these lifters.

The Fastlift 360s don’t lack a sense of durability, however. I scored the construction at 4.5 out of 5 thanks to the ripstop upper that’s more than capable of tackling your most intense intervals. Additionally, I’ve yet to notice any separation across the outsole, which is great for maintaining an optimal sense of traction when hurriedly rushing into a snatch or weightlifting-oriented circuit.

However, I have noticed that the hook-and-loop system featured across the midfoot strap is finer than other weightlifting shoes I’ve tried. This can potentially lead to some clogged Velcro over time, especially if you regularly train in an environment with ample amounts of dust, chalk, or (in my case) dog hair. It may be best to try and comb through the hook-and-loop system every now and again to ensure your lockdown remains consistent across multiple wears.

Lastly, the Inov-8 Fastlift 360s feature a narrow silhouette that practically constricts your foot into position. While this can be excellent for stability’s sake, it could be a detriment for wider-footed athletes.

[Related: The Best CrossFit Workouts for Beginners to Build Strength and Mental Toughness]

Benefits of Weightlifting Shoes

According to Amanda Capritto, our expert reviewer, weightlifting shoes can be beneficial for a number of athletes, especially those focusing on Olympic lifts and the back squat within their given fitness regimens. From improved ankle dorsiflexion, better underfoot stability, and more, below are just a few of our favorite benefits associated with this specialized footwear category.

More Comfortable Back Squat

While some may find the raised heel height to be an awkward sensation at first, this design element is intended to be a perk when it comes to your biomechanics, particularly when it comes to the back squat. 

[Related: 12 Science-Backed Benefits of Squats You Should Know About]

Studies suggest that training in weightlifting shoes can promote a wider range of ankle dorsiflexion, as well as a more upright torso positioning throughout this foundational strength-training movement. (3)(4) Having greater ankle mobility throughout your squat can be beneficial when trying to avoid excessive forward lean, which, in turn, can help alleviate unwanted stress across your lower back.

Additionally, a more upright torso can be great for squats, as this positioning can indicate better control of the weight itself throughout movement. Think about it, if you’re off-kilter either forward or backward, you’re likely to feel less in-control of the barbell, resulting in a compromised range of motion as well as potential setups for injury. 

The phrase 'dominate' stamped into the heel of the Nike Romaleos 4 weightlifting shoe
A subtle motivating statement featured at the heel of the Nike Romaleos 4s

While it may not seem like a raised heel height can provide this much support in a singular lift, the studies have proven otherwise (and why you’ll rarely see Olympic lifters coming to the podium in anything but true lifting shoes).

Improved Stability

The stability of your footwear can be vital when it comes to moving heavy weights in a dynamic fashion like you’d experience in Olympic exercises like the snatch and clean and jerk. When hoisting the load into a catch position or overhead, your foundation should be rock solid with little room for foot movement within your shoes themselves. 

Given their tighter design, as well as add-ons including midfoot straps and traditional lacing systems, weightlifting shoes can be great for achieving that desirable grounded setup each time you step to the barbell.

[Related: 15 Isometric Exercises for More Core Strength and Full-Body Stability]

Another way that weightlifting shoes can improve your in-training stability is through their wider outsole constructions and tacky tread patterns. While the outsoles — often composed of a rubber component — can be excellent in giving you the traction necessary for PR-level lifts, the wider silhouettes can also bolster your sturdiness by giving you a larger platform to land on and brace against. 

To provide a metaphor: Which tree do you think is more stable? The thin and slender sapling, or the wide-trunked evergreen?

How Much Do Weightlifting Shoes Cost?

Given their more specialized makeup, you can expect to pay a little more for weightlifting shoes than you would your go-to cross-trainers. While the average gym shoe can run athletes roughly $150, the average weightlifting shoe can carry a price tag equivalent to roughly $200 or even more. Below you’ll find a breakdown of all the weightlifting shoes included in this guide, as well as their respective costs.

How to Choose the Best Weightlifting Shoes

When making any purchase, especially a larger one like a new pair of weightlifting shoes, it’s a good idea to consider the options and take inventory of what you’d like to get out of your new equipment. Just like other types of shoes, there are a lot of options on the market and a lot of factors to think about when choosing your next or first pair of weightlifting shoes. Below are some factors we recommend pondering over before adding a high-quality pair of training kicks to your cart.

Heel Height

Amanda Capritto, our expert reviewer, states, “A good place to start is the heel-to-toe drop. The higher the drop, the more assistance the shoes will provide in terms of ankle dorsiflexion, squat depth, and spinal positioning throughout the lift.” 

Additionally, Capritto notes that weightlifting shoes with a lower heel-to-toe drop may be less helpful in heavy dynamic lifts, but can still prove their worth in more versatile workout regimens like CrossFit or general strength training.

Nike Romaleos 4 weightlifting shoes
Nike Romaleos 4 weightlifting shoes

In the end, however, you should consider your personal preference and whether a high heel will be a beneficial support system for your lifting form, or a nagging irritant that feels awkward underfoot. Additionally, you can always ease into this experience by initially opting for a lower-heeled design and working your way up to the 20-millimeter profiles often associated with the upper echelon of this footwear category.

[Related: Converse Chuck Taylor Review]

Lockdown Mechanism

Weightlifting shoes should be as stable as possible, and that cannot be accomplished without a proper lockdown sensation over the top of the foot. On average, you can expect a weightlifting shoe to feature a typical shoelace structure, although more and more profiles are also including a hook-and-loop midfoot strap for better security. 

Some can even boast multiple straps along the medial and lateral sides of the foot, helping ensure a compact, snug lockdown with little room for interior movement.

While we’ll always recommend more lockdown systems over less, designs can become convoluted at times, leading to unwanted pressure points that can compromise the overall comfort of the lifting shoe. Think about your personal comfort preferences and desired lockdown aesthetic.

[Related: Pay Attention to Your Foot and Ankle Mobility: Your Lifts Will Thank You For It]

Toe Box Design

To accentuate this sense of stability and lockdown, you’ll often find that weightlifting shoes feature a narrower interior than other training sneakers. This is to ensure that there’s as little room as possible for your foot to move as you work through dynamic movements like the snatch and clean and jerk. 

TYR L-1 Lifter toe box
The wider anatomical toe box of the TYR L-1 Lifters

However, while there are perks to this tighter design, it can be perceived as uncomfortable for some, especially those with wider feet. Think about the shape of your feet and look for a weightlifting shoe that can accommodate your personal footprint best.

Upper Construction

Your weightlifting shoe’s upper can greatly influence your in-gym experience. If it’s too flexible, you can run the risk of shifting your foot placement within the shoe with each aggressive movement. If it’s too rigid, you may be setting yourself up for hot spots and a lack of breathability. The best weightlifting shoes bring together both worlds for a fitment that’s stable, comfortable, durable, and (above all else) looks damn good in a gym setting.

Final Word

While these weightlifting shoes each have their strengths and weaknesses, one key thing to remember when buying any pair of shoes is your overall comfort. We can talk about the heel height, outsole tread pattern, and all the other available features, but if your feet hurt when you wear them, then they aren’t the right shoe for you — and you probably won’t be wearing them much.

It’s worth thinking about your sport, body, and budget before buying a pair of high-quality lifting shoes. Chat to your friends if they have lifting shoes, and try to buy from a retailer that has a good return policy so you don’t have to worry about sending them back for a different size or model. Once you have that perfect pair, it’s time to let the PRs roll.

FAQs

What to look for in weightlifting shoes?

Speaking generally, your weightlifting shoes should offer a heightened heel-to-toe drop that’s more aggressive than your regular training sneakers, with many profiles offering heel heights around 20 millimeters. Additionally, a stable design with a traction-focused outsole can be great for keeping setups sturdy throughout your dynamic movements. Above all else, though, your personal comfort should be a driving factor when deciding between lifters. After all, what’s the sense in training in sneakers that you feel displeased with every time you lace them up?

What are the best weightlifting shoes?

Weightlifting shoe technology is always changing and updating. While some people prefer the classics, others like the latest and greatest. The best weightlifting shoe for you will depend on the heel height, price range, and shoe width you’re interested in. That said, our favorite weightlifting shoes right now are the Nike Romaleos 4s. They’re extremely solid and stable, with a 20-millimeter heel height that offers great support. Plus, we think they look really cool.

How should weightlifting shoes fit?

Your lifting shoes should feel pretty secure and stable. If you’re doing a heavy back squat or snatch, the last thing you want is your foot moving around inside your shoe. So, while you don’t want your toes being overly pinched, these should feel a little tighter than, say, your running sneakers.

Where to buy weightlifting shoes?

Given their niche audience, weightlifting shoes are mostly found online. You’ll likely be unable to find the weightlifting shoes featured in this guide showcased prominently in your local sporting goods store. However, if you know your correct size (and follow our recommendations), you can easily land yourself a high-quality pair of kicks, either from the branded direct-to-consumer sites or through third-party retailers such as Rogue Fitness, Amazon, The WOD Life, and others.

References

  1. Legg, H. S., Glaister, M., Cleather, D. J., & Goodwin, J. E. (2016). The effect of weightlifting shoes on the kinetics and kinematics of the back squat. Journal of Sports Sciences, 35(5), 508–515. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27096286/
  2. Lu, Z., Li, X., Xuan, R., Song, Y., Bíró, I., Liang, M., & Gu, Y. (2022). Effect of heel lift insoles on lower extremity muscle activation and joint work during barbell squats. Bioengineering, 9(7), 301. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9312299/
  3. Sato, K., Fortenbaugh, D., & Hydock, D. S. (2012). Kinematic changes using weightlifting shoes on barbell back squat. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 26(1), 28–33. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/22201687/
  4. Lee, S.-P., Gillis, C. B., Ibarra, J. J., Oldroyd, D. F., & Zane, R. S. (2019). Heel-raised foot posture does not affect trunk and lower extremity biomechanics during a barbell back squat in recreational weight lifters. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research, 33(3), 606–614. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30789547/ 

The post The Best Weightlifting Shoes in 2024, As Tested by Our Experts appeared first on BarBend.

]]>
https://barbend.com/best-weightlifting-shoes/feed/ 40